This site is best viewed using Mozilla Firefox browser.

X

Health & Wellness

Jennifer Girth

2013-06-25 09:15:02

Q-Are there things I can do to boost my immune system?

A-When functioning properly, the immune system can help prevent you from getting sick, or helps you recover quickly when you’re ill. But a compromised immune system leaves you more susceptible to the flu and vulnerable to more serious complications, such as developing pneumonia. Boosting your immunity is accomplished in many ways. Vaccination Most doctors recommend getting a flu shot each year. Unfortunately vaccines aren’t 100% effective and only work against certain strains of the virus, not all flu strains, and they can have side effects. Natural Herbal Supplements Echinacea is one of the most popular herbal supplements shown to boost immunity and boost recovery from a cold or flu. The same for Vitamin C and zinc. Chiropractic This approach improves the function of the nervous system by locating and correcting vertebral subluxations (which are areas of restriction and misalignment in the spine). Because the nervous system plays a large role in regulating the functions of all bodily systems (including the immune system), chiropractic care can significantly improve your natural immunity. Supporting Evidence of Chiropractic There have been several studies that reveal enhanced immune system activity following spinal manipulation. One study says researchers observed a specific category of white blood cells in blood taken from a patient 15 minutes after a mid-back adjustment. These cells are involved in the response to sickness caused by virus or bacteria. Another study researched the effects of regular chiropractic care on a person’s general health. After reviewing the health history of 2,818 individuals receiving chiropractic treatments, studies found that the incidence of colds and flu was reduced on average of 15% within this population. There have been numerous other studies, including in New York City during 1918, history reveals that for every 10,000 patients that were treated medically for flu symptoms, 950 died (1 out of every 11) *For every 10,000 patients treated medically for pneumonia (a serious complication of the flu), 6,400 died (2 out of every 3) *When patients with the flu were treated with drugless options (including chiropractic), only 25 out of 10,000 patients died (1 out of every 400). *For every 10,000 patients with pneumonia treated with drugless options, only 100 out of 10,000 people died (1 out of every 10) At the same time, chiropractors in Davenport, Iowa, treated 1,635 cases of the flu with only one death. In the same city, 50 medical doctors treated 4,953 cases with 274 deaths. Pretty remarkable results? Yes! So remember if you’re looking for one of the best, natural options to help you and your family fight the flu bug or boost your immune system, see your chiropractor.

X

Health & Wellness

Jennifer Schooley

2013-06-25 09:12:16

Q-I want to wait until I’m married to have sex, but the say “yes” to sex message is everywhere. What’s the best way to say “no”?

A-Good for you! Abstinence (waiting until marriage before having sex) may not seem to be the easiest path to take, but it’s the one you will never regret. Saying “No” to sexual involvement starts with you making important decisions about your life. No one can do it for you. When you decide to be abstinent, it has to be your choice. So what does it take to be abstinent? Everyone is tempted to have sex before marriage. Anywhere guys and girls are together, the opportunity will come up. If you’ve decided to be abstinent, think things through before you get into a compromising situation. Be ready to defend yourself, or even take the offensive if you have to. In short, learn when and how to say “No.” First, the basics: Controlling your situation is half the battle. Always know about the other person that you’re attracted to. Don’t choose a “player” if you’re trying to say “No” to what players do best. If you’re a girl, dress like you expect to be treated with respect. Guys are stimulated by what they see. The way you dress sends a strong message, so be sure it’s the one you want to send. Set your limits in advance. If you don’t know where you intend to stop, you probably won’t. How do you know you’ve crossed the line if you haven’t drawn a line in the first place? Basically, touching and caressing anything below the neck is asking for more involvement. The brain is powerful. So do yourself a favor and avoid those situations that keep it from being in control. ALCOHOL - Drinking impairs your judgment. In fact, most date rape incidents involve alcohol. Unless you’re 21 or older, it’s against the law for you to consume alcohol. DRUGS - Drugs seriously mess with your mind. Don’t even think about messing with them. Not even once – “just to try it.” EXHAUSTION - When you’re tired, it’s hard to think straight. So don’t put yourself in a situation where you have to make a tough choice late at night. EMOTIONS - Be aware of what’s going through your head. If you just broke up with someone or something bad is going on in your life, watch that you don’t try to ease the pain with something that’s going to hurt you even more. ISOLATION – You’re a lot less likely to lose control if you’re around others, especially adults. Take the pressure off by double dating, hanging out with groups of people and respecting your parents’ restrictions. Know where you’ll be, what you’ll do and when you’ll return. Choosing to be abstinent means no risk now, no regret later. This is your life we’re talking about. Say “No” your way. Just make sure you say it.

X

Health & Wellness

Amanda Bastian

2013-05-29 13:05:11

Q-Why is hydration so important during summer?

A-Your body depends on water for survival. Every cell, tissue, and organ in your body needs water to function correctly. You lose water each day when you go to the bathroom, sweat, and even when you breathe. You lose water even faster when the weather is really hot, when you exercise, or if you have a fever. If you don’t replace the water you lose, you can become dehydrated. Q-What are the signs of dehydration? • Little or no urine, or urine that is darker than usual • Dry mouth • Extreme thirst • Headache • Confusion • Feeling dizzy, lighted, or extremely tired • No tears when crying • Don’t wait until you notice symptoms of dehydration to act. It can be hard to recognize when you’re dehydrated, especially as you age. Actively prevent dehydration by drinking plenty of water. Q-How Much Water Should I Drink? • 6-8 8ounce glasses each day. Some people may need more and some may be ok with less. • Water is the best option for staying hydrated. – Water can also be found in fruits and vegetables (watermelon, tomatoes, lettuce, soups) – Fruit / vegetable juices, milk, tea, coffee contribute to the amount of water you should get each day. Best to drink caffeinated drinks in moderation. You may need to increase the amount of water you are drinking if you: • Have certain medical conditions such as kidney stones or bladder infection (UTI) • Are going to be outside during hot weather. • Are going to be exercising. • Have a fever, have been vomiting, or have diarrhea. • Are trying to lose weight. Tips For Staying Hydrated • Keep a bottle of water with you during the day. Consider carrying a reusable water bottle. • If plain water doesn’t interest you, try adding a slice of lemon or lime to your drink. • If you are going to exercise, drink water before, during, and after exercise. • When you are feeling hungry, drink water. The sensation of hunger is often confused with thirst. • Drink on a schedule if you have trouble remembering to drink water. For example: drink water when you wake up at breakfast, lunch, and dinner. Or drink a small glass of water at the top of each hour.

X

Health & Wellness

Jennifer Schooley

2013-05-29 11:40:49

Q-I’m pregnant. I feel like my life is over. I’m trying to accomplish so much and I don’t know if I can accomplish anything with a kid. Now what?

A-Facing an unexpected pregnancy is hard. Fear, confusion and anger are just some of the feelings that you may be experiencing. You may see this unexpected pregnancy as a major roadblock in your life. Be encouraged to know that many women in the same situation have found the necessary help and resources to make positive choices and realize their dreams. You have the right to be fully informed about this important decision. You deserve to know the facts. You have the legal right to choose the outcome of your pregnancy. Real empowerment comes when you find the strength and resources necessary to make your best choice. You have options. Abortion is not just a simple medical procedure. For many women, it’s a life-changing event with significant physical, emotional and spiritual consequences. Most women who struggle with past abortions say that they wish they had been told all of the facts about abortion. No one can force or pressure you to have an abortion. This is your decision to make. You have the right to continue with this pregnancy. Choosing to continue your pregnancy and to parent may feel overwhelming at first. The good news is that there are a lot of resources designed to specifically help people in your situation. We’re ready to connect you with these needed resources such as: prenatal care, parenting classes, peer counseling and infant supplies. These resources can help you be successful in your choice to continue your pregnancy. Many women and men find the help they need to make this choice a positive one. Creating an adoption plan empowers you to fulfill a positive future for yourself and your child. Adoption may not be the first thought in your mind as you face an unexpected pregnancy. However, you may be pleased to learn that you may select the parents who will raise your child and that you may have some level of ongoing relationship with your child, if you wish. With adoption you have the lifelong satisfaction of knowing that you gave your child the chance for a life of his or her own. You’re not alone. We’re here for you – each and every step of the way.

X

Health & Wellness

Lisa Vermillion

2013-05-29 10:32:48

Q-I have so many things going on this summer. How can I possibly eat healthy with our vacations, cook-outs with friends, and running to our kids’ sporting events? We are just too busy to eat right and exercise. What can I do?

A-Summer can be a busy time for many people. There can be many demands on our time from many sources. In order to take care of yourself properly, you must manage your time effectively. Let me give you some tips. Effective time management is really simple planning. You might say “I don’t have time to plan”. Actually, you don’t have time not to plan. A daily purposeful plan saves you time, energy, and headache. Assuming you know your schedule a week ahead, you can plan your meals and exercise accordingly. For example, you know you’ll be headed to the ball park directly after work. Pack a cooler with sandwich fixings, fresh veggies, and fruit. Bonus: you don’t have to wait till 10:00 at night to eat or rely on whatever they may have at the ballpark to eat. Perhaps you can schedule three 10 min walks during the day, get up earlier to exercise, or take a walk around the ball park between innings. On vacation, plan to take your healthy snacks with you or plan to take a cooler with you if you’ll be on the road. Bonus: you save money skipping some eating out. You can plan stops to get out of the vehicle and stretch or, plan to get up earlier and take a walk before you start your day’s activities. Bonus: you get to explore a new neighborhood or town. When you’re at the neighborhood cookout, plan to take your own entrée if they’ll be serving things that don’t fit into your healthy lifestyle. You can plan to take a healthier choice for a side or dessert to share as well. Choose beverages that are lower in calories and be aware of the amount you are consuming. The goal is to find ways you can take care of yourself this summer. Instead of thinking of all the reasons you can’t keep on track, look for solutions and plan your time effectively; you can continue to accomplish your goals even when life gets busy.

X

Health & Wellness

Jennifer Schooley

2013-04-29 15:53:02

Q-I’m 16 years old, I just found out I’m pregnant. How do I tell my parents?

A-There are times when your parents may not seem to be the easiest people in the world to talk to. It can be even worse if the subject of the conversation is something that you know will be upsetting. The important thing to remember is that as a pregnant teen, your mom or dad may be the people who are in the best position to help you handle this unexpected situation. The best thing to do is choose a time when you will have complete privacy with your parents, as well as their full attention. Tell them that you have to talk to them about a serious matter and ask them if they will not interrupt you until you have finished. From the very first word, be completely honest with your parents. Start the conversation with the maturity that you’ll need from now on. You’re in a tough situation and facing it in a grown up way will make the road a little less rocky. Avoid arguing if you can. Remember that you’ll have to expect some anger from your parents, but at this point in your life, they’re likely the best friends you could have. All parents want their children to be successful and happy, and having a child at a young age can make achieving your dreams more difficult – but, not impossible. After the first shock waves have faded, talk with your parents about how you plan to handle this situation. Remember to give your parents some time to absorb all of this. It’s important to respect each other’s need for time and space. A family crisis has the ability to drive family members apart or draw them together. It’s not easy – but it’s possible. We’re here to help!

X

Health & Wellness

Cathy Lloyd

2013-03-25 15:44:56

Q-This is the time of year when my resolution has kind of gone out the door. How can I get back the motivation?

A-It's April already and ”What was it that I said in January that I was going to do different this year?” Is that gym membership burning a hole in your pocket? New Year's Resolutions in April...where did they go? Statistics show that about half of you have already given up on your New Year’s resolution. In another few weeks, half of the people left will have forgotten all about it as well. For those of you that are still doing the deal, hold your head high because you are one of the few. If your New Year’s Resolution has fizzled out, don't beat yourself up! You’re not alone! Instead of getting down and thinking of this as a failure, you need to figure out why it happened in the first place. Learn from what went wrong and start over with your goals and desires. The following is a list of reasons why your New Year’s resolution might have failed and how to succeed 1. A resolution is just a GOAL. Treat it like a goal. You need motivation but that motivation comes from a reason and that reason produces goals. More importantly, WHY? Why are your goals important? What is the true reason you want to get healthy? Dig deep for your 'why'. Why do you NEED to lose weight and get healthy? Write it down. Put it up all around the house as little reminders to keep you motivated. It is key to your success. Your true 'why' will attach you to your goals and you will be more likely to achieve them. 2. You didn't plan for the set backs and obstacles when you started. There are always obstacles and without a plan they can kill your resolution. We all fail. You need a clearly defined plan for what to do when this happens. Recognize that things will get hard and unexpected obstacles will get the better of you. Learn from them. Decide to step over them. Remember your reason why and don't let it become the excuse. Give yourself some leeway. Forgive yourself and continue on. 3. Friends and family are important. With any goal, it’s important to surround yourself with people who believe in what you’re doing and want to see you succeed. If they are not supportive then keep them at a distance. Accountability is huge. To have someone who is in the same boat and trying to do the same thing as you is supportive. You don't want to fail each other, and you can build each other up. Someone to hold you accountable will help extinguish the saboteur in your head. They keep you on task and acknowledge your accomplishments as well as helping you not to focus on your mistakes. 4. Sometimes we take on too much. We want to make huge leaps in progress overnight but real growth is slow and steady. Take it a step at a time, with reasonable expectations. Be patient. Its not about how much and how quickly, but WHAT you achieve. Put one foot in front of the other, focus on your goal and momentum will build as you make incremental steps toward it. 5. We can be afraid of success because we think it will eventually lead to failure. A lot of goals sound great but once you actually start thinking of what life will be like once it's accomplished, fear can set in. Sometimes we are so attached to who we are and life as we know it, flaws and all, we unconsciously sabotage ourselves. Fear is just part of the process. We can all push ourselves beyond our preconceived limits. Instead of fear becoming an obstacle, use it to empower you and reach your goals. Prove to yourself that you can. Realign your goals and your reason why. Get back on that treadmill. Revamp your pantry and start again for YOU! You are awesome and worth it. Don't give up on yourself!

X

Health & Wellness

Stephanie V. Oberhelman, DO

2013-03-01 10:54:43

Q-What is colon cancer?

Q-What is colon cancer? A-"Colon" refers to your large intestine. This type of cancer can begin anywhere in the large intestine and can spread throughout the body. The body is made up of many types of cells. Normally, cells grow, divide, and produce more cells as needed to keep the body healthy and functioning properly. Sometimes, however, the process goes wrong -- cells become abnormal and form more cells in an uncontrolled way. These extra cells form a mass of tissue, called a growth or tumor. Tumors can be benign, which means not cancerous, or malignant, which means cancerous. Colon cancer occurs when tumors form in the lining of the large intestine, also called the large bowel. Colon cancer accounts for almost ten percent of all cancer deaths in the United States. The risk of developing colon cancer rises after age 50. It is common in both men and women. Q-Why have a month about colon cancer? A-Of cancers that affect both men and women, colon cancer is the second leading cancer killer in the U.S. In 2009, 136,717 adults were diagnosed with colon cancer, and 51,848 adults died of the disease in the United States. Many of these deaths could be prevented by catching the cancer early. Today there are more ways than ever to treat colon cancer. As with almost all cancers, the earlier colon cancer is found, the more likely it is that treatment will be successful. If colon cancer is detected in its early stages, it is up to 90 percent curable. This is why over fifteen years ago President Clinton declared March as Colon Cancer Awareness Month. Q-What causes colon cancer, and who is at risk of developing it? A-The exact cause of most colon cancers is not yet known. About 75% of colon cancers occur in people with no known risk factors. Some things that may increase a person's risk of developing colon cancer include having; a personal or family history of colon cancer, a medical condition known as inflammatory bowel disease, advancing age, your diet or a smoking history. Q-What are the symptoms of colon cancer? A-Colon Cancer doesn’t always cause symptoms, especially at first. Someone could have colon cancer and not know it. That is why getting screened regularly for colon cancer is so important. If there are symptoms, they may include— • Blood in or on your stool (bowel movement). • Stomach pain, aches, or cramps that don't go away. • Losing weight and you don't know why. If you have any of these symptoms, talk to your doctor. These symptoms may be caused by something other than cancer. However, the only way to know what is causing them is to see your doctor. Q-What is screening for colon cancer? A-Screening is when a test is used to look for a disease before there are any symptoms. Colon cancers almost always develop from polyps (abnormal growths) Screening tests can find polyps, so they can be removed before they turn into cancer. Screening tests also can find colon cancer early, when treatment works best and the chance for a full recovery is very high. Having regular screening tests beginning at age 50 could save your life. Q-What are the screening tests for colon cancer? A-Several screening tests can be used to find polyps or colon cancer. We recommend a colonoscopy, considered the gold standard for colon cancer screening. With a colonoscopy the lining of your colon is inspected with a video camera looking for polyps or other problems. At our facility patients are given medicine to put them to sleep during the colonoscopy. The test takes 15 to 25 minutes on average, the patients awake and head home almost immediately. If one or more polyps are found they are removed during the test. If nothing is found and you have no other risk factors, you do not need to be screened again for ten years. If you would like more information on colonoscopy call 316-722-1333 and we will mail you more information. Q-Is there anything I can do to reduce my risk for colon cancer? A-Studies have also shown that increased physical activity and maintaining a healthy weight can decrease the risk for colon cancer. Evidence is less clear about other ways to prevent colon cancer. Research is underway to determine whether dietary changes may decrease the risk for colon cancer. Currently, there is no consensus on the role of diet in preventing colon cancer, but medical experts recommend a diet low in animal fats and high in fruits, vegetables, and whole grain products to reduce the risk of other chronic diseases, such as coronary artery disease and diabetes. This diet also may reduce the risk of colon cancer. In addition, researchers are examining the role of certain medications and supplements, including aspirin, calcium, vitamin D, and selenium in preventing colon cancer. Overall, the most effective way to reduce your risk of colon cancer is by having regular colon cancer screening tests beginning at age 50. Colon cancer screening saves lives. If everyone who is 50 years old or older were screened regularly, we could reduce the number of deaths from colon cancer by 60%. Q-Is colon cancer screening covered by insurance? A-With the new healthcare law, most insurance plans and Medicare pay 100% for preventive service like colon cancer screening. Your colonoscopy will usually cost you nothing out of pocket. Check with your insurance plan about their preventive services coverage.

X

Health & Wellness

Stephanie V. Oberhelman, DO

2013-02-01 10:24:04

Q-What are varicose veins?

A-Varicose veins are abnormally enlarged superficial veins usually seen in the thigh and leg. In the majority of cases, these large superficial veins are of a cosmetic nuisance. These veins connect with the deep veins of the leg and play a minor role in the transfer of blood to the heart. The veins become more prominent in the 3-4 decade of life and are more common in females. Q: What generally happens to varicose veins? A: In the majority of cases, the varicose veins worsen with time. The varicose veins start to become more prominent and swell. With time, the veins are engorged with blood and can cause localized pain and itching. Once the veins become prominent, it is very unlikely that they will spontaneously resolve without any treatment. Q: What causes varicose veins? A: The cause of varicose veins is unknown but is definitely linked to increase pressure in the veins. There are valves in the veins which prevent the back flow of blood back into the legs. When these valves become damaged/defective, the blood flows backwards and causes swelling and engorgement of the veins. Q: Who can get varicose veins? A: Conditions that can cause destruction of the veins are pregnancy, obesity, prolonged standing and trauma. Varicose veins are more common in females and this has been linked to the sex hormone, estrogen. Q: What are symptoms of varicose veins? A: Aside from being unattractive, varicose veins may be responsible for leg aches, a feeling of heaviness or fatigue of the legs. The majority of individuals will complain of leg ache at the end of the day. Symptoms are often worse after prolonged standing and may include feelings of fatigue, heaviness, aching, burning, throbbing, itching, cramping, and restlessness of the legs. With time, darkening or hyperpigmentation around the ankles is a classic feature of prolonged varicose veins. Hemorrhoids are analogous to varicose veins and involve engorgement of veins in the rectum. Varicose veins do not cause joint pains or a decrease in blood supply to the legs. Q: How can varicose veins be diagnosed? A: Varicose veins can usually be diagnosed by a simple physical examination. However, the cause of the varicose vein requires the use of Doppler ultrasound. This painless test assesses the valve function in the groin and can also determine how much blood is flowing back into the legs. The test can also determine the presence of blood clots in the veins. Q: What is treatment of varicose veins? A: There are many options in the treatment of varicose veins. If the saphenous vein is very “thick and rope like”, stripping may be the best option. This is a surgical procedure and the most invasive. If only the valve in the vein is defective, the vein can be tied off in the groin and the few superficial veins can be removed by small incisions. This also requires surgery and moderate amount of anesthesia. It preserves the vein for future use. The latest technology of varicose vein removal is using ultrasound with laser or radiofrequency ablation. In both techniques, the vein is burnt away. Both procedures are relatively painless and destroy the vein in the thigh. Q: Are varicose veins serious? A: In the majority of cases, varicose veins are of a cosmetic nuisance. Varicose veins generally tend to get worse without any treatment. Those who do not get them treated are more likely to develop: • constant itching • pigmentation around the ankles • ulcers at the ankles • mild swelling of the feet • occasional blood clots in the veins • infection of the vein Q: Can one prevent varicose veins? A: If one starts early in life, varicose veins can be prevented. The major preventive measure is to exercise and wear compression stockings. • Elevation of the legs at all times is also recommended. • During pregnancy, one should always lie on the left side with the legs elevated on a pillow. This prevents the fetus from pressing on the leg veins and decreases the chance of developing varicosities. • One should avoid standing for prolonged periods. • Don't cross your legs when sitting down. • Wear elastic support stockings. Q: What problems can occur if left untreated? A: Most people with varicose veins do not develop complications. It is impossible to predict who will develop complications. The size of the varicose vein is not related to complications but the duration of the varicose vein is. Complications that may occur include: • Superficial thrombophlebitis – in this condition, the varicose vein is inflamed and tender. A clot is usually present in the vein. • Bleeding – even with minor trauma, the varicose vein may be associated with bleeding. Because the vein is under high pressure, the bleeding can be quite profuse. • Venous Eczema – the skin round the vein may become dry and very itchy. • Venous Pigmentation - this is brown staining of the skin around the ankle. It is due to the leakage of small amount of blood from the veins into the skin. • Venous Ulceration - ulcers at the ankle. Q: Is Varicose Vein Surgery covered by insurance? A: Depends, if one has symptoms of leg swelling, pain, ulcers or clots, then all medical insurance and even Medicare covers the cost of surgery. However, if the surgery is done purely for cosmetic reasons, then the cost of the procedure is not covered. Read more: http://www.veindirectory.org/content/varicose_veins.asp

X

Health & Wellness

Cathy Lloyd

2013-02-01 09:33:41

Q-What are Chelated Vitamins and are they better than regular vitamins?

A-Vitamins are organic compounds that are necessary for health. They aren't sources of food and don't contain any calories. Vitamins act like chemical catalysts and allow your body to use the carbohydrates, fats and proteins that you eat. Vitamins can’t be chelated only minerals can be. So if you are getting a chealted vitamin remember only the minerals are chelated not the vitamins. There are so many vitamin and mineral supplements on the market, however chelated minerals are a bit more expensive than their typical counterparts on the store shelves. Many believe that chelated minerals are more easily absorbed and better used by the body than their non-chelated minerals. Chelation is the process of manufacturing in which minerals are bound to an amino acid. Minerals are inorganic substances because they don't originate from a biological organism. That means that your body can't use them directly and needs to convert them into organic forms. Sometimes other compounds are be used instead of amino acids, but the results are the same. The mineral is bound to another substance, with the idea that this makes it more readily absorbed by the body. Whether chelated vitamin and mineral supplements are easier for your body to absorb is still not fully decided, so spending extra money on chelated products may be a waste of money. Many factors influence how well your body's digestive system can absorb vitamins and minerals, including your current state of health and what kinds of foods you take the vitamins with. Some experts believe that since the minerals are separated from the chelating amino acids during digestion, that it actually makes it more difficult on the digestive system; making it have to work harder. Certain Vitamins can help with other vitamin and mineral absorption. For instance, vitamin C helps your body absorb iron, while other food and vitamin combinations can work against each other. Remember though that vitamins can’t be chelated.

X

Health & Wellness

Crystal Taylor

2013-02-01 08:48:08

Q-What is Coronary heart disease?

A-Coronary heart disease is the most common form of heart disease. It is the number one killer of women in America. Quite simply put, it is a disorder of the blood vessels of the heart that can lead to a heart attack. A heart attack happens when an artery becomes blocked, preventing oxygen and nutrients from getting to the heart. Most women and men are not even aware they have coronary artery blockage. Many of those who have a family history of coronary artery disease or have coronary artery disease believe it can be cured with surgery, stent placement or balloon angioplasty. However this is not true. Heart disease is a lifelong condition, in other words, once you have it, you will always have it. So, with this being said the key to treatment is awareness, prevention and compliance with medical care provider recommendations. So know your risk factors. Risk factors are health conditions or health habits that increase the chances of developing a disease or if you already have the disease, then causing it to get worse. Risk factors can be divided into two categories; those that you can control and those that you cannot. Risk factors that you can not control include genetics, which means you have a family history of early heart disease. Age is another risk factor for heart disease that we can not control, although we would love to turn back time. Age becomes a risk factor for women around the age of 55-60. Risk factors that you can control include smoking, high blood pressure, high blood cholesterol, obesity, physical inactivity and diabetes. So quit smoking. It is also important to “know your numbers”. Get with your medical care provider and have your blood pressure checked and your cholesterol and fasting glucose. Once you get those numbers keep track of them and along with your care provider develop a plan to keep them controlled. Next, get up and get moving. Exercise is an important part of maintaining a healthy weight. Start slow and gradually increase your activity level for your comfort. Always be sure to check with your care provider before starting an exercise regimen to be sure it is appropriate for you. We will continue this conversation, discussing Aspirin and heart attack prevention in another edition of the Q&A Times.

X

Health & Wellness

Heather Baima

2013-02-01 08:46:10

Q-What is Coronary heart disease?

A-Coronary heart disease is the most common form of heart disease. It is the number one killer of women in America. Quite simply put, it is a disorder of the blood vessels of the heart that can lead to a heart attack. A heart attack happens when an artery becomes blocked, preventing oxygen and nutrients from getting to the heart. Most women and men are not even aware they have coronary artery blockage. Many of those who have a family history of coronary artery disease or have coronary artery disease believe it can be cured with surgery, stent placement or balloon angioplasty. However this is not true. Heart disease is a lifelong condition, in other words, once you have it, you will always have it. So, with this being said the key to treatment is awareness, prevention and compliance with medical care provider recommendations. So know your risk factors. Risk factors are health conditions or health habits that increase the chances of developing a disease or if you already have the disease, then causing it to get worse. Risk factors can be divided into two categories; those that you can control and those that you cannot. Risk factors that you can not control include genetics, which means you have a family history of early heart disease. Age is another risk factor for heart disease that we can not control, although we would love to turn back time. Age becomes a risk factor for women around the age of 55-60. Risk factors that you can control include smoking, high blood pressure, high blood cholesterol, obesity, physical inactivity and diabetes. So quit smoking. It is also important to “know your numbers”. Get with your medical care provider and have your blood pressure checked and your cholesterol and fasting glucose. Once you get those numbers keep track of them and along with your care provider develop a plan to keep them controlled. Next, get up and get moving. Exercise is an important part of maintaining a healthy weight. Start slow and gradually increase your activity level for your comfort. Always be sure to check with your care provider before starting an exercise regimen to be sure it is appropriate for you. We will continue this conversation, discussing Aspirin and heart attack prevention in another edition of the Q&A Times.

X

Health & Wellness

Stewart N. Johnson

2013-01-02 15:01:24

Q-What’s the confusion on what Intuitive Healing is?

A-To be more specific, a Holistic Health Practitioner, covers a wide range of modalities that include massage therapist, acupressure, Craino-sacral, neuromuscular, trigger point, reflexology, breathing exercises, energy, chakras, meridians, sports stretching, and polarity therapy with another person. A Holistic Health Practitioner uses the entire body to heal itself, through a procedure done in a specific way. It can unlock your chakras or realign your energy meridians. All of this is designed to boost your immune system and level off your energy levels.The overall care needs to include the physical, mental, emotional and spiritual. Then there’s the connection to the mind-body & spirit and how they are affected. Welcome to the world of healing. This experience is like nothing you have experienced. This is a new modality created from the formulation of blending Eastern medicinal principles with Western modality practices. As the healer, works specifically with your body and uses an ancient secret process to determine what ails you, then works to eradicate it from your body. The process works as you have a connection with the healer. This could take one session or twenty, it depends on how your body accepts the healing. A lot depends on your needs. As you already know, your body is in a constant fight/flight mode. A soup can size of bacteria is in your body. That is a 10-1 ratio. Any one of these numbers can grow and swell, causing your pathways to be blocked. An Intuitive healer unblocks & unlocks your pathways so you will feel better and reverses your aging process, thus giving you the “look of youth” back.

X

Health & Wellness

Michelle Gaborie

2013-01-02 14:54:34

Q-My Mom tells me she is not able to smell things like she used to. Is this common and are there treatments?

A-While nearly all of us experience the aggravation and loss of enjoyment that occurs when we lose our sense of smell (and consequently taste) when we have a common head cold, age –related diminished sense of smell is another matter. About one quarter of Americans over the age of 55 and nearly two-thirds of those over the age of 80 have difficulty with smell. The sense of smell naturally declines over time, but there may also be temporary and treatable cases. For instance, medications such as amphetamines, estrogen, phenothiazines, prolonged use of nasal decongestants, and some zinc- based products may reduce smelling ability. Nasal obstructions may also be blamed. Diagnosis is necessary because smelling ability ensures safety as well as life enjoyment. P.S. We rely on our sense of smell to guard against eating spoiled foods and increasing awareness of dangerous smoke (and fire).

X

Health & Wellness

Cathy Lloyd

2013-01-02 14:42:17

Q-I always make a New Years Resolution and then seem to always quit 2 months later, can you help?

A-The New Year!! Time for the ever so popular 'NEW YEARS RESOLUTIONS'. I love the New Year because of that very reason. I want to see everyone get healthy and feel better and I want to see them succeed. I get excited when I go to the gym and it's packed two days after the first of January. But when March hits, it's back to the same routine for so many. Why is that? Most people will tell me they felt so much better and saw the doctor less. Then why stop? What can make our New Years Resolutions become a way of life instead of a two month attempt? Your chances of sticking to a New Year's resolution is better than you think. Making a resolution to lose weight makes you 10 times more likely to succeed than those who don't make resolutions. Most people want to be healthier but are afraid of change or failure. Allow yourself to be better or you’ll just stay where you are. You will make mistakes. Be strong enough to get back up and start again. Most of the time you cannot do this alone and that's okay. It's okay to need help and motivation. You’ll need someone to say, “Good job!” or that you're sabotaging yourself. Someone to be honest with you, yet helpful. Here are some tips on ways to make sure you don’t give up on your resolution: 1. GOALS:-Making only one or two specific resolutions improves your chances of sticking to your goals. Tell family and friends about your goals and enlist their support. Write down your resolutions, breaking them down into smaller goals. Celebrate your achievements. 2. Don’t quit – We are so impatient. We want results instantly. It didn't take you two weeks to gain the weight. It won’t take you two weeks to lose it. You have to be patient and persist. You are stronger than you think, so push through that little voice that is telling you that you did enough. Add 5 more minutes to the 'enough'. 3. Get help –Find a group of people that are doing the same thing as you are. People need that to succeed and it’s okay. Sometimes that is all it takes to help someone to keep trying. Weight loss can be a very emotional thing. Support is necessary. 4. Get healthy in your eating habits- 66% of Americans have no basic knowledge of how to eat healthy. Again, if you have questions regarding this, seek help. The answer isn't to stop eating. That will mess you up more. Ask and learn. Include specific language in your resolution to help you focus on eating a balanced diet and increasing physical activity. 5. Don’t be perfect – Perfectionism equals falling, tumbling, and ending up in a different zip code. It’s okay to eat something not so good for you every now and again. However, you need to eat healthy, good foods most of the time. Then it's okay to have ice cream or pizza once or twice a month. Don't let perfectionism kill your resolution. 6. Reward yourself but not just with food- This is difficult because many grow up in situations where food has been used as reward or comfort. You don't want to go to ice cream because you just lost 15 lbs. It enforces habits that got you overweight in the first place. Buy yourself some new clothes that cements the fact you have done well and reminds you of your success. Food helps us live and feeds our bodies to do so. We shouldn't live to eat. We need to eat to live. More than 172,000 premature deaths each year are related to obesity, the majority resulting from cardiovascular disease. Sticking to your weight-loss resolutions will have positive effects on your health. A modest loss of 5% of your body weight lowers your chances of stroke and developing coronary heart disease, and improves your cholesterol and blood pressure levels. What better reason to set and stick to that New Year's resolution this year?!

X

Health & Wellness

Lacy Jo Graham

2012-11-19 11:12:06

Q- Via Christi received a grant to conduct ImPACT testing next year for high school athletes. What is an ImPACT test?

A- ImPACT testing allows medical professionals to ensure athletes have fully recovered from head injuries before heading back on the field. ImPACT stands for Immediate Post-concussion Assessment and Cognitive Testing. It is currently used by 6,000 high schools, 1,300 colleges and universities, as well as all of MLB, NHL, NFL and WWE. An initial test is administered through a computerized program taken by the high school students. The test involves puzzles and tasks to measure a variety of factors. Q: What does the initial ImPACT test score mean and why is it important? A: By establishing a baseline score, we have a beginning point to evaluate the recovery of an athlete if a concussion should occur. This helps physicians manage a concussion, and follow-up tests can also help with the decision of when it may be safe for an athlete to return to the playing field. Q: How often do head injuries on a sports field occur? A: There are more than one and a half million sports-related concussions every year in the United States We need to use the tools we have to make sure our children make a full recovery before they return to physical activities. If we don’t, they are at a higher risk for future injuries. Q: How much does it cost a school to have its athletes tested for an ImPACT score? A: Thanks to a grant from the Mount Carmel Foundation that purchased the ImPACT testing system, Via Christi Hospital is able to offer it to high school athletic programs free of charge. Additionally, we recently were one of four hospitals selected for a rural health grant by Multi-Plan Inc. This grant allows the hospital to not only continue ImPACT testing for students next year, but also increase the number of students we reach.

X

Health & Wellness

Cathy Lloyd

2012-11-19 11:00:13

Q- I always seem to gain weight during the holidays, do you have any tips for me?

A- Unhealthy food is a major part of the holiday season....however that doesn’t have to be. According to the new weight watcher report, the average American gains 7-10 lbs between Halloween and New Years Day. Many say they will stop on New Years but by that time the habits are formed. Instead people keep eating wrong and gaining more weight. Of course you are going to indulge a bit and it’s ok!!! You can eat those things that are not as healthy while trying to maintain or lose weight. You can be health conscious during the holiday season and still indulge. Here are some guidelines to follow. 1. CHANGE THE WAY YOU COOK: Why not use half fat ingredients? By using half fat ingredients you can cut back on fat and calorie consumption and it can still taste really good. Take a look at the way you cook. Do you fry? Why not grill? It tastes great and drops fat considerably. You can also steam veggies with natural flavoring such as onion and herbs instead of boiling them and drenching with sauces high in fat. 2. EXERCISE: Most people have a little extra time over the holiday season off of work. You should take this opportunity to develop an exercise regimen. This will definitely help burn off excess calories and fat consumed over the season. It will also help you establish a habit that lasts. 3. DRINK GREEN TEA: Swap your morning cup of coffee for green tea. Believe it or not drinking green tea will help reduce your stress mentally and physically. It contains many antioxidants which fight illness and inflammation and EGCG which has been proven to have thermogenic properties that helps to burn fat especially around the middle. 4. EAT REGULARLY: If you are going out to a big party or family get together don't starve yourself all day in anticipation. You set yourself up for failure and eat everything in sight which will help you put on weight. Instead make sure you have a good healthy breakfast and eat low fat, high protein, high fiber snacks throughout the day. Not only will you boost your metabolism and burn calories more efficiently but you will also be less likely to over indulge. 5. PREPARE FOR BIG EVENTS: If you have nights that you know you will be having bigger family meals or going out to functions, try to eat healthy the days before the events. 6. BALANCE YOUR FOOD OUT: When you are faced with a smorgasbord of rich fattening food, don't fill your plate with all rich high calorie food. Take a little of everything and include fruits and vegetables because their valuable nutrients will help you burn fat. Be leery of sugary rich foods. Eating them makes you physically crave more later, instead stock up on raw veggies and fruits to reduce temptation. 7. LEAVE ON YOUR PLATE WHAT YOU DON’T WANT: As young children many of us had it pounded into our heads we had to clear our plates. We feel obligated to do so and the result is usually overeating. Eat slowly and when you feel full stop. It takes 20 minutes for your brain to receive the signal you are full so slow down and remember you don't have to clear your plate. You don't have to say yes to everyone that offers you food. If you are not hungry then simply say so. Don't allow anyone to make you feel badly for your good choices. 8. INCREASE YOUR INTAKE OF VITAMIN C AND OMEGA 3'S: Many of us are stressed around the holidays with all that there is to do. Stress leads to the release of a hormone called cortisol and it can become chronically elevated in your body. Elevated levels of cortisol will increase storage of fat in the abdominal area. Vitamin C helps to reduce stress levels and lowers blood pressure and in return lowers cortisol levels in your body. Omega 3's have been shown to keep stress hormones like adrenaline and cortisol from peaking. It wards off increased fat storage in the abdominal area.

X

Health & Wellness

Ed Martin

2012-11-19 10:12:24

Q- Recently my doctor told me that I am beginning to show the early signs of developing a serious health condition. We all want to live as long as we can and enjoy life as much as we can. What can I do to improve my chances of living longer even if I develop a serious health condition?

A- As we grow older, it seems that more and more of the people we know are experiencing serious health conditions. Why do you think that is? Recent findings from research labs around the world are providing scientists with an answer. They now believe that much of the disease and resulting deaths in our Western culture can be traced to having an overly acidic body Here is an easy-to-understand model that explains the issue. Whenever the body burns food as fuel, it creates acidic byproducts that are toxic to the body. Many scientists now believe that accumulated build-up of these acidic wastes can be a primary cause of chronic diseases, overweight bodies and aging. The evidence also points to it being a major contributing factor in such horrific diseases as cancer. Over the past 100 years, the North American diet and lifestyle have changed dramatically. Most of us no longer eat what we grow on our farm or in our garden. Instead we tend to jump into our car and head for the drive-thru. Our typical diet now consists of more acid-forming foods and drinks than ever before. Even the water we drink is either tap water that is full of chemicals or bottled water, and both can be highly acidic. Also, many people now prefer other beverages to water, and most of them also contribute to acidic body conditions. If we want to improve our chances for living a longer life, we need to reduce the levels of acidic wastes that are accumulating in our bodies. Here are six things everyone can do to reduce their acidic build-up and bring their body back to as near neutral as possible. 1. Drink alkaline ionized water, and stop drinking all those other beverages. Alkaline ionized water starts to break up the acidic waste stored in the body fat around your cells. As the waste is eliminated, the fat cells shrink and so does your waistline. Your cells can only be as healthy as the fluid that surrounds them. By reducing and eliminating the acidic waste around your cells, you will feel, look and perform better at any age. 2. Avoid dehydration. Statistics have shown that most of the North American population is chronically dehydrated. Alkaline ionized water is six times more hydrating than tap or bottled water. This is because its water molecules form much smaller clusters than other water. The body absorbs it like a sponge, and there is no unpleasant taste or heavy sloshing feeling after you drink it. It feels light and smooth. By drinking water that is pleasant to drink, your body encourages you to drink more. 3. Eat an acid-neutralizing diet. Do your research. There are acid forming foods and alkaline forming foods. If you can eat 80% alkaline-forming foods and 20% acid-forming foods, you will be well on the way to restoring your natural body condition. Another key point is to reduce your sugar intake while also avoiding sugar substitutes. 4. Exercise. Yes, I know you don’t have time to exercise, or you don’t like exercise. But guess what? You don’t have to become a weight lifter or run a marathon. Start small. Just do some things every day to increase your activity level like taking the stairs instead of the elevator, taking a walk, or just getting outside and doing some gardening. Besides, after you start alkalizing your body, you will start having more energy and your body will want to start moving more. Then start to gradually increase your activity levels. 5. Reduce your stress levels. It has been shown that mild exercise, meditation and counseling can all help to alleviate stress. Pick what feels right for you, and find out more about it. Maybe even take a class if one is available. Talk things over with a partner or a friend to get ideas about how your stress levels can be reduced. Sometimes a church or spiritual group can help. You may want to take up something creative that relaxes you, like painting or wood working. 6. Stop smoking. Smoking is a constant irritant to the body, not to mention the poisons you are breathing. The acidic effects from smoking can be quite horrific. Smokers find that the more acidic their body becomes, the stronger their nicotine cravings are. Do whatever you can to stop this destructive habit. The chronic irritant factor alone causes inflammation which can trigger cell overgrowth, and we all know what that means. There is an alarming increase in cancers and other chronic diseases caused by a number of factors including dehydration, acidosis, smoking, environmental pollutants, careless use of certain toxic products, and poor diet choices. If we are going to keep our health into our senior years, it would be wise to reduce the “silent inflammation” caused by oxidative stress in our bodies. If you already have symptoms, it is even more urgent for you to pay attention. The silent inflammation inside you is not so silent any more. It has risen up into radar range, and it is telling you that you need to get rid of your body’s acidic load before something more serious appears. Research has shown that it can take up to six years before cancer becomes symptomatic enough to make itself known. Other diseases like diabetes can follow similar patterns. Now is the time to do something so that you can enjoy life as you get older. Working hard to save for a retirement that is full of illness and despair is not what anyone wants. Don’t wait until you have symptoms to start alkalizing. All of the steps I have shared are important, but your first step should be to get a home water ionizer and begin drinking the high pH alkaline ionized water.

X

Health & Wellness

Chandra Reed RN

2012-11-09 09:04:07

Q- What is Palliative Care and how does it benefit patients?

A- Palliative Care is a multi-discipline approach that helps a person through the pain, discomfort and stress of a serious illness. While Palliative Care for a patient includes physicians, pharmacists and nurses, it also involves pastoral and social services. Through these areas we help patients with their pain and symptoms to allow them to enjoy a good quality of life for as long as possible. Q: How does Palliative Care help a patient through a serious illness? A: One key is to keep patients comfortable by treating symptoms that may include nausea, fatigue, pain, depression and anxiety. Once a person is comfortable, they are able to remain active and independent, which has a direct positive effect on a person’s quality of life. Through Palliative Care we are able to help patients during every stage of an illness, while they are being treated medically. Q: How does Palliative Care help families who have loved ones suffering from a serious illness? A: Because of the number of disciplines involved in our program, we often have clinical answers and the emotional assistance a patient and family needs. Serious illnesses can mean difficult medical decisions for a family, and we are there to provide the help and support that is needed. Palliative Care also works to find services that are key to a patient and a family after leaving the hospital. Q: How important is it to inquire about a Palliative Care program? A: Palliative Care has been shown to provide the best possible care for serious illness. By relieving pain and addressing symptoms, patients and their families are ultimately happier. It’s also important to be informed about the transition between the hospital and other health care settings, and Palliative Care works with patients and families to make that transition easier.

X

Health & Wellness

Stewart N. Johnson

2012-11-07 11:18:13

Q- My son injured his shoulder a couple of weeks ago playing football. It’s mainly just sore, no tear and no surgery required. What can help minimize his pain while he recovers?

A- Injured shoulder or sore shoulder, they should be treated with ice when the shoulder is warm/hot and swollen. If it’s sore and cool to touch, apply heat in and around the area. A topical balm in and around the rotator box can be used. To speed up healing, it’s good to soak in a tub of ice water daily till the pain goes away. Submerge and rest & relax and of course, massage can help. When the shoulder is left unattended, this can cause scar tissue, which then massage can benefit you too. Massage benefits you before, during and after a workout, especially if it’s something new that your body is trying. Injuries are an example of not preparing your muscles and the strength of the ligaments.

X

Health & Wellness

Gentry White

2012-11-07 11:06:53

Q- Is there such a thing as an early lisp in children, and when is it time to worry, or is there a time too young to worry?

A- There are four classifications of “lisps” that Speech-Language Pathologists (SLP) use to categorize a patient’s speech pattern for a distorted /s/phoneme production; the lateral lisp, the palatal lisp, the interdental lisp and the dentalised lisp. These classifications are merely a way for SLP’s to determine where the speech distortion is being produced within the oral cavity. The lateral lisp is made when the tongue position makes contact with the hard palate (bony surface behind the upper front teeth) and the air-flow is pushed to the sides of the tongue. It could sound like a distorted /L/ sound. This is a true articulatory pattern error and the child should be seen by a Speech-Language Pathologist to determine if treatment is necessary. A palatal lisp occurs when the middle of tongue makes contact with the soft palate (soft surface on the roof of the mouth). The goal of producing the /s/ could sound may sound closer to a /h/ and “slushy” when the patient attempts to produce this phoneme. Again this is an articulatory pattern error and the child should be seen by a Speech-Language Pathologist to determine if treatment is necessary. An interdental lisp occurs when the tongue tip protrudes between the front teeth and the airflow is pushed forward and may come out sounding like a /th/. This lisp is typical in a child’s speech acquisition but should resolved in their speech before 4 ½ years. If it has not resolved by that point, an evaluation could determine if the child is stimulable (able to tolerate cues for correction) for treatment. A dentalised lisp is produced when the tongue tip touches the front teeth. This misproduction may sound “muffled” and “unclear” to their listeners. This type of lisp may sound like the patient is over correcting their speech to be more articulate, thus distorting the /s/ production. This pattern error is correctable and the patient should be seen by a Speech-Language Pathologist. Lisps may occur as single-sound errors or may be a part of a collection of a pattern of errors. If you are concerned about your child having distorted speech with the /s/ or other sounds, please contact a Speech-Pathologist to see if he/she is age-appropriate for correction to reduce a habitual pattern error. It is easier to correct the speech disorder if it is caught early and the child is “ready” to accept intervention.

X

Health & Wellness

Ed Martin

2012-11-01 15:11:25

Q- In your column, you always talk about the importance of drinking alkaline water, but I know my stomach is acidic. Don’t they cancel each other? Why is drinking alkaline water so important for good health? I want to be healthy, but all this gets confusing to me.

A- If scientists want to determine if life can exist on another planet, their first priority is to determine whether or not water is present. Why? Because life on earth totally depends on water. A high percentage of all living things, both plants and animals, live in water, and all life on earth is thought to have arisen from water. About 70 to 90 percent of all organic matter is water. The chemical reactions in all plants and animals that support life take place in a water medium. Water not only provides the medium to make these life sustaining reactions possible, but water is often an important reactant or product of these reactions. What does all this mean? In short, the very chemistry of life is water chemistry. When we talk about the benefits of drinking ionized water, we are talking about benefits to your body based on the chemistry that is happening within your body. After all, your body is mostly water, and understanding some of your body’s water chemistry will help you understand how your body works. Some people question the validity of drinking high pH ionized water. People with some knowledge of the human body, including medical doctors, will ask, “What happens to the high pH alkaline water once it reaches my stomach, which is highly acidic?” Allow me to answer that question once and for all. In order to digest food and kill the bacteria and viruses that come with food, the inside of your stomach is highly acidic. It maintains a pH of around 4. When you eat food and drink water, especially high pH alkaline water, the pH value inside your stomach goes up. This causes a feedback mechanism to tell your stomach walls to produce more hydrochloric acid to bring your stomach’s pH back to 4, and make it more acidic again. If drinking alkaline water causes the stomach to secrete more hydrochloric acid to maintain a pH of 4, it sounds like a losing battle. Right? Well, when you understand how your stomach makes hydrochloric acid, your concerns disappear. You see, there is no hydrochloric acid pouch in your body, because if there were, it would burn a hole in your body. The cells in your stomach wall must produce it instantly on an as-needed basis. How do they do it? By combining the ingredients carbon dioxide, water, and either sodium chloride or potassium chloride. I was never very good at chemistry, so I am not going to bore you with trying to explain the chemical formulas. However, the byproduct of your stomach making hydrochloric acid is either sodium bicarbonate or potassium bicarbonate, both of which go into your blood stream. These bicarbonates are the alkaline buffers that dissolve solid wastes into liquid form and that neutralize excess acids in the blood, helping to maintain the blood’s pH at 7.4 as we have discussed in previous columns. As your body gets old, your levels of these alkaline buffers tend to get low, creating a condition known as acidosis. This happens naturally as more acid wastes accumulate. There is, therefore, a relationship between the aging process and the accumulation of acids. The older we are, the more we need to be drinking alkaline water. By looking at the pH value of your stomach alone, it would appear that the value of alkaline water never reaches your body. However when you look at your body as a whole, there is a net gain in alkalinity from drinking alkaline water. By nature, the cells of your body are slightly alkaline. In order to maintain balance, your cells cannot produce acid without also producing alkaline, and vice versa. This is similar to the operation of a water ionizer which cannot produce alkaline water without also producing a stream of acid water. When the pH of your stomach gets higher than 4, your stomach knows what to do to lower it. However, if the pH of your stomach goes below 4 for any reason, your stomach does not know what to do. That’s why people take Alka-Seltzer, which is alkaline, to relieve acidic stomach gas pain. In this case, hydrochloric acid is not produced by the stomach wall, and therefore, no alkaline buffer is being added to the blood stream. I will give you another example of a body organ that produces acid in order to produce alkaline. After the food in the stomach is digested, it must pass through into the small intestine. The food at this point is so acidic that it will damage the intestinal wall. In order to avoid this problem, the pancreas produces an alkaline fluid known as pancreatic juice. This juice is sodium bicarbonate, and it mixes with the acidic food coming from the stomach to create a more neutral pH. From chemical formulas we can prove that in order to produce bicarbonates, the pancreas must also make hydrochloric acid, which goes into the blood stream. We often experience sleepiness after a big meal which occurs when the digested food is passing from the stomach into the small intestine. That’s also the time when hydrochloric acid is being produced and entering the blood stream. Hydrochloric acid is the main ingredient in antihistamines that causes drowsiness. Any alkaline or acid produced by the body must have an equal and opposite acid or alkaline also produced by the body. Therefore there is no net gain. However, alkalinity supplied from outside the body, such as by drinking high pH alkaline water from a home water ionizer, results in a net gain of alkalinity in your body chemistry. Maintaining good health means keeping your blood’s pH as close to 7.4 as possible, even though age, many dietary factors and environmental factors tend to push most people’s pH downward. As your body’s pH moves lower, it creates an environment that is more inviting to disease. Drinking high pH alkaline ionized water helps raise your body’s pH back to more normal and healthier levels. That is why drinking alkaline water from a home water ionizer is so important. Your health may depend on it.

X

Health & Wellness

Lisa Lovell

2012-10-03 10:35:13

Q- With Breast Cancer Awareness month being in October, what do we have here locally that helps in treatment and/ or diagnosis?

A- According to the American Cancer Society, an estimated 226,870 new cases of invasive breast cancer are expected to occur among women in the U.S. during 2012. Excluding cancers of the skin, breast cancer is the most frequently diagnosed cancer in women. In addition to invasive breast cancer, 63,300 new cases of in situ breast cancer are expected to occur among women in 2012. Since 2004, in situ breast cancer incidence rates have been stable in white women and increasing in African American women by 2.0% per year. An estimated 39,920 breast cancer deaths (39,510 women, 410 men) are expected in 2012. Breast cancer ranks second as a cause of cancer death in women (after lung cancer). The decrease in breast cancer death rates represents progress in earlier detection, improved treatment, and possibly decreased incidence. Besides being female, increasing age is the most important risk factor for breast cancer. Risk is also increased by a family history of one or more first-degree relatives with breast cancer (though most women with breast cancer do not have a family history of the disease). Mammography can often detect breast cancer at an early stage, when treatment is more effective and a cure is more likely. Numerous studies have shown that early detection with mammography saves lives and increases treatment options. Steady declines in breast cancer mortality among women since 1990 have been attributed to a combination of early detection and improvements in treatment. Mammography is a very accurate screening tool, both for women at average and increased risk. Concerted efforts are being made to improve access to health care and to encourage all women 40 and older to receive regular mammograms. Via Christi Hospital in Pittsburg offers mammography services Monday through Friday, 7 a.m. – 3:30 p.m. daily with a physician’s order. Via Christi Hospital also offers mobile mammography services at various locations in Missouri and Kansas through the Wellness on Wheels Van. The hospital is also a partner with the Early Detection works program for the state of Kansas to help provide services for the underinsured population. Via Christi Hospital Pittsburg staff technicians are mammography ARRT board certified and our mammography program is accredited by the American College of Radiology. Digital mammographic technology is available on site as well as aboard the Wellness on Wheels Van. Stereotactic breast biopsies are also performed on site as an outpatient Monday –Friday. Appointments are required and may be scheduled at 620.232.0447. Via Christi Cancer Program provides quality cancer care close to home. Surgical intervention for breast cancer is provided on an inpatient as well as outpatient basis. The Cancer Center provides radiation and medical oncology, Monday – Friday 8 a.m. to 5 p.m. Multiple support programs are available to assist the patient and families through this crucial time in their life. Patient Navigation as well as other rehabilitation services are also available for the patient. The Via Christi Cancer Center can be reached at 620.235.7900 or toll free at 855.822.7900. Having gone through this personally with my mother having had breast cancer and now my sister, I can truly say, everyone here has been so awesome through these tough times in our lives. The staff has provided so much support to carry us on this journey. Friends, faith and family will sustain.

X

Health & Wellness

Cathy Lloyd

2012-10-03 08:55:14

Q- There are a lot of quick fixes when it comes to dieting. Yes I want to lose weight but I’d like to lose weight in a healthy way. Can you identify some of those “Fads” out there that are unhealthy?

A- What is a Diet Fad? The definition is very subjective. Some dieticians would have you believe that all Diet Fads are any diets that promise miraculous results and are generally unhealthy. This is not necessarily true. A Diet Fad is simply a weight loss plan or diet that becomes very popular very fast and may just as quickly fall out of favor. Just because it is a fad doesn't necessarily mean it’s a failure or unhealthy. However, any diet that preaches that you will lose more than two pounds per week or that you eat one kind or a particular food can be unhealthy and dangerous. The following are some of the diet fads you should absolutely watch out for. They may take the weight off temporarily but they don't do it in a healthy way and the result is usually you gain all your weight back plus more. Some are so outlandish and dangerous you would never ever want to try them. If it sounds too good to be true it usually is. QUICK FIX DIETS: 1 The Cabbage Soup Diet 2. The Grapefruit Diet 3. Cookie Diet/Twinkie Diet 4. The Soup Diet 5. The Apple Cidar Vinegar Diet 6. Baby food Diet 7. Bacon Diet All of the diets preach eating one thing non stop for days till you lose the required weight. They also preach you will lose up to 10 lbs per week. THATS THE FIRST SIGN OF...”THIS DOESN’T WORK LONG TERM!!” They leave out, “WARNING THIS COULD BE POTENTIALLY HARMFUL TO YOUR HEALTH!!!” Let's face it..you didn't put on the weight overnight so you can’t expect to take it off overnight. First of all, each and every one of these Quick Fixes doesn’t contain all the nutrients you need on a daily basis. Sure you will lose weight, but you will also lose cognitive function, suffer dehydration as well as nutrient deficiency and muscle loss. Each of these can cause gall stones as well. Then the end result is when you eat again, you put on the weight even faster. These Fads teach neither how to eat properly nor effectively. They don't teach you how to eat real food and enjoy it. They are absolutely no good for the long term for healthy weight loss. You want to be HEALTHY!! This requires nutrients from all groups of just the right type. Next month we will cover more types of fad diets. You'll want to stay tuned as you will be amazed at the gimmicks that are out there to get the money from those concerned about their weight!

X

Health & Wellness

Cathy Lloyd

2012-08-30 08:31:25

Q: What are some tips to maintaining energy and staying active?

A: Regular physical activity has many benefits. It is a potent stress buster, it can help keep weight off and it lowers your risk of developing major chronic diseases. Additional benefits include increased energy, stronger bones and muscles, improved sleep, improved body shape, a boost to mental wellbeing and a change in your outlook on life. 1. Renew your commitment to a healthy lifestyle. Think about increasing the types of activities that work for your lifestyle and that can easily be built into your day. Make it a point to read up on fitness news and information, such as this article about exercise. Put your fitness plan into action today! 2. Aerobic exercise is important for the cardiovascular system. It’s defined by repetitive motion such as running, swimming or cycling. It can also tone muscles. Incorporating a little of both aerobic and resistance training is best for your daily routine. 3. Set small, specific goals you can stick to (like losing 5 percent of body weight or exercising three times a week, etc.) Drink green tea (which helps promote weight loss). Snack on fresh fruits and vegetables during your day. 4. Resistance exercise is important for healthy muscles and bones. It also builds strength. It’s defined by activities with short bursts of energy, such as weight lifting, playing sports and even pushing a lawn mower. Ideally, you need both resistance exercise and aerobic exercise to keep your body operating at its peak. 5. Simple ways work for getting fit – you don’t need to join a gym. IT HELPS YES! But if you become more active in your everyday life – such as parking your car further and walking more, taking the stairs instead of the elevator, or even walking to a co-worker’s desk instead of emailing them – you’ll get fit faster. 6. Your metabolism doesn’t slow with age. You do, however, lose 5-7 lbs of muscle every decade which corresponds with a 20% reduction in your metabolic rate every decade. So as we get older we lose lean muscle mass. The more lean muscle tissue you have, the higher your metabolism – and the faster you’ll lose weight. To maintain your lean muscle mass strength training is necessary and proper protein intake. Keep your exercise and activity levels up each year, and you’ll simultaneously maintain your muscle tone, keep your metabolism up and maximize healthy weight loss. 7. At least 30 minutes of moderate-intensity activity, at least five times each week, will keep you physically active. You can split each half hour into three 10-minute sessions. If 30 minutes are out of reach right now, start with what you can do and gradually build up. 8. Keep hydrated by consuming at least two liters of water each day. It is even more important to drink water before, during and after exercise. Even low-intensity exercise requires you to be well-hydrated. 9. Rest between workouts and allow your body time to recover.

X

Health & Wellness

Stewart N. Johnson

2012-08-30 08:06:07

Q- My son is in his 3rd year of high school football. We all know that it is a grueling sport, what can we do to limit the chance of back pain, or his back locking up on him?

A- Massage, on the surface, opens up the muscles and allows them to lengthen, thus ensuring better flexibility. A good weekly visit to a massage therapist is essential to any footballer’s life. The more flexible you are the more energy you will have and the better focused you will be. BACK PAIN Back pain can occur in anyone at anytime, for multiple reasons. Posture, environment and life in general can be the cause. Back pain can be relieved, through the following steps; Deep core muscles are the culprits for this issue. Let’s begin with the SI joint (sacroiliac) located in the pelvis, manipulated, we try to open this up so the back can freely move in a rotated position. Thus, giving you rotation and flexibility. Up the back, we manipulate the erector spinae muscle to loosen up the lower back to the upper portion. Then we use a cold compress to speed healing to that region. Ice always works well in all applications. Next is the shoulders, as the scapula’s hang off the vertebrae via the rhomboids, manipulating both minor and major, the rhomboids are instrumental in controlling and determining how much pain you have and how to get rid of it. Usually, the area is uncovered as the source of the issue. For the back, it is either the upper or lower quadrant. Upon determining this, we can then use the appropriate means on removing it from the body; it is similar to receiving a migraine treatment. The back pain in general is deep, to the core, specific to the deep muscles. Lastly we turn to the legs; this will finish opening up the “lock up” and allowing things to flow. Athletes commonly suffer from injuries and problems with their joints whether it is elbows, wrists, hips or knees. Stretching and pulling to relieve tension and heal common injuries is the main focus of the massage therapist. For anyone participating in physical activity, sports massage therapy is a great help to that person. Talk with a professional to find out which plan will work for you and your schedule.

X

Health & Wellness

Jacqui Brandwynne

2012-08-29 14:52:59

Q- What are some of the most common vaginal infections? What causes them? What are the symptoms? Are they dangerous?

A- At Very Private® we get many letters from women of all ages about vaginal infections. To give you an overview we spoke to several doctors, reviewed the medical journals and browsed the web for answers. What everybody recommended is prompt, correct diagnosis to avoid serious health risk. Secondly, should you have any symptoms describe below avoid sexual contact and be sure that you are cured before resuming intimacy. When in doubt about your symptoms, please see a doctor to be diagnosed correctly. Data shows that two out of five women make the wrong self-diagnosis, most often believing that their symptoms are caused by a regular yeast infection. They don’t know that there are yeast strains that do NOT respond to the general over-the-counter remedies. Also, there may be several organisms present such as yeast and bacteria. So when these customers buy one of the well known brands, they may actually experience some relief from itching and discharge, but they are not aware that the infection is still progressing which may cause them serious health risks. Q: Are vaginal infections common and dangerous? A: Yes, they are common but usually not dangerous and respond quickly to appropriate medication. Four of five women in the US will have vaginal infections at some point in her life, and many women suffer from recurrent vaginal infections. Q: What are the symptoms of a vaginal infection? A: Itching, vaginal discharge that can be whitish, yellowish, gray or even greenish, unpleasant odor, discomfort or pain in the vulva (the external genital area). Sometimes there is burning or pain inside the vagina, especially during or after intercourse. Some women experience redness or swelling and sometimes little bumps appear on the inside of the vaginal lips. Q: Can there be discharge without an infection being present? A: Yes. When aging cells are cast off from the vaginal walls and expelled discharge may be noticed. Normal discharge can also be connected to the menstrual cycle and changing hormone levels. This mostly occurs during the monthly cycle, during ovulation, menopause and during and after pregnancy. Normal discharge has no noticeable odor. Q: What are the 4 most common vaginal infections? A: Yeast infections, called Candida albicans, accounts for 80% of all yeast infections. Recurrent yeast infections, called Candida glabrata, is a more serious infection. Bacterial Vaginosis is often mistaken for a yeast infection. Trichomoniasis. Two other conditions are often mistaken for vaginal infections; Allergic Vaginitis and Atrophic Vaginitis. These are not infections but may produce pain, itching and/or burning and swelling. For more specific information you can visit our website www.veryprivate.com and click on vaginal, medical conditions.

X

Health & Wellness

Ed Martin

2012-08-29 14:12:36

Q- As I get older, my body seems to be gradually changing to where I am more tired, have less energy, and I tend to get sick more often. Is this just the aging process, or is there something else going on? Do you have any suggestions on how can I feel more like my old self again?

A- What you are describing is a common issue for many people as they age, and that does not mean that they have to be old in years. Many people who are a relatively young age are experiencing these issues much sooner than they should. Many people are not feeling well, and they wonder why. They wonder how they got into their current condition. They want to know why they got sick and how they are going to get well again. In my opinion, much illness is the direct result of the choices we make, and getting well should involve making better choices. Taking medicine (drugs) should not be our first choice for getting well, although for many people, it is the only choice they want to consider because it is easier than taking personal responsibility. To understand how to reverse illness, it is necessary to understand how you got there in the first place. There are five stages that lead to a diseased state. The first stage starts when the foods we eat and the beverages we drink create an acidic state in our body. As a result, a lot of nutrients, especially minerals, are being used up as our body tries to buffer its acidic state. Also antioxidants are being used at an alarming rate in an attempt to relieve the free radical damage. The body is using everything it has trying to bring itself back into balance. In this state we do not see the body excreting many nutrients because it is using all of them. We start to see dehydration at this point, even though a lot of fluids are being consumed. The acidic state upsets the water balance within and outside the cells, so now the water starts to stagnate and become more acidic. The second stage is when the body is beginning to show signs of nutritional deficiencies. The body starts to show fatigue, digestive problems and other signs that it is struggling. The process is subtle, but the signs are there. The body’s chemistry starts to slow down, and certain enzymes and neurotransmitters become scarce. The enzymes that are produced from nutrients that are lacking will no longer be able to regulate bodily functions efficiently as the acidic state deepens. Dehydration is now markedly increased, and the body cannot get rid of the toxic acidic waste. Things like constipation and digestive issues begin to appear more regularly. In addition, body fat begins to increase as the body pulls toxins and acids away from vital organs to protect us. It manufactures fat cells to store the toxic load. There are no extra nutrients to excrete as the body needs everything it can absorb. The third stage is when dehydration and acidosis have become chronic in the body. There are now symptoms such as depression or irritability. There may also be brain fog, lack of motivation, restlessness and sleep problems. These symptoms usually lead to other symptoms like fatigue, lack of energy and frequent colds or flu. More weight gain often happens here as the body tries to rescue itself from the deepening dehydration and acidosis. Digestive problems and joint issues become increasingly common. The fourth stage is when the deepening dehydration and acidosis have escalated to the point where the body is so uncomfortable that one usually consults a doctor or other medical professional. Worsening symptoms lead to doctors ordering tests. These test come back showing abnormal results, so the medical diagnosis is made that the body now has a disease. It is severely dehydrated, it is seriously acidic, and it is struggling to maintain whatever health it has. The fifth stage is when the body tries to manage the medications that are being used to control the symptoms. Remember, every drug has side effects that the body must deal with. If surgery becomes necessary, the body is weakened further because parts of it have become diseased or non-functioning and must be removed. The medications further acidify the body to the point where the aging process accelerates, and people begin to really look old and to feel unwell. As the disease advances, there does not seem to be enough energy to be diligent in looking after ones nutritional needs, and the body struggles on. For some, it becomes more than their body can handle, and they eventually pass away. Many of the people who read this article will realize that they are in one of these five stages. They feel unwell, and they don’t know how to reverse this process and restore their health. From my experience with home water ionizers, I have found that by drinking alkaline ionized water, the body starts to right itself. It is subtle at first, but the alkaline ionized water starts to “drain the swamp.” All those toxins and acidic wastes stored in stagnant water in the cells starts to be flushed away and be eliminated by the kidneys. Life begins to look a little brighter. The more alkaline ionized water a person drinks over time, the more this clearing takes place. Over the days and weeks that follow, as people continue to drink sufficient quantities of alkaline ionized water, life begins to look and feel better. There is a growing desire to become a little more active and move about more, perhaps to take a short walk, and to eat better. There is a growing interest and curiosity in what the doctor will find has improved during the next doctor’s visit. There may also be weight loss, sharper thinking or clearer vision. That annoying ringing in the ears may have disappeared. High blood pressure and cholesterol may drop. All kinds of things may shift and change. Eventually there may even be a conversation about reducing or changing medications because certain symptoms may have lessened or even disappeared completely. I believe that for many people, lack of good information or lack of motivation leads to bad choices in food, drink, and other lifestyle issues, which in turn leads to deteriorating health over time. I also believe that having better information and improved motivation can lead to making better choices, eventually resulting in improved health and possibly even a longer life. I believe that for many people, drinking alkaline ionized water from a home water ionizer can put them back on the road to better health.

X

Health & Wellness

Cathy Lloyd

2012-08-02 11:55:05

Q- Can you tell me what foods to eat that make you feel full and help in weight loss?

A- "If only I could feel full longer, I would not eat all this sugar." "I'm trying to eat right but I am always hungry." If you are trying to lose or maintain weight this might be a struggle for you. If it is, then you are not eating the right kinds of food or often enough. The trick is to eat foods that contain fewer calories but you can eat more of them so you feel full, as well as eating foods that take the body longer to break down. These types of food that contain fewer calories but keep you feeling full, or that you can eat more of, are called 'low energy density foods'. It is important that as you lose weight, or are learning to eat more healthy while staying full, you look at the energy density in foods. Energy density is the number of calories (energy) in a specific amount of food. High energy density means that there are a lot of calories in a little food. Low energy density means there are few calories in a lot of food. When you're striving for weight loss, the goal is to eat low-energy-dense foods. That is, you want to eat a greater volume of food that's lower in calories. This helps you feel fuller on fewer calories. Four main factors play a role in what makes food high or low in energy density: 1. Water. Many fruits and vegetables are high in water content, which provides volume and weight but not calories. That's why they're low-energy-dense foods. Grapefruit, for example, is about 90 percent water. Half a grapefruit has just 39 calories. Raw, fresh carrots are about 88 percent water. Half a cup has only about 25 calories. 2. Protein. Poultry and fish are protein rich and low in calories. Beans, legumes and other plant based proteins will add protein which take more calories or energy to burn. Because they take longer to burn they stay with you, making you feel full but without all the calories. 3. Fiber. High-fiber foods not only provide volume, but also take longer to digest, making you feel full longer on fewer calories. Good examples are vegetables, fruits and whole grains. 4. Fat. Fat is high in energy density. One teaspoon of butter, for example, contains almost the same number of calories as 2 cups of low-energy-dense raw broccoli. Most fruits and vegetables don't contain a lot of fat. Foods that contain fat naturally, such as dairy products and various meats, or foods with added fats are higher in calories than their lower fat counterparts. Next month we will cover more specifically what foods to include in your diet that will keep you fuller longer with less calories. In the meantime, feel free to call or stop in for a free wellness evaluation where we can go over that with you personally

X

Health & Wellness

Dr. Marian Smith

2012-08-02 10:59:45

Recently, The SE Kansas Q&A Times and Journal had an opportunity to ask Dr. Marian Smith a few questions about the value of yoga. Dr. Smith has practiced at Via Christi Behavioral for the past 3 years. She has a doctoral degree in Clinical Psychology with an emphasis in health. She provides psychotherapy to individuals of all ages, groups, and families. Dr. Smith has a great interest in the mind-body connection and its applications for overall wellness. Q- What is yoga and what kind of benefits can it provide for people?

A- Yoga is a method of exercise that uses slow, gentle, and deliberate postures that encourage bodily awareness. Yoga is renowned for its many mental and physical health benefits. It has great therapeutic qualities in relieving stress, pain, and anxiety. Yoga also helps the body by increasing its range of motion, its overall strength, and by realigning the body into a more healthy state. Q- Are there yoga opportunities available for patients of Via Christi Hospital? A- I will be leading an ongoing Yoga for Wellness class at Via Christi Hospital specifically designed for our patients. I have maintained my practice in yoga for ten years and can personally attest to the therapeutic value of Yoga as I use it daily to help alleviate my own back pain and stress. I am trained to teach yoga through the Temple of Kriya Yoga in Chicago. Q- Where are the classes and what do I need to bring? A- The Yoga for Wellness classes are each Monday at 4 p.m. The classes take place on the 5th floor of the hospital in the Centennial Room. It is suggested that participants bring their own yoga-mats, but we do have a few that are available. It’s best for patients to wear loose exercise clothing that allows for a full range of movement. Q- How can patients sign-up for the Yoga for Wellness classes? A- Space is limited, so be sure to call ahead to enroll and reserve your spot. If you’re interested in joining our class or have any additional questions, you can call Via Christi Behavioral Health at 620.231.1068.

X

Health & Wellness

Michelle Gaborie

2012-08-02 10:29:26

Q- After much family turmoil, we have to place my very independent father in an assisted living facility for his own safety and well-being. The news has crushed him and caused him to loose all confidence in his abilities. How can we inspire him to live life to the fullest and trust what he CAN do?

A- First, choose a facility that encourages residents to participate in activities. Speak to the activities director and ask what kinds of recreational activities they offer on a daily basis. Look for a place where the activities are numerous and varied. This will give your father choices and let him know he still has the power to choose what he does, and when. Next, make sure the assisted living facility works hard at keeping residents as active as possible. Since your father is feeling discouraged about his abilities, he may be reluctant to try anything, even simple tasks. I encourage you to find a facility that encourages residents to do as much as they can safely do but offer real help when needed. For example, your father may need help getting dressed but can get to the dining room without aid. The transition to assisted living can be difficult for those who have always lived a very independent life that is understandable. However, once he is around others he will find that he is not alone and there is no loss of pride. Be sure to let the staff know that there is a problem in this area so that they can make a special effort in finding ways for him to add usefulness. Finally, he needs to know that this can be a step in improving his functions. Facilities that offer physical therapy can be a huge benefit in helping residents strengthen and regain some mobility. Being around a social group can help improve mood, increase mental stimulation, and encourage mobility, which in turn inspires trust in our abilities. Best of luck to you all.

X

Health & Wellness

Karen McNally

2012-08-02 10:12:50

Q- A colleague recently shared with me that she has been diagnosed with bipolar disorder. I am familiar with mental health issues, having family members who suffer from them, but have begun noticing that others in my office are somewhat evasive towards her now. What can I do to help them feel more comfortable with mental health issues?

A- The surgeon general’s 1999 report on mental health notes a strong consensus that “our society no longer can afford to view mental health as separate and unequal to general health” and that stigma “deprives people of their dignity and interferes with their full participation in society.” From the vantage point of the surgeon general’s report, if we are to improve mental health and mental health care in the coming years, we must address stigma. Many of us are not afraid of mental illness, but we may not understand it either. Think about how it would feel to be rejected, not invited, stared at, talked about and told to snap out of it. That’s the way stigma affects those with a mental illness. Mental illness has been recognized for centuries, yet stigma continues to live silently but actively in our communities. This year alone, 1 in 4 people will develop a mental illness. One in 10 will develop a mental illness serious enough that it will affect their functioning at home, at work or in the community. Mental illnesses are medical conditions that disrupt a person's thinking, feeling, mood, and ability to relate to others. Just as diabetes is a disorder that diminishes the body’s ability to perform a vital function, mental illnesses are medical conditions that often result in diminished capacity for coping with the ordinary demands of life. Mental illnesses can affect persons of any age, race, religion, or income. Mental illnesses are treatable and between 70 percent and 90 percent of individuals receiving treatment have significant reduction of symptoms and improved quality of life. How can we change mental illness stigma? We all have a role in creating a mentally healthy community that supports recovery and social inclusion and reduces discrimination. Simple ways to help include: • Learn and share the facts about mental health and illness • Get to know people with personal experiences of mental illness • Speak up when friends, family, colleagues or the media display false beliefs and negative stereotypes • Offer the same support to people when they are in physical or mental distress • Don't label or judge people with a mental illness; treat them with respect and dignity as you would anyone else • Don’t discriminate when it comes to participation, housing and employment • Talk openly of your own experience of mental illness. When mental illness remains hidden, people continue to believe that it is shameful and needs to be concealed. Stigma is real, it is powerful, and most importantly stigma prevents people from getting the care and help they need. The stigma associated with mental illnesses has produced real barriers to effective treatment and recovery. It is time to take these barriers down.

X

Health & Wellness

Ed Martin

2012-08-02 09:16:26

Q- Every month you answer questions about health issues. Your answers always focus on the importance of what you call “maintaining a proper pH level” in your body, and to do that, you always recommend drinking high pH ionized water from a home water ionizer. I want to be healthy, but I am curious. Is drinking high pH ionized water the only way for me to maintain a proper pH level?

A- That is a great question, and it is a good wake-up for me because it makes me realize that I may be too narrowly focused in the advice I am giving. The answer to your question is “No.” Drinking high pH ionized water is not the only way to keep your body’s pH at a healthy alkaline level. It is just the easiest. The more of the right things you do, the better your overall results will be. I will use today’s column to explain what I mean. When it comes to health, balance is everything. All you have to do is take a look around you to see that with our modern lifestyles, most people are suffering from imbalance. They are obese, tired, prematurely aging, suffering from various diseases, and more. Perhaps some of you reading this have similar issues. The fact is that half of us will die from heart disease or diabetes, and a third of us will die from cancer. The obvious clue is right there in the top three killers (cancer, heart disease and diabetes). Research shows that all are linked in some way to diet. The vast majority of people experiencing illness or less-than-optimal health have pH levels that are overly acidic. The primary factor creating this low-level acid condition is what they eat and drink. For most people, their health is directly related to their diet and their lifestyle. These are the choices people make every day. The problem is that the typical American diet is acidifying. This means that our diet consists primarily of foods which have the effect of making our bodies overly acidic. It also means that the liquids we drink have the same effect. Whether it is coffee, alcohol, soda, energy drinks or most bottled water, all these beverages are highly acidic. Most people don’t know that many of the foods and beverages they regularly consume have a negative impact on their body’s pH balance. The human body is a naturally alkaline environment. When people consume an overly acidic diet, they alter their body’s pH balance, which makes them susceptible to illness and disease. In fact, when their body’s pH balance becomes too acidic, they are at an elevated risk of suffering from heart disease, arthritis, cancer, diabetes, and other diseases. A great way to support a healthy acidic-alkaline balance in your body is to consume a diet that is composed of 60% to 80% alkaline foods. For proper nutrition, it is still necessary to consume some acidic foods. However they need to be limited to less than 40% of your diet. The following are examples of the alkaline foods that should compose most of your diet: • Dried fruit such as raisins, apricots, dates and bananas • Fresh fruits such as citrus, pears, grapes, blueberries, kiwi, mangoes and papayas • Sweet potatoes, carrots, raw brussel sprouts, celery and tomatoes • Salad greens including lettuce, raw spinach, and cabbage • Green vegetables such as raw broccoli, asparagus, artichokes, raw peas and raw green beans • Assorted vegetables such as beets, peppers, cauliflower, squash, zucchini and cucumbers • Natural fats like almonds and black olives • Certain grains like buckwheat, corn, and sprouted grains • Herbal teas and fresh vegetable juices While alkaline foods are extremely healthy, it can be very difficult to maintain a highly alkaline diet. It means that you must strictly limit meat, fish, dairy products, breads, highly processed foods, snack foods, sugary foods, coffee, alcohol, soda, and bottled water. Unfortunately, these acidic foods we are told to avoid or severely limit are the favorite foods for many people. These foods make up the majority of many people’s diets, and to voluntarily cut back on them is a difficult sacrifice that many people are not ready to commit to making. We know that a diet that is too heavily acidic can lead to health problems over a period of time. We also know that switching to an alkaline diet can reverse the effects of a body having become overly acidic. However, if a person is not ready or willing to make such a radical change in their diet, what other options are there? Do you remember what I said at the beginning of this article? “Drinking high pH ionized water is not the only way to keep your body’s pH at a healthy alkaline level. It is just the easiest.” Everyone needs to be drinking significant amounts of water every day for good health. Experts recommend drinking the number of ounces of water that would equal one half the number of pounds you weigh. Simply switch from the acidic beverages you are drinking now to the fresh clean taste of high pH ionized water. Drinking the water from a home water ionizer will help give you the benefits of a healthy alkaline diet without the commitment. You should still try to gradually reduce the number of acidic foods you consume and eat more of the alkaline foods. In fact, for many people, as they drink the high pH ionized water over time, they gradually lose their craving for the alkaline foods and gradually transition to a more healthy diet. As I stated at the beginning, “The more of the right things you do, the better your overall results will be.”

X

Health & Wellness

Michael Hayslip

2012-08-02 08:29:58

Q- What is the latest construction project on the horizon for Via Christi Hospital.

A- Via Christi Hospital plans to build an $18 million Surgical Center, the largest project of its kind since the hospital was built in 1971. The expansion will be on the southeast side of the hospital and will be close to 40,000 square feet. The Surgical Center will be adjacent to the hospital and connected to the main building as well. The Surgical Center will not only have its own parking and entrance on the east side of the building, but it will also be connected to the existing hospital for the comfort and care of our patients and their families. The new family waiting area also puts families closer to physicians, nurses and patients during a surgery. Q- What is the timetable for the project? A- Groundbreaking is expected in late June to early July with an 18 to 24-month timetable for completion. The new center will feature twice the amount of procedure rooms the current surgery area contains. When completed, our Surgical Center will have a total of eight (8) rooms where procedures can be performed. The floor plan contains five operating rooms, two endoscopy rooms and one minor procedure room. Q- Why is this Surgery Center project important for the community? A- It is hoped that the new surgery center will attract an additional 20 surgeons, physicians and other specialists to the hospital over the next three years. “We talk about this being a great place to receive care, but this is also a great place to practice medicine,” said Via Christi Pittsburg CFO Deb Bainbridge. “We know investing in state of the art technology is going to help us bring those physicians here to serve the patients of our region.”

X

Health & Wellness

Ed Martin

2012-08-01 13:46:30

Q- I see reports about the health dangers of belly fat and how it can lead to other health problems, but I don’t understand. What is the connection, and can drinking ionized water help?

A- According to scientific studies in recent years, having weight gain around your middle creates a disposition to heart problems and circulatory disease in addition to diabetes and other chronic illnesses. That muffin waist or big belly is dangerous to your health. One of the reasons for it may surprise you. In many cases, fat gain seems to be triggered by dehydration. When that happens, the body has trouble telling the difference between thirst and hunger. Tests show that in random groups who appeared to be hungry, drinking a glass or two of water eliminated the hunger pangs in almost everyone. Pure clean water is more important to your body than you realize. Your body is mostly water, and it is interesting to note that up to 90% of the population is dehydrated. They just do not drink enough water. A lot of people do not drink water at all. Instead they prefer to drink beverages that they think taste better and that they like more. When a body is dehydrated, scientists say that as little as a 2% water loss can create fuzzy thinking, short term memory loss, fatigue, lethargy, aches and pains, acidic body chemistry, false feelings of hunger, blood sugar issues, blood pressure issues, and many other symptoms. With today’s emphasis on energy drinks, sodas, and bottled drinks of all kinds, it is no wonder that people of a younger and younger age are experiencing these health issues. The biggest problem with dehydration is the rising levels of acidity in the body. Your blood is very sensitive to pH, and your body will do everything it can to maintain your blood around pH 7.365 to pH 7.42. If your blood pH starts to drift lower, your body will begin to pull minerals from your bones, organs and teeth to buffer the increasing acidity level. Overtime this can lead to osteoporosis. In addition, your other body fluids become more acidic along with the blood. This increased level of acidity is dangerous to your internal organs which must function properly in order for you to remain healthy. Therefore the body develops a strategy to protect the organs from the acidity which irritates, inflames and scars them. Your body is designed for water to flush away toxic materials, but if you are not properly hydrated, fat cells are used to store these toxins and acidic wastes that are trapped in the body. This fact is illustrated by the dark brown fat that is extracted from people during liposuction. The body isolates what could be dangerous to itself by storing it in fat cells. This becomes one of the reasons so many people gain weight. Acidosis is the medical term for the condition caused by high levels of acidity in the naturally alkaline organs, fluids and tissues of the body. As acidic levels rise, health problems increase. Many serious diseases that are so common in our world today are seldom found in bodies with proper pH levels but become increasingly likely in bodies that have become more highly acidic. Heart disease is one of the leading causes of death in North America. Studies show that most of these deaths are premature. In other words, lifestyle changes could save lives, giving those with heart disease a better quality of life and a longer life span. The main cause of heart disease has its root in acidosis. Just as acid rain eats into marble, acidosis irritates and inflames tissue. The acids eat away at the cell membranes, the insides of arteries and veins, and the very fabric of the heart itself. This continuing process weakens the heart and the arteries and veins to the point where they can break down. Acidosis isn’t organ or location specific. It affects all the tissues in the body, because all tissues are sensitive to this corrosive acid. Just as you are sensitive to chemicals in your environment, acidosis is a condition that acts like corrosive chemicals inside your body. The muscle cells of your heart and the tubular muscles of your arteries come in direct contact with the metabolic acids in the blood stream. Some studies show that as acidosis rises, the risk of damage to the inside walls of the arteries increases as does the risk of blood clots. Wearing can begin in the heart and circulatory system leading to microscopic lesions and small tears that can form and worsen over time, weakening their structure. As cardio vascular health deteriorates, serious life threatening issues such as aneurysms, heart attacks and strokes become more likely. These conditions, if allowed to develop, put the body into a crisis state. We know that a bulging waistline is more than an appearance problem that causes our clothes to get too tight. It is also indicates an increased possibility for developing serious health problems in the future, some of which could have life changing consequences including premature death. I am sure that everyone has heard warnings of the health dangers associated with weight gain and belly fat before, although you may not have been aware of its potential connection with acidosis and the pH levels in your body. Still, what are we to do about it? For most people, diets are doomed to fail, and they don’t have the time or desire to exercise. A simple change to a more alkaline lifestyle can cause drastic reversals to acidosis and its related conditions. One of the fastest and easiest ways to swing your body’s pH from an acidic state to a more alkaline state is through drinking alkaline ionized water from a home water ionizer. It is smooth, refreshing, and delicious, and it begins to impact your body chemistry almost immediately. If you are not a big water drinker now, begin by drinking a few glasses per day. As quickly as you can, build yourself up to drinking ½ your body weight in ounces. For example, if you weigh 150 pounds, you should drink at least 75 ounces, or a little over six 12-ounce glasses of the high pH alkaline ionized water every day. If you weigh 200 pounds, you should drink at least 100 ounces, or 8 ½ of the same size glasses. In every case, if you can drink more, the results will happen faster. A: According to scientific studies in recent years, having weight gain around your middle creates a disposition to heart problems and circulatory disease in addition to diabetes and other chronic illnesses. That muffin waist or big belly is dangerous to your health. One of the reasons for it may surprise you. In many cases, fat gain seems to be triggered by dehydration. When that happens, the body has trouble telling the difference between thirst and hunger. Tests show that in random groups who appeared to be hungry, drinking a glass or two of water eliminated the hunger pangs in almost everyone. Pure clean water is more important to your body than you realize. Your body is mostly water, and it is interesting to note that up to 90% of the population is dehydrated. They just do not drink enough water. A lot of people do not drink water at all. Instead they prefer to drink beverages that they think taste better and that they like more. When a body is dehydrated, scientists say that as little as a 2% water loss can create fuzzy thinking, short term memory loss, fatigue, lethargy, aches and pains, acidic body chemistry, false feelings of hunger, blood sugar issues, blood pressure issues, and many other symptoms. With today’s emphasis on energy drinks, sodas, and bottled drinks of all kinds, it is no wonder that people of a younger and younger age are experiencing these health issues. The biggest problem with dehydration is the rising levels of acidity in the body. Your blood is very sensitive to pH, and your body will do everything it can to maintain your blood around pH 7.365 to pH 7.42. If your blood pH starts to drift lower, your body will begin to pull minerals from your bones, organs and teeth to buffer the increasing acidity level. Overtime this can lead to osteoporosis. In addition, your other body fluids become more acidic along with the blood. This increased level of acidity is dangerous to your internal organs which must function properly in order for you to remain healthy. Therefore the body develops a strategy to protect the organs from the acidity which irritates, inflames and scars them. Your body is designed for water to flush away toxic materials, but if you are not properly hydrated, fat cells are used to store these toxins and acidic wastes that are trapped in the body. This fact is illustrated by the dark brown fat that is extracted from people during liposuction. The body isolates what could be dangerous to itself by storing it in fat cells. This becomes one of the reasons so many people gain weight. Acidosis is the medical term for the condition caused by high levels of acidity in the naturally alkaline organs, fluids and tissues of the body. As acidic levels rise, health problems increase. Many serious diseases that are so common in our world today are seldom found in bodies with proper pH levels but become increasingly likely in bodies that have become more highly acidic. Heart disease is one of the leading causes of death in North America. Studies show that most of these deaths are premature. In other words, lifestyle changes could save lives, giving those with heart disease a better quality of life and a longer life span. The main cause of heart disease has its root in acidosis. Just as acid rain eats into marble, acidosis irritates and inflames tissue. The acids eat away at the cell membranes, the insides of arteries and veins, and the very fabric of the heart itself. This continuing process weakens the heart and the arteries and veins to the point where they can break down. Acidosis isn’t organ or location specific. It affects all the tissues in the body, because all tissues are sensitive to this corrosive acid. Just as you are sensitive to chemicals in your environment, acidosis is a condition that acts like corrosive chemicals inside your body. The muscle cells of your heart and the tubular muscles of your arteries come in direct contact with the metabolic acids in the blood stream. Some studies show that as acidosis rises, the risk of damage to the inside walls of the arteries increases as does the risk of blood clots. Wearing can begin in the heart and circulatory system leading to microscopic lesions and small tears that can form and worsen over time, weakening their structure. As cardio vascular health deteriorates, serious life threatening issues such as aneurysms, heart attacks and strokes become more likely. These conditions, if allowed to develop, put the body into a crisis state. We know that a bulging waistline is more than an appearance problem that causes our clothes to get too tight. It is also indicates an increased possibility for developing serious health problems in the future, some of which could have life changing consequences including premature death. I am sure that everyone has heard warnings of the health dangers associated with weight gain and belly fat before, although you may not have been aware of its potential connection with acidosis and the pH levels in your body. Still, what are we to do about it? For most people, diets are doomed to fail, and they don’t have the time or desire to exercise. A simple change to a more alkaline lifestyle can cause drastic reversals to acidosis and its related conditions. One of the fastest and easiest ways to swing your body’s pH from an acidic state to a more alkaline state is through drinking alkaline ionized water from a home water ionizer. It is smooth, refreshing, and delicious, and it begins to impact your body chemistry almost immediately. If you are not a big water drinker now, begin by drinking a few glasses per day. As quickly as you can, build yourself up to drinking ½ your body weight in ounces. For example, if you weigh 150 pounds, you should drink at least 75 ounces, or a little over six 12-ounce glasses of the high pH alkaline ionized water every day. If you weigh 200 pounds, you should drink at least 100 ounces, or 8 ½ of the same size glasses. In every case, if you can drink more, the results will happen faster.

X

Health & Wellness

Cathy Lloyd

2012-06-21 09:28:52

Q: Everyone seems to be trying to lose weight while I’m trying to gain weight. How can I add good weight without health issues?

A: There are many people who have weight to gain. Whether you are born thin or have suffered health issues, trying to gain weight, and good weight, can be as much of a challenge as trying to lose weight. You have heard it all. “You can eat anything.” “Why don’t you just eat a donut a day?” Is that really what you want to do? NO! If you do that, you might gain weight but it will be bad weight and will lead to health issues. While it is true that you need to increase your caloric intake to gain good weight, you need to increase it with the right things the right way. What do we mean by ‘good weight’? It’s muscle weight that you want to gain while avoiding putting on fat. Gaining weight and building lean muscle mass can only happen with caloric increase and regular weight training. This must include adequate protein to supply the amino acid building blocks for new lean tissue. To gain one pound of muscle, it takes 2500 extra calories. These need to be the right calories in the right combination. Here are a few easy steps to follow: 1. You need to eat 12-15% of your total calorie intake in complete proteins, such as turkey, white cuts of chicken and fish, or an occasional cut of lean beef. Remember, 50% of your protein needs to be plant based, preferably soy. 2. Complex carbs are important and 60% of your calories should come from them. When training and gaining, your body needs carbs so it can dip into glycogen stores for energy. If this isn’t available, your body will get what it needs from muscle mass, which you don’t want to lose. Complex carbs will give you a good source of vitamins, minerals and fiber your body can use as energy while you work (and play). 3. Healthy fats need to be 23-25% of your caloric intake. 4. Eat every 3-4 hours for muscle recovery, proper insulin and metabolism levels. 5. Drink water! An easy rule of thumb is half your body weight in ounces daily. 6. Avoid high fructose corn syrup and sugar to excess. 7. Good quality supplementation and shakes as meal replacement are essential and an easy way to ensure you are getting what you need. Many shakes that are animal based whey proteins, can be hard to digest and can cause a strain on the liver and kidneys, especially if all your protein intake is animal based. Also, proper supplementation is necessary as it is very difficult to get the proper amounts and kinds of vitamins, minerals, fibers, fats, carbs and proteins on a daily basis with the diet available to us in North America.

X

Health & Wellness

Ed Martin

2012-06-08 15:04:28

Q: I have been told that the more acidic the body becomes, the more prone it is to disease including cancer. If drinking ionized water can lower the body’s acidity level, can it help fight cancer?

A: I need to begin my answer by saying that I am not a doctor, and I am not qualified to give medical advice. If you have cancer, you need to make your health decisions based on the advice of medical professionals with whom you are comfortable. If you are a person who likes to research these things, you already know there are a number of theories, treatments and protocols various well-meaning people advocate for treating cancer. Some may help and some may not, but that is not for me to judge. I cannot tell you that drinking ionized water will help prevent, reduce or cure cancer. All I can say is that I believe maintaining proper pH balance in your body is important for good health, and drinking high pH alkaline water from a water ionizer is an effective tool for achieving that goal. I will share some information I have gathered from my on-line research regarding your body’s acidity and how some people think that may or may not affect your body’s ability to fight cancer. I offer it only as interesting information and certainly not as medical advice. You need to form your own opinions. What many people don’t know is that many of the foods they regularly consume have a negative effect on their body’s pH balance. The human body is naturally alkaline. When a person consumes a diet of overly acidic foods and beverages, their body’s pH is thrown out of balance. In fact, studies show that when a body’s pH is too acidic, the person is at an elevated risk of suffering from heart disease, arthritis, cancer and other diseases. Laboratory studies have shown that in the test tube, cancer cells and tumors thrive and grow in a more acidic environment. When the level of acid is lowered, tumors grow much more slowly. If this occurs in a test tube, it stands to reason that cancer cells in the body would also be negatively affected by an overall alkaline environment. It would also make sense that the opposite would also be true. If the body’s pH is overly acidic, the growth of cancer cells and tumors would be encouraged. On the pH scale which ranges from 0 (highly acidic) to 14 (highly alkaline), the human body should be at a pH of about 7.4 naturally. Some studies have shown that at pH 8.5, cancer cells can no longer survive. Therefore, some people argue that maintaining a diet of highly alkaline foods and beverages can potentially decrease one’s risk of cancer and maybe even help fight the disease. Another piece of interesting information I found is that cancer cells do not grow well in the presence of oxygen. When oxygen levels are low, cancer cells have more of an opportunity to thrive and multiply. When body tissues have a highly alkaline pH, they are able to hold much more oxygen as compared to tissues with a highly acidic pH. Also, when cells have a higher alkaline pH, it is much easier for them to discard cellular waste and toxins. Therefore, if the tissues and cells of the body are too acidic, they are much more susceptible to damage and unhealthy conditions. Conversely, if you maintain your body in a proper alkaline state, it is logical that you will be helping to protect the health of your cells and potentially discouraging the development and growth of cancerous cells. According to experts, maintaining a diet that promotes an alkaline pH in the body helps protect your overall health and can help protect against all sorts of diseases including cancer. When a person eats this kind of diet, their body’s pH will lean more toward the alkaline side of the scale. Many people become confused regarding alkaline and acid diets because they think that it refers to the actual pH level of the food itself. This is not the case, as some foods which are highly acidic in their natural form, such as lemons and limes, actually have an alkaline effect on the body. An alkaline diet usually involves eating minimal amounts of meats, dairy products, white flour and white sugar because these foods have a very acidic reaction on the body’s pH level. Instead the diet usually focuses heavily on fresh fruits and vegetables, nuts such as almonds, and soy products, because they leave an alkaline ash within the body. A good way to support a healthy acidic-alkaline balance within the body is to consume a diet that is composed of 50% to 80% alkaline foods. For proper nutrition, it is still necessary to consume some acidic foods. They should just be limited to less than half of one’s diet. Therefore, one’s diet should consist mostly of alkaline foods including: •Dried fruit such as raisins, apricots, dates and bananas •Potatoes and leafy green vegetables •Salad greens such as lettuce, spinach, and both red and green cabbage •Vegetables like beets, peppers, garlic, squash, zucchini and cucumbers •Natural fats such as nuts and black olives When it comes to beverages, one should avoid highly acidic drinks such soft drinks, coffee, alcohol, and water that has been purified through a reverse osmosis process. This includes almost all bottled water. Instead, one should drink fresh vegetable juices, herbal teas, and high pH alkaline ionized water. Eating a proper diet as described here simply makes good sense. Over time, it will help stop your body’s slide into an unhealthy acidic state and stabilize your body’s pH. However, it is not the fastest way to get your pH to a healthy alkaline level. For that, nothing beats the power of drinking sufficient quantities of high pH alkaline water from a home water ionizer. How much is a sufficient quantity? Experts say we should take ½ our body weight and drink that many ounces every day. For example, a 200 lb. person should drink about 100 ounces, or about 3 quarts every day. If they are fighting a health challenge, they should be drinking more. While I cannot tell you the effect drinking the high pH alkaline water would have on preventing or helping to fight cancer, I can tell you this. I firmly believe that having a home water ionizer, along with eating a proper diet, is the single most effective investment most families can make for maintaining good health and fighting disease.

X

Health & Wellness

Jody Patterson

2012-06-08 13:04:06

Q: For the last couple of months, my 10-year-old son’s teacher has grown more concerned about some behaviors that my son has begun demonstrating at school. I have watched his grades go from Bs to Ds; he has lost all interest in going to school and recently went to the principal’s office for fighting. At home, I have begun to notice a change in my son’s personality and his negative attitude. Is this typical pre-adolescent behavior or could he be showing early signs of a bigger problem like a mental health issue? His teacher is recommending that he see a counselor.

A: According to the 2001 surgeon general’s report, one in five children and adolescents suffer from a diagnosable mental illness severe enough to cause some level of impairment. One in 10 children is believed to have a serious emotional mental health issue and nearly two-thirds of all of these children receive little or no treatment. How do you know if your child has a mental health issue or if something else is causing the problems? Scheduling an appointment with your child’s primary care physician or seeking help from a qualified mental health professional are both good options to begin to help you and your child sort out what may be causing these behavioral changes. If your child exhibits some of the following behaviors and signs, seeking help from a qualified mental health professional is probably a good first step. At Home: • Frequent violations of household rules • Dramatic change in personality or behaviors • Isolative behaviors • Aggressive behaviors • Verbally assaultive • Parents feel that youth is “out of control” • Parents feeling at wit’s end and even considering out-of-home placement • Suicidal thoughts, plans or gestures • Self-harmful behaviors At School: • School performance clearly below youth’s ability • Difficulties making or maintaining peer relationships • Youth’s behavior interferes with ability to learn • Frequent detentions • School avoidance • Repeated in-school or out-of-school suspensions • Failing classes not due solely to cognitive limitations • Truancy • Assaultive or aggressive behaviors • Excessive number of sick days without medical basis In the Community: • Lack of participation in normal community or peer related activities • Contact with law enforcement due to youth’s behavior • Running away or threats to run away • Legal action against youth • Probation or a history of probation Please keep in mind that untreated mental health problems can disrupt children’s functioning at home, school and in the community. Without treatment, children with mental health issues are at an increased risk of school failure and contact with the criminal justice system. Individual and family therapy has been shown to help many children, but for children and adolescents with serious mental illnesses, this alone is not always the answer. For youth with serious mental health issues a system approach is the preferred and most effective model of treatment. A system of care approach (also known as community based services) works with the child and the family in the least restrictive manner and in the most natural locations (i.e. in the community, at school and in the home) so the child and family can be supported in achieving their treatment goals. Proven outcomes for effective community based services show behavioral and emotional problems are reduced, clinical functioning is improved, school attendance and school performance improves, and law enforcement contacts are reduced. With summer almost here, now is the time to seek help for you and your child to assure a more enjoyable summer vacation and the start of a better school year next fall.

X

Health & Wellness

Cathy Lloyd

2012-06-01 14:50:22

Q: I am wanting to lose weight and look better for the summer. With so many products and programs for weight loss out there everywhere, what should I be looking for in making my choice?

A: Last month, we discussed product ingredients/testing results, as well as the mind-set one has to take on in order to properly lose (and keep off) weight. Point #1 being the difference between Food Grade Standards and Pharmaceutical Grade Standards, a point which is very important! We will continue from there. With each program comes coaching.....OR IT SHOULD! Everyone trying to lose weight needs support but they also need good knowledge of the products they choose and what would work best for them to get the best results. If there is no free coaching involved or coaching period you should reconsider. If you do have a coach or a distributor you should be able to ask them any question in regards to their products and their response shouldn’t be, ”I don’t know it just works!”, or “It’s just the best product out there.” Knowledgeable in-house coaching provides accountability and aids in reaching your health and weight loss goals. You want someone who knows their product line inside and out and shows you how to use it properly. Anyone can say “It just works”. You will also find in the nutrition industry many people whose main goal is to make money or get you to join their company before they even ask you about your weight loss goals or health issues. BE LEARY!!! Yes, we all would love to make good money but joining before you even know if the product works? You need to know it works before you consider doing something you might regret or get stuck in later. This is about your weight loss and your health so you need to try the products first!! It shouldn’t be about someone making money. If you are looking at doing shakes as supplementation then you need to find a shake that not only provides you with the right amount and kind of protein but also complete nutrition with the essential vitamins, minerals and fiber too. You don’t want to use just protein shakes as a meal replacement, though the protein in nutritional replacement is also vital. Is it all animal based? Plant based? Both? I have spoken on that before so you know that you need a good balance of both. If you are having two shakes a day as meal replacement and getting your animal based protein with your third regular meal, your shakes should primarily be plant based protein. Diabetics especially should be concerned with how much whey protein you are getting on a daily basis. Referring back to the first point, nutritional value in meal replacement is certainly not equal in all products. Choose your program based on quality of production, quality of coaching and quality of nutrition and protein. The value you receive will take care of itself.

X

Health & Wellness

Joanna Hughes

2012-06-01 08:35:34

Q: Why do I need to use sunscreen if I like a nice tan?

A: Sunscreen helps prevent skin cancer. According to American Cancer Society, one in five Americans will develop skin cancer in their life time. Nearly two million people will be diagnosed with skin cancer each year, more than breast, prostate, lung and colon cancer combined. Tanned skin is damaged skin. UVA and UVB rays cause wrinkles to occur and damage to the cell’s DNA which causes more wrinkles and in time can lead to skin cancers. Q: How do you use sunscreen properly? A: Read label directions for best application. Most brands recommend 20 – 30 minutes prior to going out in the sun. Use it every day as the sun reaches us through windows, car windows, and even on cloudy days. Ideally one ounce, about a palm full, should be applied generously to anywhere bare skin is –faces, ears, hands, arms, neck, top of feet…anywhere! Re-apply at least every two hours and even more if sweating, swimming, or towel drying. FDA guidelines are that none can state sweat proof, water proof, or sun block as products do need to be reapplied. Q: What does SPF mean and if it’s a higher number, is it better? A: SPF is sun protection factor. Many groups, including American Academy Dermatology, recommend SPF of at least 30. Higher numbers are available but offer very little more protection. SPF 30 sunscreens filter out about 97% of sun, SPF 50 about 98% and SPF 100 about 99%. Reapplying sunscreen regularly gives you the best protection. Q: Does sunscreen expire? A: Sunscreen should have an expiration date. Most are effective two to three years, but if stored for a while it is best to shake well to remix. Q: How do I protect myself from UV rays? A: The American Cancer Society promotes “Slip! Slop! Slap! Wrap!” • Slip on a shirt. • Slop on sunscreen. • Slap on a hat. • Wrap on sunglasses to protect the eyes and sensitive skin around them.

X

Health & Wellness

Charles Killingsworth

2012-04-20 15:51:45

Q: How can I become a certified therapeutic recreation specialist (CTRS)?

A: To be a CTRS, one must have completed a degree in Therapeutic Recreation or Recreation with an emphasis in TR and have passed the National Certification Exam. Pittsburg State University is the only higher education institution in Kansas that has the requisite coursework for someone to be eligible to sit for the Certification Exam. Who may be helped through TR Services? You will find CTRSs providing services to people with physical, emotional, cognitive, and social disabilities. Depending upon the setting, often CTRSs will work together with other therapists (Physical Therapists, Occupational Therapists, Speech Therapists, Psychologists, Nurses, MDs, etc.) on a rehabilitation team or may provide TR services in community-based settings. Where is TR offered? One will find CTRSs in typical health care settings such as long-term care facilities, hospitals, rehabilitation centers, residential institutions, community-based advocacy agencies, as well as recreation and parks departments, YMCAs, Boys & Girls Clubs, and public schools (TR is considered a “related service” that is a part of the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act). Often the CTRS will work in collaboration with other health care disciplines such as nurses, physicians, Occupational and Physical Therapists, Speech Therapists, teachers, social workers, vocational counselors, psychologists, and art and music therapists as well as Recreation and Parks professionals. What are the values/benefits of TR for people with disabilities and the elderly in health care and community settings? Depending upon the specific needs of the individuals being served through TR programs and services, the advantages offered include: improved mental and/or physical health, development of the positive use and enjoyment of leisure, cognitive development (critical thinking, problem solving, concrete thinking, etc.), socialization, learning new skills to enhance self-esteem, finding healthy alternatives to alcohol and drug use/abuse, relaxation, rejuvenation, assist in overcoming abilities lost through accident or illness/disease, develop greater independence, eases isolation, and many others. In Southeast Kansas, you will find CTRSs working with individuals with disabilities and the elderly in such agencies as Crawford County Mental Health Children’s Services (the Challenger and Discovery Programs), Via Christi Regional Medical Center, the Dole VA Hospital, and several others.

X

Health & Wellness

Janelle Diamond

2012-04-20 15:31:33

This month we had the pleasure of talking with Janelle Diamond of Via Christi, who shares startling information on distracted driving. While everyone believes that they can handle doing tasks like talking on the phone or texting while driving, nationwide statistics paint another story. Q: What is the theme of National Trauma Prevention Month?

A: This year the American Trauma Society is concentrating on distracted driving and the principal actions that cause and lead to vehicle crashes. Those factors include using electronic devices like cell phones and GPS, applying makeup, reading or writing, and conversing with passengers. Q: How dangerous can those electronic devices be when it comes to arriving alive? A: A university study shows drivers using hand-held devices are four times more likely to be involved in a serious injury crash. Even more dangerous, especially among our teenage drivers, is texting while driving. In fact, text messaging behind the wheel makes you 23 times more likely to be involved in a car crash. Q: How can we impress upon teens how dangerous texting while driving is, since they are so used to texting throughout the course of their day? A: It’s one thing to say “Don’t text and drive.” However, if we can explain the why and how of the dangers, the message becomes more clear. Think about it this way, sending or receiving a text takes your eyes off the road for 4 to 5 seconds. If you’re going 55 miles an hour, you just traveled the length of an entire football field in that time…and you never even saw the road in front of you. Q: Via Christi Hospital Pittsburg is accredited as a Level III Trauma Center. What exactly does that mean? A: The Level III Trauma Center has met requirements of the State of Kansas and American College of Surgeons Committee on Trauma to provide initial stabilization and interventions of patients who have sustained injuries from minor to life threatening. We have established guidelines for treatment, have the resources needed for the initial care, and have developed a relationship with hospitals who have the ability to provide definitive care to injured patients. Our staff members are required to have additional trauma training in order to provide quality care using a systematic approach.

X

Health & Wellness

Stewart N. Johnson

2012-04-20 10:20:34

Q: You get a tune up on your car, so how often does one need to get a tune up on your body?

A: How often do you take your car in to get serviced? Well, most dealerships ask you to have it done every 3,000 miles. What if I told you that if you tuned up your body every year, you would be less likely to contract a disease or have less of a chance to contract bacterial infections? In addition to that, once an energy pathway becomes blocked, the body looks for a new path. This can cause high blood pressure or other problems. A body tune up allows you to return to the way you once were, by allowing one to open the pathways. Here are some examples: Matt: a 37 year old man, had to be driven to our clinic by his wife after literally crawling to his car. He needed assistance getting up 3 steps to get into the building. After the first session, he walked out feeling much better and made it down the steps, no problem. The second trip he drove himself in (from Webb City) and was feeling so great that he literally ran 10-15 feet in the parking lot to help open the door for a person carrying a basket full of clean sheets. By his 3rd session he basically “felt like a new man”. Katie: a 37 year old woman, had knots in both shoulders and problems with her lower back, neck, knees, left hip, hands and feet, not to mention her allergies. After her very 1st session, she felt amazing. She hadn’t felt like that in years she said. Marilyn: an 84 year old lady, kept having dizzy spells. After her 1st session she only had one spell, after the 2nd session has not had any since. She has added 10-15 years to her life and feels great! Sometime in the near future she wants to start driving again. All because she took the time to give her body a tune up.

X

Health & Wellness

Cathy Lloyd

2012-04-20 09:49:22

Q: I am wanting to lose weight and look better for the summer. With so many products and programs for weight loss out there everywhere, what should I be looking for in making my choice?

A: You are right. There are a lot of products out there in the market place to choose from but you have to remember not all products are created equal. Some products are poor to mediocre in their quality because of the way they are produced and what they are made of. Some companies make false claims concerning their success rates as well as their ingredient lists. You also have to remember that it didn’t take you two days or even two months to put on the weight so it won’t take two days or two months to take it off, depending on how much you have to loose. The fact is, losing weight and keeping it off for good is a life style change. There is no miracle cure or overnight success and products that tout “Lose the weight in two weeks” are quick fixes and band aides. You may loose some weight but unless you are willing to make permanent changes the weight will come back. ‘Permanent changes’ doesn’t mean you can never have that brownie...It just means you can’t have three everyday. Losing weight is 90% nutrition. If we give our bodies what they need at the cellular level and feed them proper nutrition, they will do what they are supposed to and you will lose weight. It can be close to impossible to do this with the food out there today. Even our fruits and veggies don’t contain all we need nutritionally and that is why products or supplementation is necessary. Here are some points to consider while looking or choosing products. Many products on the shelves of retail stores or even in exclusive nutrition stores are made according to Food Grade standards. This means that as they are produced they are only quality tested once a month coming off the production line. What may be in one tablet in a bottle may be different than the other. You may or may not be getting all that the label touts because it is impossible unless they are tested and checked more often. You want to find a product that is manufactured according to Pharmaceutical Grade standards. This means the products are checked every 20 minutes coming off the line. This also means that the ingredients in one canister of shake, or one tablet is the same as the next. You are getting what the label says. This is product that is the highest standard of quality. Perhaps it might cost a bit more but over all wouldn’t you rather spend more to get healthy results? I know of people that will buy off the shelf because it costs 9 dollars but they spend those 9 dollars twice a week. After a month they have spent 72 or more to not get results when they could have spent that in the first place to get results. Next month we will discuss weight loss coaching/support, as well as explaining the meal replacement route (if you choose to go that way).

X

Health & Wellness

Ed Martin

2012-04-19 14:32:43

Q: You have stated that a water ionizer separates the water into two streams, one that is high pH alkaline water and the other that is low pH acidic water. Does the low pH acidic water have value?

A: That is an interesting question, because so far, I have only addressed the benefits of drinking high pH alkaline water. Both alkaline and acidic water have positive benefits, but only the high pH alkaline water should be taken internally. The low pH acidic water is for external use only. This is a very important distinction. I will summarize the benefits of both. Here are some benefits of ionized alkaline high pH water when taken internally. These are the primary reasons people purchase home water ionizers. • Supplies extra oxygen on the cellular level for lots of energy and mental clarity • Provides abundant anti-oxidants that reduce free radicals in your body • Slows or even reverses the aging process • Washes acidic waste and other toxins from your body • Increases the effectiveness of your digestive enzymes allowing you to naturally eliminate body fats • Improves the taste and quality of foods cooked in it while decreasing the food’s acidity • Hydrates your body up to 6 times more effectively than conventional water • Allows the acidophilus in your body to greatly expand, creating a reduction of harmful bacteria and parasites • Enables nutrients to be absorbed more efficiently in your body • Promotes regularity. • Supports overall health and healing by bringing your body into proper pH balance A home water ionizer also makes oxidized acidic low pH water as a byproduct, but it normally drains into a sink and goes down the drain as waste. This is because acidic water is the opposite of what you should be drinking. Do not drink the acidic water. It is for external use only. As an external-use-only product, low pH acidic water has some excellent benefits. Here are some examples that you may find interesting: • Kills bacteria on contact. Great for washing kitchen counters, cutting boards, etc • Wash vegetables, fruits, meats and fish with it to kill bacteria • Helps heal cuts, blisters, scrapes or rashes • Provides excellent relief from mosquito bites and bee stings • Provides excellent relief from Poison Ivy and Poison Oak • Conditions skin which should be slightly acidic • Relieves chapped hands and dry itchy skin • Works as an astringent to pull skin tighter, decreasing wrinkles • Helps clear acne, eczema and fungus such as athlete’s foot • Used as a hair rinse, it conditions the hair leaving it soft and smooth • Effectively removes plaque from teeth. Use it instead of toothpaste • Gargle with it to relieve sore throats or other mouth sores. Just do not swallow it • Promotes plant growth and general plant health including herbs and wheat grass • Extends the life of cut flowers I have spent considerable time over the past year answering questions about the health benefits of drinking high pH alkaline water, and when people purchase a home water ionizer, it is almost always because of the substantial health benefits the water provides. In fact, every home water ionizer I have ever seen from the various manufacturers focuses on providing high pH alkaline water, and the low pH acidic water that is a byproduct of the ionizing process simply goes down the drain. As you can see from the information here today, the low pH acidic water that is normally wasted actually has considerable value of its own. However, you must remember the basic rule. Acidic water is for external use only. Do not drink it.

X

Health & Wellness

Wendy Overstreet

2012-03-27 10:35:11

Q: What does SANE/SART stand for and what role do you play?

A: SANE stands for Sexual Assault Nurse Examiner. This is a person who is a registered nurse and has received special training to provide comprehensive care to sexual assault victims. In addition, this is a nurse who can conduct a forensic exam and may provide expert testimony if a case goes to trial. This is also why we refer to it as Forensic Nursing. SART is short for Sexual Assault Response Team. This is a community-based team that coordinates the response to victims of sexual assault. The team may be comprised of SANE’s, hospital personnel, sexual assault victim advocates, law enforcement, prosecutors, judges, and any other professionals with a specific interest in assisting victims of sexual assault. Q: With the growing awareness of sexual assault, how has Via Christi Hospital SANE/SART program evolved? A: I started my SANE training in June of 2010. At the time, I was the first to go through the specific training. Now our program has grown to five nurses, including two who are trained to examine pediatric patients. April is Sexual Assault Awareness and Prevention Month, and we are making sure we reach out to communities to increase awareness and offer educational materials, especially for schools. Q: What new technology is the field of SANE/SART implementing and why is it important? A: Via Christi Hospital recently purchased a Secure Digital Forensic Imaging (SDFI) camera. SDFI cameras are important in our field because of the quality of image it provides over the former method of Polaroid photographs, and because the images are digitally encrypted to protect patient privacy. We believe that upgrading to SDFI technology will help law enforcement and prosecutors when it comes to sexual assault investigations.

X

Health & Wellness

Cathy Lloyd

2012-03-26 16:44:20

Q: You hear so much about protein as it relates to building muscle, recover, etc. Now you hear of all these protein diets. Is this a fad or is protein really THAT important?

A: Over the last two issues, we have thoroughly discussed the importance of protein and its role within our bodies. We will wrap up this series discussing how protein can increase metabolism and burn fat… Protein will increase your rate of metabolism because it increases thermogenisis. Thermogenisis is the process your body goes through in digesting and using the food you eat and the burning of the calories and fat from that food. It is basically producing the energy from the food you eat. Because it takes more calories to process protein rich foods, it increases the rate of your metabolism. You will also boost and keep your metabolism boosted by eating more protein rich foods because it maintains your muscle mass. The more muscle mass you have the higher your metabolism and the more fat you burn. You need to understand that muscle tissue needs protein to maintain itself. When your body doesn’t get enough protein, one of the first places it will go to get it is from your very own muscle tissue. Also, if you don’t eat enough calories nor get enough of the proper nutrition including protein, your body will go into starvation mode. It will hang onto what fat it has as long as it can and will begin to burn protein found in your own muscle mass. Therefore, eating less isn’t the best way to go. One of the most important muscles in your body is your heart. You don’t want that messed with or damaged do you? Think about it… The result usually is when you cut too many calories and nutrition and muscle mass is taken away, your metabolism is lowered. Then, when you eat more calories you put on weight much quicker. This is called the yo-yo effect. Protein is an essential ingredient to a more healthy diet whether you want to lose, gain or just get into better shape. Everyone has different protein needs based on their height and weight and what their goals are. If your body is fed the right amount of key ingredients, it will do what it needs to get where it’s supposed to be. Your protein needs will vary as you lose weight, gain weight or begin to exercise. Your caloric needs will vary as well. Every body is different so it’s essential to sit down and have your needs mapped out to reach your own health goals. It doesn’t take long and it is essential to your road to good health.

X

Health & Wellness

Charles Killingsworth

2012-03-23 09:09:38

Q: What is therapeutic recreation?

A: The following is a true story and, but one example, of a professional intervention that can have a very positive impact on people with disabilities as well as older citizens living in Assisted Living and Nursing Home environments. Jane Adams (not her actual name) was a young woman of 19 years when she was in a car accident that left her quadriplegic, unable to move her arms and hands. The accident, caused by another driver who was drunk, severed her spinal cord and caused significant injury to her brain. Prior to her accident, Ms. Adams was involved in all types of sports and on several teams throughout her years in school including being on the women’s volleyball and track teams at the university where she was majoring in Biology. While Ms. Adams had taken art, music, and other expressive activity classes over her years in school, her primary interests were in the sport and physical activity areas. Upon being discharged from the hospital, she was admitted to a head injury rehabilitation agency where she received treatment and services from a variety of therapies, including the Certified Therapeutic Recreation Specialist (CTRS). The CTRS, after assessing both her interests as well as her level of functioning with respect to recreation and leisure skills, began to introduce her to a variety of activities that she could do using the limited movements that she still possessed. As a result, Ms. Adams became interested in painting and the CTRS assisted her in developing skills wherein she used her mouth to hold a paint brush to paint. As she developed greater skills in painting she became more interested in painting and a few other expressive arts leisure activities. After being discharged and moving into a supported living arrangement in her home community, she continued to improve her painting skills and interests in other activities. She became so proficient in her painting that she began to sell her paintings, has had several showings of them, and earns enough to be fairly independent. So, What is Therapeutic Recreation (TR)? Sometimes referred to as Recreation Therapy, professionals in this field use recreation/leisure activities in providing treatment, education and recreation services to help people of all ages with illnesses, disabilities and other conditions to improve their health, functional abilities, independence, and quality of life. The treatment component uses recreation activities to help people improve or maintain physical, social, emotional, cognitive, and spiritual functioning – essentially, dealing with the “total person”, not just the issues that they may be having in these areas. The education component, usually referred to as leisure education, assists the individuals to identify appropriate recreation and leisure pursuits, skills, and resources so that they may be able to participate in recreation activities of their choosing with others experiencing similar challenges and/or along with people in their community. The third component, recreation services, focuses upon providing opportunities for enjoying the recreation experience whether one is living in the community or in a care facility.

X

Health & Wellness

Dr. Nathan Hands

2012-03-22 16:23:36

Q: I’ve lived with back pain for some time now, but I’m so concerned when I go in to have an evaluation, they’ll want me to consider surgery. Is this always necessary or are there other alternative treatments?

A: Having back and sciatic pain is a miserable – even crippling – condition. You might not be able to play golf, work, or even sit in the car for a 30-minute drive. It’s almost impossible for anyone around you to understand how you feel. You can’t remember the last time you even had a restful night’s sleep. You may have a condition called “Sciatica” if you’re suffering from any of these annoying conditions. Sciatica is a compression of the sciatic nerve, usually by L4 or L5 disc herniations. Nothing’s worse than feeling great mentally, but physically feeling held back from life because your back or sciatica hurts and the pain just won’t go away! Fortunately, if you are suffering from any of these problems, they may be relieved or eliminated with chiropractic adjustments. “What’s The Chance This Will Work for Me?” Chiropractic has been around for over a hundred years, and has been used to help everyone from tiny babies to the elderly. Even top sports stars and entertainers… like Tiger Woods, Emmitt Smith, Tony Robbins, Joe Montana, Lance Armstrong, Gov. Arnold Schwarzenegger and Mel Gibson... These professional athletes have the money to hire any kind of doctors they want, yet they choose to have a chiropractor on their team. Here’s what some of the top medical researchers had to say about chiropractic… “Manipulation [chiropractic adjustments], with or without exercise, improved symptoms more than medical care did after both 3 and 12 months.”– British Medical Journal “Chiropractor’s manipulation of the spine was more helpful than any of the following: traction, massage, biofeedback, acupuncture, injection of steroids into the spine and back corsets, and ultrasound.” -- Stanley Bigos, MD, Professor of Orthopedic Surgery Feel the Improvement – and Say “Yes” to Life Again “Back Pain and Sciatica Evaluation” can find the problem and then correct it. See and feel life change for the better. Start your body on the way to pain-free, normal living. Feel tight joints rest, relax, free up. Feel muscles tied in knots become more supple. Feel strength in your muscles increase. As you begin to see motion returning to your joints, you’re preventing and reducing chances of disability and a crippling future.

X

Health & Wellness

Ed Martin

2012-03-22 15:36:06

Q: Does it matter what water I drink, and how much I drink?

A: I am going to answer this question by first restating something that was in my column last month. The theory of many acclaimed research scientists and medical doctors is that all disease can be traced back to two simple problems: 1. Dehydration – Water is the fluid of life. Not drinking enough easily absorbable water leads to dehydration. When we become dehydrated, we reduce our body’s ability to process nutrients, vitamins, and minerals. Further, we starve the body of the fluid by which it cleanses and detoxifies the organs and the blood, leaving toxins running rampant in our bodies. 2. Over-Acidification – Our bodies prefer an alkaline environment. When acid builds up, it robs every available resource from the body to maintain pH balance. Excess acid is stored in the body and slowly poisons us over time. Now, let’s discuss the need for water. Most Americans don’t drink enough water. Many substitute other liquids such as coffee, tea, soda, fruit juice, or even energy drinks and think they can replace water, but that is not the case. They are almost without exception, all acidic and are not the right pH for what the body needs. As a result, the body absorbs as little as possible and the bulk passes right through as waste. Even bottled water, in most cases, is not a good solution, because most bottled water is purified through reverse osmosis which makes the water acidic. The net result of drinking these acidic liquids is that there can still leave the body without proper hydration, or dehydrated. It is estimated that at least 75% of Americans are dehydrated enough that it affects their health in a negative way. Many people interpret their thirst as hunger. In a University of Washington study, drinking one glass of water when feeling hungry stopped the hunger pangs in 98% of the dieters surveyed. The body is, on average, 70% water. Drinking enough water is critical to good health. Here are a few examples based on various research and reported studies: 1. The main cause of most daytime fatigue is simply lack of water. 2. Drinking 8-10 glasses of water a day may significantly ease back pain and joint pain for up to 80% of sufferers. 3. If the average person drank 10 - eight ounce glasses of plain water every day, it has been estimated that the risk of getting breast cancer would be reduced by 79%, colon cancer by 45%, and bladder cancer by 50%. 4. Just a 2% drop in the body’s natural water level can bring on mental confusion, short-term memory loss, inability to focus, and forgetting how to do simple math calculations. 5. Chronic lack of drinking sufficient quantities of plain water can lead to a body’s dehydration, over acidification, increased toxicity, and weight gain, all of which are detrimental to good health. 6. People can live for months without food, but only about 72 hours without water. It is recommended that a person’s minimum daily water intake should be half of their body weight in ounces. For instance, a 200 pound person should drink at least 100 ounces of water, or about 3 quarts, every day. For someone who is very overweight or suffering from a chronic disease, that recommended minimum amount should double. Where does good quality water come from? Tap water quality varies from community to community, and the pH is too low. Although studies commonly state that most tap water is healthier for you than bottled water, many people are distrustful of drinking it. Having your own well may not be the best answer either, because much well water is contaminated from decades of dumping chemicals and waste into our rivers, streams and soil that has reached the aquifers. Carbon Block and Granular Carbon Filters: The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) recognizes granular activated carbon as the best available technology for the removal of bacteria and organic chemicals like herbicides, pesticides and industrial chemicals. However, these filters leave the minerals in the water but do not improve the natural pH of the water. Reverse Osmosis (RO) and Distillation Systems: An RO system exposes water under pressure to a semi-permeable membrane with very fine pores. Water that passes through is stripped of its minerals and other inorganic compounds, but many chemicals have smaller molecules than water, so they pass through also. A typical RO system wastes 2-3 gallons of water for every gallon it produces. A distillation system boils water and then condenses the vapor. However, distilled water is also stripped of its minerals and still can contain chemicals that vaporize at a lower temperature than water. Both types of systems must be used along with a carbon filter to be sure organic chemicals are removed. Water that has been stripped of minerals contains more hydrogen which raises its acidity. Several very credible research reports and books state that the long-term consumption of de-mineralized water can be dangerous. Dr. Zolton Rona, author of The Joy of Health, states, “The longer one consumes distilled water, the more likely the development of mineral deficiencies and an acid state.” When we consume an acidic substance, our body tries to eliminate it and then to neutralize what’s left by pulling minerals from our teeth and bones to produce bicarbonate. It has been proven that when our body fluids become more acidic than alkaline, the production of free radicals increases, causing greater cancer risks. Many studies suggest that cancer can only grow in an acid environment. This theory seems to be supported by the fact that the areas around the world where people live the longest most disease- free lives are the areas that have water that is the most alkaline and has the highest mineral content. There is nothing one can drink that can have as great an impact on your life and good health as naturally mineralized high pH alkaline water, and there is nothing more difficult to find. It is just not readily available – unless you make it yourself. That is where good quality home water ionizers come in. Good quality home water ionizers utilize a carbon filter to clean the water and remove organic chemicals, but the natural minerals are left intact. In fact, the mineral content is required for the ionizer to raise the water’s alkalinity to the desired pH. There are other qualities that separate a good quality ionizer from lesser quality units such as being constructed from the best materials, having adjustable pH, being self-cleaning, having a proper warranty, etc. However, we can discuss those qualities another time. In conclusion, the answer to today’s question is yes, it does matter what kind of water you drink, and it does matter that you drink it in sufficient quantities every day. For the best health, documented evidence shows there is one beverage that everyone should drink above all else. That is high pH alkaline water. Where do you get it? From your own home water ionizer.

X

Health & Wellness

Jody Patterson

2012-03-22 15:08:38

Q: My husband and I are going through a divorce and despite our efforts to comfort our 8 year old son, he seems to be having a strong reaction to it. Any advice on what we should do?

A: We hope for children that their childhoods consist of carefree, worriless days with comparatively few responsibilities or troubles; yet, studies tell us that many children experience extreme stress and have similar symptoms to those of adults. However, unlike adults, many children may not have the means or the skills to identify, understand or manage their stress in appropriate ways. It’s important for you and your husband to know that negative and positive events can cause stress. Family events are often a source of stress for children. The breakup of a family is an event that commonly causes stress in children. Some children think that they have somehow contributed to their parent’s decision to end their marriage. Events such as physical abuse, separation, rejection, and fights are some negative sources of stress. Other events such as a parent losing a job, or the death of a parent, grandparent, or sibling can also create stress. Positive events that cause stress in children include birthday parties, new pets, a new school environment and the birth of new siblings. Everyday family obligations, events, and routines can create stress and tension for a young child; for example, an active family that is so busy, the needs of a young child are overlooked. Parents and caregivers need to be aware of what is happening in a child's life that may affect his or her behavior. A sudden change in a child’s behavior may be related to stress. A first step in decreasing a child's stress is to be knowledgeable and aware of the symptoms of stress. These symptoms or warning signs include bed-wetting, upset stomach, irritability, nightmares, lying, withdrawal from activity, change in activity level, poor sleep or eating habits, teeth grinding, or decline in school achievement. Recognizing children's stress symptoms is not easy. It is very important to recognize that it is normal for children to exhibit some of these signs at varying times in their lives. Adults need to be alert when a child is showing a cluster of these signs or symptoms simultaneously or when the caregiver sees no apparent cause to explain why the child may be stressed. In either of these cases, it is a sign that the adults who are involved in the care of children need to intervene. If the child feels that it is impossible to handle the stress, he or she can become angry, depressed, withdrawn or aggressive. If the stress becomes too overwhelming for the child, then it’s common for the child to experience anxiety. Keep in mind that sustained periods of stress and anxiety can take a toll on the physical health of children. Children need help in learning to manage and function with the stress they feel. One means to assist children is to identify and acknowledge their feelings. It sounds like a simple concept, but it is important that children understand what they are feeling, that we teach the meaning of the word "stress" by letting them know they may feel "butterflies in the stomach," or their heart may pound. Let children know that it is normal to feel angry, alone, scared, or lonely some of the time. Teach children names or words for their feelings and appropriate ways to express them. Show more interest in the child's experience than in the behavior that results. There are times when a child just needs a hug for reassurance. Promote a positive environment. Praise children for the acceptable things they do. The experience of stress and tension can serve to defeat a child’s confidence. Help children see and understand the good in themselves and that they are worthwhile persons. If the child shares details about the situation that is troubling them, listen without judging the child or the situation; that is, if the child chooses to tell you about the situation that produced the stress. Help the child feel comfortable in expressing feelings. Be aware of the child's temperament; what seems to be fun for one child may feel overwhelming to another. Make an effort to cut down on activities when you see signs of stress in children's behavior. Allow children to go at their own pace. Teach children ideas for calming themselves, such as taking deep breaths, thinking of a quiet place, etc. Take care of yourself! Children often pick up stress from parents and caregivers. Plan plenty of time for play. When a negative event takes place, reassure children that what happened was not their fault. They have a tendency to assume guilt for situations that adults know are entirely beyond the child's control. Give children a lot of cuddles, reassurances, and familiar routines, like a bedtime story. Helping children to deal positively with stressful and tension causing events prepares them for healthy emotional and social development. This is an important responsibility of parents, teachers, and other caregivers: to effectively guide and help children throughout development. While we can’t protect our children from stress and anxious feelings that can result, we can take time with them and help them to discover ways to overcome the impact of those feelings.

X

Health & Wellness

Gary Falcetto

2012-02-28 13:44:05

Q: Explain the recent project Via Christi Hospital underwent to increase patient safety in regards to the May 22 tornado that struck Joplin, Mo.

A: After talking with officials at St. John’s Hospital in Joplin, we realized what a danger flying glass was to patients, visitors and employees when the EF-5 tornado hit on May 22. We wanted to explore options that were available to help our ministry should we find ourselves in severe weather of that nature. One of the solutions we identified pertained to preventing window glass from flying inside the hospital should it be hit by flying debris. Q: What solution did the hospital choose for its windows? A: We found a material that acts like a very thick plastic covering on the inside of the windows, and then is held together by an interior frame. The plastic is 12-mil thick, and was applied to 88 windows in our hospital. We covered all corridor windows in floors two through five, all of our Intensive Care room windows, and the five windows that will be used for Labor and Delivery in our new Women’s Center that will open this spring. Q: How does this plastic covering work? A: The plastic covering keeps the pieces of glass from blowing inside the hospital in the event a window should break. While a piece of debris may break the window itself, this plastic keeps the glass from shattering and falling. It’s the same concept used on car windshields these days. In the event of a crash, the window glass does not shatter into thousands of pieces and fall on the driver and passengers. Instead it cracks, but the windshield itself is staying intact. Q: Where else has this plastic been used that you know of? A: The company we used, Hanita TEK Windows is out of Dallas, Texas, and they do business not only around the nation, but around the world. While we are using the product to “tornado-proof” our windows in Southeast Kansas, there are other buildings that use it for other reasons, including “hurricane-proofing” windows on the Gulf Coast. We were also pleased to learn that Hanita TEK also does work on government buildings and those surrounding them. The plastic covering on the windows makes them blast resistant in the event of an attack. Q: What are employees saying about the window project? A: We’ve had nurses who were here the evening of the May 22 tornado, recounting that night and not thinking about the danger the windows posed. Now we know how dangerous that glass can be during severe weather, and they have said that they are extremely appreciative of what we’re doing to make the patients, and our nursing staff, safer.

X

Health & Wellness

Stewart N. Johnson

2012-02-28 13:34:47

Q: Can massage really help with weight loss?

A: Most everyone wants to lose weight. If you want to lose weight, tone up your body or sculpture places on your body you thought “no way“. Get a massage. Massage is the starting point for all of these things to occur. Massage is the beginning point, as hands are first applied. The relationship between you and the therapist determines how much weight you will lose. Once your pathways are unblocked, the weight can come off rapidly. People can get great results from massage. Most of you already know massage feels great and ahhhh so relaxing. Whether it’s for rehabilitation from an injury or just from playing too hard or even just to reduce stress or anxiety. Don’t forget massage can help with weight loss too. Research shows that massage can have a positive effect on your muscle-building capabilities, which increases your capacity to lose weight. Muscles that are strong and healthy tend to burn calories better, which in turn lets you participate in more sports or exercise and in some cases without causing so much pain. Some of the benefits of getting massages are to improve your range of motion, improve your circulation, muscle flexibility, help protect your muscles from being overworked or even tearing during workouts or daily activities. It will also help to heal injuries you already may have. It manipulates the excretion of nitrogen, sulfur and phosphorous within the muscle, which in itself is a benefit. Massage can help open up blocked pathways so the body’s functions flow more easily. It helps to release and flush out toxins so you can focus on eating healthier foods. which can also aid in cutting down on stress in your life. When your body is stressed out, the intestines can slow down the digestion or even stop the break down of food coming into your body. Which in turn can lead to weight gain. Abdominal massage is good for improving your digestive function, which in turn reduces constipation and increases bowel movements. If you are one that hits the gym on a regular basis, then massage can help you to loose fat deposits that much faster. By getting massages you can help your muscles reduce soreness by rubbing, kneading and lengthen them or stretching them and keeping them loose. This will make you feel better. If you are not a “gym member” no problem, you can still eat healthy and work in getting massages to your schedule. You can still lose your body’s fat deposits with lymphatic drainage therapy. Lymphatic drainage therapy can help to reduce edema, reduce stress and pain.

X

Health & Wellness

Cathy Lloyd

2012-02-28 12:21:57

Q: You hear so much about protein as it relates to building muscle, recover, etc. Now you hear of all these protein diets. Is this a fad or is protein really THAT important?

A: Last month, we discussed the popularity of proteins not only as a muscle builder, but also as a very valuable component of every cell in the body. Did you know you can also decrease your calcium levels by eating too much animal based proteins? If you follow a high protein diet of just animal protein you can weaken bones, as animal protein releases acids that neutralize calcium in the blood. Eating animal based protein takes lots of calcium, some of which may be pulled from the bones. In a Nurse’s Health Study, women who ate more than 100 grams of protein a day of just animal based protein were more likely to have a broken wrist over a period of time compared to those who ate 50% soy protein of the total protein in their diet. However, you do need a healthy mix of protein types. Here’s why: Some of the protein you eat contains amino acids needed to build new proteins. This kind of protein is called a complete protein. Animal sources of protein tend to be complete proteins. Other sources of protein lack one or more amino acids that the body can’t make from scratch or create modifying other amino acids. These proteins are called incomplete proteins and they usually come from fruits, vegetables, grains and nuts. However, soy protein is the one plant based protein that is a complete protein and that is why it is essential to a high protein, low fat diet. The popularity of high-protein diets is due in large part to their ability to help manage hunger for the following reasons. First, high protein foods slow the movement of food from the stomach to the intestine which aides in helping you feel fuller longer so you tend to eat less. Second, protein leads to a much slower rise and fall in blood sugars and insulin so you don’t crave sweets and carbs as readily. Third, the body uses more energy to digest protein than it does to digest carbohydrates or fat and as a result it boosts your metabolism. However, you have to have a healthy balance. You should not avoid eating fruits, vegetables, or whole grain because they provide healthy vitamins, minerals, fiber and phytonutrients that our bodies need as well. To maintain a healthy functioning body, protein is essential. To lose weight, protein is essential. The Institute of Medicine and National Academy of Sciences has concluded that our daily intake of protein to maintain health should be 35% of our total caloric intake and men needing slightly more than women. They also say that low fat, high protein, and low carb diets work and work quicker than others. The key is to make sure that two thirds of your protein is plant based and half of all your protein intake is soy because it is the one plant based protein that is complete. Next month we’ll discuss protein and how it increases metabolism and burns fat.

X

Health & Wellness

Ed Martin

2012-02-27 13:56:46

Q: What is pH and how does it affect my health?

A: In order to answer your question, I need to make sure you understand the condition of being acidic or alkaline and that means explaining some terminology. I will try not to make this complicated, but I will need to get a little scientific. Please bear with me. It won’t take long. What do you think of when you hear the word “acid”? Many people think all acids are hash liquids that burn your skin, eat away at metals and stone, and make holes in your clothes. However, that is true of only a few strong acids in their concentrated forms. In fact, you put acids into your body whenever you eat pickles or apples, snack on a banana, or drink orange juice. Acids are classified as strong or weak. Strong acids can be dangerous and must be handled very carefully. However, weak acids are very common in many foods and plants. For example, citrus fruits and tomatoes contain citric acid. Things like vinegar and lemon juice taste sour because they are acidic. The opposite of “acids” are “bases”. Like strong acids, strong bases are dangerous and must be handled with care. Oven cleaner and drain cleaner are examples of products that are strong bases. We know that both acids and bases can vary in strength from strong to weak. Also liquid solutions containing these acids or bases can also vary from strong to weak. A measurement called “pH” ranks the strength of the solution and tells us how acidic or basic it is. Another word for “basic” is “alkaline”. Both words have the same meaning. pH is measured on a scale that ranges from 0 to 14. The number 7 is the midpoint and is neutral. It is neither acid nor base. The numbers descending below 7 are acidic, with a pH 6 being mildly acidic and a pH 0 being the strongest of acids. The numbers above 7 are basic, or alkaline, with a pH 8 being mildly alkaline and a pH 14 being the most alkaline. Also, each number on the pH scale is 10 times stronger than the number preceding it. For example, pH 9 is 10 times more alkaline than pH 8. pH 10 is 10 times more alkaline than pH 9, and it is 100 times more alkaline than pH 8. The strength of acids also increases by a factor of 10 for each lower pH compared to the number above it on the pH scale. OK, the science lesson is over. I hope I haven’t lost you. I promise to keep it lighter from here on. When it comes to understanding pH, most people know more about why pH matters in a pool or aquarium than in their own bodies. But did you know that our bodies are over 70% water? In fact, our blood is 83% water and has a very specific pH of 7.365. If our blood varies more than .1 pH from that level, illness and death quickly follow. Our bodies work constantly to maintain the correct pH balance. The foods we eat and the liquids we drink have a pH level also. The problem is that most of what we eat and drink is acidic. Here are a few common examples: •Cola carbonated beverages – pH 2.0 •Standard coffee – pH 4.1 •Ground beef – pH 3.2 So the critical question is this: If 90% of the average American diet is made up of acidic foods and beverages, how does our body manage to dispose of all this acid? Our bodies deal with this problem in three ways: Respiration, Perspiration, and Urination/Defecation. These three functions work so well because the average person gets plenty of fresh clean air every day, either gets plenty of cardio exercise or performs manual labor to the point of exhaustion every day, and has a finely tuned digestive system that processes and eliminates everything not required for a healthy life. …Wait, does that sound like the average American? Definitely not! The lifestyle of average Americans adds to acid buildup in their bodies, which over time can lead to unnecessary health issues. Our bodies do have a way of dealing with accumulated acid. It’s called neutralization. Our bodies steal calcium and magnesium (alkaline minerals) from our bones to help off-set the acid buildup. Even worse, the acid that can’t be eliminated or neutralized is stored in our cells as solid waste. The theory of many acclaimed research scientists and medical doctors is that all disease can be traced back to two simple problems: 1. Dehydration – Water is the fluid of life. Not drinking enough easily absorbable water leads to dehydration. When we become dehydrated, we reduce our body’s ability to process nutrients, vitamins and minerals. Further, we starve the body of the fluid by which it cleanses and detoxifies the organs and the blood, leaving toxins running rampant in our bodies. 2. Over-Acidification – Our bodies prefer an alkaline environment. When acid builds up, it robs every available resource from the body to maintain pH balance. Excess acid is stored in the body and slowly poisons us over time. In an ideal environment, we each would have plenty of fresh air and physical activity. We would also have a diet consisting of green leafy vegetables, unrefined whole foods, and plenty of fresh, pure water. Living like this would help keep us pH balanced, properly processing foods and expelling wastes. Through proper nutrition alone, it is possible to maintain a healthy and disease-free lifestyle. However, that would mean giving up much of what we like, and most people are not willing to do that. We have all heard the expression, “You are what you eat (and drink)”. When we look at the diet of countries that rank highest in overall wellness, lifespan, good health and low disease rates, they all have something in common. The people all eat lots of green things and they drink water as their key beverage. Also, their local water is naturally much cleaner than the water in America, without many of the harmful chemicals commonly found here. We all want to enjoy good health and a long life. We also know some of what we should be doing to be healthier and more fit, but we don’t want to do it if it means giving up foods or activities we enjoy. Besides, there is no one thing that anyone can do to live a perfectly healthy life. However, most complementary health experts (and many mainstream doctors) now agree that the best place to start is by drinking high pH alkaline water from a home water ionizer. Drinking high pH alkaline water promotes good health by super-hydrating the body, neutralizing acids, reducing acid buildup, and flushing toxic wastes from the cells. The high pH water also promotes good health by being a natural antioxidant. As an added bonus, flushing accumulated waste from the cells aids in weight loss. We will cover these topics and more in future columns.

X

Health & Wellness

Dr. Nathan Hands

2012-02-27 12:37:39

Q: What is peripheral neuropathy?

A: It may come and go...interrupt your sleep...and even make your arm or legs feel weak at times. You may have even been to other doctors and they claim you should feel fine. More than 20 million Americans suffer from peripheral neuropathy, a problem caused by damage to the nerves that supply your arms and legs. This painful condition interferes with the body’s ability to transmit messages to the muscles, skin, joints, or internal organs. If ignored or mistreated, neuropathy can lead to irreversible health conditions. There are those trained to correct the major cause of peripheral neuropathy. A common treatment for many nerve problems is the “take some pills and wait and see” method. While this may be necessary for temporary relief of severe symptoms, using them long term is no way to live. Some of the more common drugs given include pain pills, anti-seizure mediations, and anti-depressants -- all of which have serious side effects. Q: What is most likely the cause of your problem? A: Often, neuropathy is caused by a degenerating spine pressing on the nerve roots. This can happen in any of the vertebral joints from the neck all the way down to the tail bone. Chiropractic treatments have proven effective in helping to remove the pressure on the nerves. By using gentle techniques, The chiropractior is able to release the pressure that has built up on the nerve. This allows the nerve to heal and the symptoms to go away. For example, numerous studies have proven chiropractic’s effectiveness in helping nerve conditions. Patients showed an 85.5% resolution of the nerve symptoms after only 9 chiropractic treatments. - Journal of Chiropractic Medicine 2008 With chiropractic care, patients had “significant improvement in perceived comfort and function, nerve conduction and finger sensation overall.” – JMPT 1998 “Significant increase in grip strength and normalization of motor and sensory latencies were noted. Orthopedic tests were negative. Symptoms dissipated.” – JMPT 1994 What these studies mean is that it is possible to enjoy life...without those aggravating nerve problems.

X

Health & Wellness

Stewart N. Johnson

2012-01-30 11:32:43

Q: Can massage help provide preventative care for cysts or even cancer in my breasts?

A: Yes. Breast cancer preventative maintenance begins with you. Self care is one of the most crucial tools you have. Because of the blood flow and lymph, your breast should be a pinkish color. If your breast are pure white, cracking or dull looking, it is time for a makeover. Start by washing the area, while in the shower/bath you can feel for any lumps or irregularities. By doing this on a regular basis you will know if something appears or a lump forms. After drying the area, using your fingers, you will feel softness and a slight give to them. You can use a hydration lotion or even better is fresh aloe vera gel (directly from the plant). The aloe vera is a two phase approach. Once dried, the aloe protects and moisturizes the tissue, the second part, it is a firming component. Over a period of time, the breast will become more upright and firm. To begin the massage, using your right hand cup the bottom of your left breast and work your way upwards (using your fingers) on the right side of the breast. Always go in an upwards motion. Next, use your left hand on your right breast, cup it, then going upwards from middle outwards. Next, using your forefinger to clean out the milk line (the groove directly under the breast center), work from under the breast up towards the nipple. After both breast are worked on, time to relieve tension and congestion. Release the nipple using your index finger. Take in a deep breath, press in the top of the nipple and straight inwards while vibrating it, while exhaling. Repeat several times till the tension is gone.

X

Health & Wellness

Cathy Lloyd

2012-01-26 16:52:24

Q: You hear so much about protein as it relates building muscle, recover, etc. Now you hear of all these protein diets. Is this a fad or is protein really THAT important?

A: Protein diets seem to be the talk. Everywhere you can read about how protein can help you lose, gain or maintain your weight as well as build muscle. The importance of protein, however, extends far beyond how they affect our physical appearance. Protein is an important component of every cell in the body. It is an organic compound that is made of 22 amino acids which are known as the building blocks of life. It makes up 16% of our total body weight. Connective tissue is made up of protein. Hair and nails are mostly made of protein. Your body uses protein to build and repair tissues. Many of our body’s important chemicals like enzymes, hormones, neurotransmitters and even our DNA are partially made of protein. Protein is an important building block of bones, muscles, cartilage, skin and blood. Along with fat and carbohydrates, protein is a “macronutrient,” meaning that the body needs relatively large amounts of it. Vitamins and minerals, which are needed in only small quantities, are called “micronutrients.” But unlike fat and carbohydrates, the body does not store protein and therefore has no reservoir to draw on when it needs a new supply. A lack of protein can result in loss of muscle mass, decreased immunity as well as weakening of the heart and respiratory system. Not all proteins are alike. You need to get the balance of the right kind of proteins. You can obtain healthy sources of proteins without high levels of saturated fats. Part of the reason some protein diets are not necessarily good for you is because they have you eating more animal based proteins: which also contain high levels of saturated fats. While you may lose some weight, you won’t like what it does to your LDL (bad) cholesterol. It can lead to heart disease. There are proteins that have lower levels of or no saturated fats at all. This type of protein comes from plant based proteins. The American Society for Nephrology states that two thirds of our ingested protein should be plant based. They not only are easier for the body to digest, they also contain healthful fiber and micronutrients as well. Next month, we’ll discuss the importance of having a healthy mix of protein types and the different types of protein diets.

X

Health & Wellness

Shelley Watts

2012-01-26 15:08:09

Q: What is the tie between the month of February and heart disease awareness?

A: February is National Heart Month, with the focus being on the danger of cardiovascular disease and the number of people it affects. “Wear Red for Women Day” is one of many events during National Heart Month that takes place Friday, February 3. This is a nationwide event that everyone is encouraged to take part in and, by wearing red, show your support for life-saving awareness of heart health problems. Many people do not know that more women die from cardiovascular disease than from the next four causes of death combined, including cancer. Q: Why are we seeing an increase in cardiovascular disease in the U.S.? A: Millions of Americans have or are on track to develop cardiovascular disease because of increased risk factors in our lives. Those factors can include: obesity, physical inactivity, unhealthy eating habits and smoking. So February and National Health Month can also be a great reminder to stick to those New Year’s resolutions. Q: Isn’t cardiovascular disease something that only older people, especially older men, have to worry about? A: No, in fact heart disease can strike at any age, and in women we need to particularly be careful. In fact, more than 60% of women who die suddenly from coronary disease have no previous symptoms. That’s why it is so important to know the warning signs. Q: Specifically, what are those warning signs that indicate you should seek medical attention? A: Warning signs include: chest discomfort, shortness of breath, cold sweats, being light-headed and becoming nauseated. Do not ignore these warning signs, when dealing with heart issues, every second counts.

X

Health & Wellness

Ed Martin

2012-01-26 08:38:51

Q: In a recent column, you wrote about the benefits of drinking “High pH Alkaline Ionized Water.” It sounded interesting…but confusing. Can you tell us again what is High pH Alkaline Ionized Water?

A: I admit, in past columns, I have tried to stay with answering questions that allowed me to focus on the health benefits of drinking alkaline ionized water. My thought has been that most people are more interested in the benefits of how it will help them rather than the mechanics of how those benefits occur. But it is also obvious that there are some out there who want more details. Here is the essence of that recent column. I am going to apologize in advance for getting technical. If you find technical stuff boring, you might as well stop reading now. However, if you are willing to give me a chance, I will try to keep my answer fairly short and hopefully a little bit interesting. Heck, you might even learn something. First, let me say that “high pH” and “alkaline” mean pretty much the same thing. Most things are either acid or alkaline in their chemical makeup, and pH is merely a number that describes how acid or alkaline it is. For example, something that is neither acid nor alkaline is said to be neutral and has a pH of 7.0. A pH value less than 7.0 is acid, and the lower the pH, the more acidic it is. A pH value greater than 7.0 is alkaline, and the higher the pH, the more alkaline it is. With that little detail out of the way, now we can focus on the real nitty-gritty. What is Alkaline Ionized Water? I am glad you asked. The original technology regarding ionized water was developed by the Russians in the 1950’s as a result of the cold war. It originated in research Russian scientists were conducting as they were attempting to find a way to decontaminate their population in the event of a nuclear attack. Over 30-years ago, the Japanese “borrowed” the Russian research and began experimenting to further develop ionized water technology. This resulted in their developing a counter-top device the size of a toaster that connects to a kitchen faucet and produces ionized water. The process is called electrolysis, and it is accomplished by running tap water over positive and negative electrodes. This splits the water into two streams: one is alkaline ionized water and the other is acidic ionized water. Both water streams have value, but for entirely different purposes. (Now here is one of those paragraphs that you non-technical types may want to skip over). In chemistry class, we learned that water, H2O, is made up of two atoms of hydrogen and one atom of oxygen. The ionizer splits the water into an alkaline component called a hydroxyl ion and an acidic component called a hydrogen ion. When something is ionized, it either gains or loses an electron. The alkaline water contains more hydroxyl ions, which are molecules containing one oxygen atom and one hydrogen atom with an extra electron. The acidic water contains more hydrogen ions which are hydrogen atoms that are missing an electron. As I have stated in past columns, the general condition of the human body is designed to be slightly alkaline. Our blood and lymphatic systems need to be about pH 7.4, and if our pH varies much from 7.4, illness and eventually death can be the result. However a very large part of most people’s diet (food and beverage) is highly acidic, and therein lies the question, “What can we do to keep our body’s pH in proper balance, help to maintain optimal health, and prevent disease?” One answer, which is difficult and beyond what most people are willing to do, is to totally change your diet and eliminate most of the foods you enjoy. The far easier answer is to drink alkaline ionized water. By drinking alkaline ionized water, we help to neutralize the acidic wastes that have built up in the body. We are also restoring the body to its slightly alkaline state which is ideal for fighting disease and maintaining good health naturally. Alkaline ionized water has the ability to neutralize free radicals by itself. Free radicals are atoms in our environment that are lacking an electron, and they attack healthy atoms in the body to steal electrons, thus creating an unhealthy condition. Since the alkaline water contains hydroxyl ions which have an overabundance of electrons, it can easily donate electrons to neutralize the free radicals. This is similar to having antioxidant vitamins and minerals in the water you drink. Some even compare it to drinking a glass of fruit juice. When viewed under a microscope, we can see that water is not made up of individual water molecules that are totally separate from each other. Instead, water molecules tend to clump together in irregularly shaped clusters of 10 to 13 molecules. However in creating alkaline water, an ionizer gives the water new characteristics. The molecules in alkaline ionized water form much smaller clusters of only five or six molecules organized in a hexagonal shape. These smaller clusters make alkaline ionized water “wetter”. As a result, it is more easily absorbed, can pass through cell walls more easily, and can more easily saturate body tissues. This increased absorption also puts the water in contact with more free radicals faster, increasing its antioxidant capabilities. Alkaline ionized water is six times more hydrating than regular water. Alkaline ionized water has a higher oxygen level because it has more hydroxyl molecules than regular water. You can see this in alkaline ionized water by the cloud of tiny bubbles that are visible immediately after it is made. This increased oxygen content helps to neutralize the effects of oxygen free radicals which damage cells through oxidation. (Common examples of oxidation which are familiar to everyone include the rusting of metal and browning of freshly cut apples). Drinking oxygen-rich ionized alkaline water helps to increase oxygen levels in the blood. In addition to all the other health benefits gained from drinking ionized alkaline water, people commonly state that it makes them feel more energetic and more able to tackle their day with ease.

X

Health & Wellness

Karen McNally

2012-01-26 08:29:02

Q: I don’t suffer from mental illness, but how do I make sure I stay mentally and emotionally healthy, especially during times of stress?

A: Mental and emotional health refers to your overall psychological well-being. It includes the way you feel about yourself, the quality of your relationships, and your ability to manage your feelings and deal with difficulties. Being mentally or emotionally healthy is much more than being free of depression, anxiety or other psychological issues. Mental and emotional health refers to the presence of positive characteristics. People who are mentally and emotionally healthy have: • A sense of contentment • A passion for living and the ability to laugh and have fun • The ability to deal with stress and bounce back from adversity • A sense of meaning and purpose, in both their activities and their relationships • The flexibility to learn new things and adapt to change • A balance between work and play, rest and activity, etc • The ability to build and maintain fulfilling relationships • Self-confidence and high self- esteem These positive characteristics of mental and emotional health allow you to participate in life to the fullest extent possible through productive and meaningful activities, strong relationships and also helps you cope when faced with life’s challenges and stresses. Taking care of your body is a powerful first step toward mental and emotional health. Practice getting enough rest, good nutrition, exercising to relieve stress, getting a dose of sunlight every day and limiting alcohol and avoiding drugs. Taking care of yourself includes pursuing activities that naturally release endorphins and contribute to feeling good. In addition to physical exercise, endorphins are also naturally released when we do things that positively impact others. You should also consider practicing self discipline which leads to a sense of hopefulness. Learn or discover new things. Manage your stress levels by making leisure time a priority and limiting unhealthy mental habits like worrying. Risk factors for mental and emotional problems also can be shaped by early childhood experiences or genetic and biological factors. The risk factors that can compromise mental and emotional health are: • Poor connection or attachment to your primary caretaker early in life • Traumas or serious losses, especially early in life • Negative experiences that lead to a belief that you’re helpless and that you have little control over the situations in your life • Illness, especially when it’s chronic, disabling or isolates you from others • Side effects of medications, especially in older people who may be taking a variety of medications • Substance abuse, alcohol and drug abuse can cause mental health problems and make preexisting mental or emotional problems worse Everyone experiences stress and may relate to one or more of the risk factors at some point. However, if you’re experiencing these red flag feelings and behaviors, consider seeking immediate attention from a health care professional: • Feeling down, hopeless or helpless most of the time • Concentration problems that are interfering with your work or home life • The inability to sleep • Using food, drugs or alcohol to cope with difficult emotions • Negative or self-destructive thoughts or fears that you can’t control • Thoughts of death or suicide

X

Health & Wellness

Stewart N. Johnson

2011-12-27 15:03:15

Q: Could a massage save me from having surgery?

A: Last month, we spoke about how massage unlocks blocked passageways and how that is an advantage in preventing the need for surgery. This month, we will address joint issues and how they relate. Joints are both the most over and under used parts of the body. Massage’s design is to loosen those places and restore flexibility and have better movement. Our body changes every two years to accommodate what our bodies need. So lets look at an example: A man, 71, complains of shoulder pain, he already had one shoulder surgery and now wants another. It’s only been four years since his last surgery. Problem is that the shoulder is too weak to support the current surgery and everything is loose. After working out and getting regular massages, everything has tightened up thus giving him better R.O.M.(range of motion) unfortunately for him, he waited too long for treatment and needs another surgery. But the massage has helped his body’s overall performance. Massage is useful in preventing surgery in some cases as well as delaying the need. It is also useful in supportive health prior to surgery.

X

Health & Wellness

Jeffrey Burch

2011-12-27 14:59:48

Q: What exactly are the “holiday blues?”

A: The holiday blues is a general term used to describe how people can become sad or depressed during the winter or holiday season. Sometimes these “holiday blues” become an actual disorder called Seasonal Affective Disorder. Seasonal Affective Disorder is most commonly associated with people suffering from depression during the winter. Some studies indicate that nearly one out of 10 people will meet criteria for this disorder during their lifetime. Q: What causes people to feel depressed this time of year? A: Seasonal depression during the winter can be due to a number of factors including: the decrease in sunlight during the winter months, the colder temperatures that can keep people indoors and some of the stresses associated with the holidays. People can get stressed out during the holidays trying to pay for gifts that they cannot afford due to not having the money, especially during these economic times. Another factor that can lead to holiday blues is family get-togethers when the person does not particularly enjoy the time around family. Recent losses are another stressor that shows up during the holidays as often this could be the first get-together since losing a family member. Many people also have negative memories from the holidays involving being hurt or simply being reminded that they do not have the pleasant memories that many people talk about or share. Q: What are warning signs I’m suffering from the “holiday blues?” A: Some signs that you might be suffering from the holiday blues include feeling more fatigued or tired than usual, feeling more stress than usual (this is usually experienced through headaches and tense muscles), sleeping more and/or wanting to sleep all the time, eating more food for comfort or to ease stress, stronger desire to consume alcoholic beverages or other substances, feeling more irritable, and getting upset when people seem to be enjoying the season. These are just a few signs as they vary for each person but tend to be things to look for in somebody suffering from the holiday blues. Q: How can I prevent feeling this way and what are some ways to cope with these feelings? A: Fortunately there are many things that you can do to help cope with the holiday blues. One thing that you can do is to prioritize your commitments. This can keep you from wearing yourself down by having to be at too many different places at once and never feeling like you have to time to relax and actually enjoy the holidays. Taking the time to relax and also to rest/sleep will allow you to have the energy to handle some of the stress that is thrown at you during this time of year. Exercising can also help you have more energy and can help you feel better about yourself as well. Prioritizing can also make the tasks that you have to complete this time of year more manageable. Many times people become overwhelmed when they feel that there is no way that they can get done all the things they have to do as they feel that they all need to be done immediately. A common response to this is to not do anything at all. A better way of handling this is to make a list and see what needs to be done immediately and what can wait. Sometimes just making a list can help, and this is the time of year for making lists and checking them twice after all. Marking things off lists can reduce stress immensely. Sometimes it is important to just take a break from all the things that have to be done and places that you have to be. This can be done by going to a movie, reading a book or just driving around and looking at all the Christmas lights. What you focus on tends to lead to how you feel. Make sure that you let some of those positive thoughts get in there as those tend to lead to feeling better. Remember that during this time of year to focus on the true meaning for the season and to be thankful for the great gift that we have all received.

X

Health & Wellness

Stephanie M Thompson

2011-12-27 14:21:55

Q: Who should be screened for cervical cancer and how often?

A: Cervical cancer, a disease most often caused by a common virus, the human papillomavirus (HPV), is largely a preventable disease. Yet, according to the American Cancer Society, more than 12,700 new cases of cervical cancer will have been diagnosed nationally by the end of 2011 and 4,400 mothers, daughters, sisters and wives will die from the disease. To help raise awareness about this disease, the U.S. Congress declared January to be National Cervical Cancer Awareness Month. While human papilloma viruses (HPV) are common, with more than 100 known strains, only about 15 of these strains are the high-risk viruses causing cervical cancer. Additional risk factors for developing this disease are smoking, poor diet, family history and not getting regular Pap tests at recommended intervals. The current guidelines of the American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists (ACOG) are that conventional Pap testing should be done every year, while the newer, liquid-based Pap being done every two years. The National Cancer Institute findings indicate that cervical cancer is slow-growing and may not always have symptoms, which is why it is so important to get tested on a regular basis. Having regular Pap testing can help detect changes in the cervix before cancers can develop, and any cancers found in an early stage are more likely to be curable. Screening recommendations can be variable in many cases and should be discussed with a family physician, but the most acceptable rule of thumb is that women should begin having Pap tests by the age of 21, or within three years after the onset of vaginal intercourse. In addition to Pap testing, there are two HPV vaccines now approved by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration; Gardasil and Cervarix that should also be discussed with your family doctor. These vaccines are recommended for girls ages 9-12, although the Centers for Disease Control have further recommended the vaccines as a catch-up immunization for girls and women ages 13-26.

X

Health & Wellness

Ed Martin

2011-12-27 09:35:51

Q: How can drinking ionized water help me lose weight?

A: This is a great question, because most people will tell you that an effective weight loss program only involves cutting calories and increasing exercise. Until recently, I would have told you the same thing, because that’s what we were all taught, and that’s what we believed. We were wrong, but none of us knew any better. Most people still don’t. When it comes to drinking high pH ionized water, my research and personal experiences have opened my eyes to truths that I did not even know existed less than a year ago. Further down in this column, I will share my own weight loss experience drinking the water as well as the experiences of several close personal friends who have lost a lot of weight. But first, I want to give you an overview of how and why this works. How many times have you heard overweight people say they diet and diet, but they cannot lose weight? I normally assume they are simply cheating on their diet and consuming too many calories in spite of what they claim. However, I have learned that body chemistry can have a major impact on weight gain, and it can make weight loss more difficult. Our bodies are about 70% water, and our bodies rely on water for everything they do. Our brain, our lungs, our heart, our muscles, our digestive system,…they all need water to work properly. If our body’s water content drops even a few percentage points, bad things start to happen. It’s called dehydration, and if taken far enough, will cause death. However, let’s assume you are just a little dehydrated, because most people are. Why are you dehydrated, and how can that relate to weight gain? In a recent column, we discussed the importance of keeping your body in the slightly alkaline condition (pH 7.365) it requires. We also stated that most of what people eat and drink is acidic, which causes a problem for the body since acidic food and drink is the opposite pH of what the body needs for good health. As a result, the body must do all it can to dispose of these acidic materials to protect itself, and it all requires water. Needing water for bathroom functions is obvious, and much water leaves the body in that way. Some popular beverages are actually diuretics that cause the body to dispose of more water than it absorbs. Water is also lost through respiration (breathing) and perspiration (sweating). If you are not drinking more good quality easily-absorbed water than what your body is losing naturally, you have a net loss, and you become increasingly dehydrated. So how does dehydration contribute to weight gain? Your blood is over 80% water. Water absorbs oxygen in your lungs and nutrients in your digestive tract to nourish your cells. Water also carries toxic/acidic waste from your cells to be eliminated in the bathroom. If you are not properly hydrated, this toxic/acidic waste material builds up and is stored in your cells. This is a protective function that your body does naturally. However, the accumulation of toxic and acidic waste in your cells over time adds bulk, which translates into unwanted extra pounds that have nothing to do with calories. Now comes the good part. If lack of proper hydration contributes to weight gain, how does drinking high pH water from a home water ionizer help you lose weight? First, understand that the ionizer changes your water in several ways. One way is to raise the pH of your water so that it tends to neutralize acid build-up in your body. Another is that the ionizer breaks up the clusters of molecules commonly found in water and turns them into micro-clusters that are much smaller. As a result, water from a home water ionizer passes through cell walls much more easily than other water, and it is about 6 times more easily absorbed. Better absorption equals better hydration. Since drinking adequate amounts of ionized water enables your body to be properly hydrated, and since the micro-clusters enable the water to pass through cell walls much better than normal water, the ionized water gradually washes the accumulated toxic/acidic waste materials from your cells and carries it away. As you lose the waste, you lose the pounds. How much weight you will lose drinking water from a water ionizer depends on how much waste has been stored in your cells. Once the waste material is flushed away (literally), your weight will level out. To lose more weight from that point will require you to diet and exercise just as you would expect. Still, the amount of weight we are talking about losing by drinking ionized water can be substantial. However, everyone is different, so there is no way to accurately predict what any one person will lose. Below are a few real-world examples of people I know personally who have lost substantial weight just by drinking the water from a home water ionizer. All of them will tell you that they did it without changing their normal eating habits or their lifestyle. Also, all of them eventually reached a point where they stopped losing any more weight, but drinking the water has helped them maintain their new lower weight. The next step for all of them is diet and exercise if they want to take off more pounds. Bud is 49 and 6’-5” tall. He enjoys food, and he was drinking a 32 oz. cup of a popular cola every day. Over a period of a few months, Bud’s weight dropped from 300 lbs. to 265 just drinking water from an ionizer. As his body got healthier and his weight dropped, Bud also lost his taste for the cola and has stopped drinking it. He is now starting to exercise with the goal of losing even more. Wesley is 55 and 6’-3” tall. Wesley was 302 pounds and drinking a 6-pack of a popular diet-cola every day when he started drinking the ionized water. After about 6 months, his weight has leveled off in the 243-245 range, and he looks great. Wesley is now thinking about starting a diet to lose more. He says that with the water, he no longer craves the diet-cola, and he has stopped drinking it. Elizabeth is 37 and 5’-4” tall. She loves food, and her weight was 198 lbs when introduced to the ionized water. She has now leveled off at only 144 lbs and has lost several dress sizes. She is excited about wearing shorts this summer, and her husband enjoys showing off pictures of his “new wife.” Darren is 41 and 6’-4” tall. He weighed 335 when he started drinking the ionized water last Thanksgiving. After about 3 months, his weight leveled off at 300 lbs. This is my own testimony. I am 66 years old and 6 ft. tall. I weighed 218 on New Year’s Day when I made my resolution to get my own ionizer and start losing weight. I dropped 20 lbs in less than 2 months, without changing my lifestyle. I now weigh 190, and maintaining my new weight has been easy. I just drink the water.

X

Health & Wellness

Duane Dreiling

2011-11-21 13:56:03

Q: What is the Remember Me Tree and what role does the Mount Carmel Foundation play?

A: The Remember Me Tree is a holiday tradition of the Mount Carmel Foundation. Each year Christmas trees are placed inside Pittsburg’s Meadowbrook Mall with decorations of red bows, dove ornaments, hearts, angels, and American Flag hearts or stars. The Remember Me Tree is decorated in memory and honor of loved ones and also honors members of our military forces. The names of those recognized are attached to the decorations, and are also listed on a ledger next to the tree. Each year the Mount Carmel Foundation hosts a Remember Me Tree ceremony that includes a reading of names of people honored through the decorations and a performance by the Pittsburg Community School Youth Chorale. Q: How do I honor a loved one through the Remember Me Tree? A: Contributions can be made through the Mount Carmel Foundation at Via Christi Hospital. Suggested donations for a decorative bow is $5, $10 for a dove ornament, $25 for a heart, and $50 for an angel. Hero flags or stars are $15. Following the holiday season, the ornaments are available to donors as keepsakes. Our tree lighting will take place on Monday, December 12, at 6 p.m.at Meadowbrook Mall. Q: How do Remember Me Tree Donations play a part in our community? A: Money raised from the Mount Carmel Foundation Remember Me Tree is used locally, supporting the mission of Via Christi Hospital Pittsburg, Inc. The Foundation’s efforts have assisted the hospital in maintaining leading edge technology and service expansions that contribute to quality health care for people throughout southeast Kansas. The Mount Carmel Foundation has pledged to raise $1.2 million for Via Christi Pittsburg’s Women’s Services Center that will vastly expand health care options for expecting mothers and women of all ages. Donations for ornaments for the Remember Me Tree may be made through Christmas. Contact the Mount Carmel Foundation office Monday through Friday, 8 a.m. - 4:30 p.m. at 620.232.0197.

X

Health & Wellness

Jude Messner

2011-11-21 10:53:45

Q: Can you give me some ideas on reducing stress?

A: Relaxing and reducing stress should be an important part of our daily living routine. The method that a person chooses to accomplish this should enable the person the opportunity to get away from the hassles and annoyances of the busy day. Some of these relaxing moments may be spent channel surfing with the remote or dozing in front of the evening’s prime time programming. But are these really stress reducers? Or are these just symptoms of exhaustion? Quite often, busy people do mistake stress for simple exhaustion. The symptoms are frequently alike and the same relaxing and recharging techniques will often work for both. Stress may result in physical symptoms of fatigue, achiness or muscle strain or it may result in bouts of insomnia or even a feeling of not being able to concentrate for any period of time. There are many ways that a person may relax and recharge. Choosing the method best suited for you should reflect your preference in what things you enjoy. For example, if you do not like to read, curling up with a good book will probably only add to your stress! A few of the quieter ways to reduce stress and recharge include going for a walk and enjoying the presence of nature. If you are a city dweller, you may enjoy a brisk walk through town or find a nice park to spend some time in. Spending time in your garden is also an excellent stress reducer, that is, if your garden is for fun and not a chore! Listening to soothing music is often a calming experience. Lighting incense or scented candles is another calming experience, as aromatherapy is an excellent way to relax. Of course if you find scents or smoke annoying, another technique is in order! A nice warm cup of tea is an excellent way to recharge. Savor your tea, sipping quietly, while enjoying the aroma. Other ways to relax and recharge include calling a friend for a long overdue chat (be sure your friend is free to chat and not stressed while chatting!); playing with a pet; watching a light hearted comedy; or choosing a reward for yourself at the completion of a particularly difficult task. Meditation is an excellent mode of relaxation and stress reduction. There are many well prepared tapes and CDs made for relaxation and stress reduction. Don’t forget to drink water! Hydration is an important part of health maintenance. Water is especially important after a nice walk or a meditation session. Other stress reduction methods include Energy Therapies such as massage therapy, reflexology or meditation sessions. All of these modalities are helpful in the reduction of stress and in recharging your energies. Identifying and handling stress is an important part of our everyday lives. Experiment with different techniques, have fun and most importantly Relax! You’ll be glad you did!

X

Health & Wellness

Stewart N. Johnson

2011-11-18 10:58:48

Q: Could a massage save me from having surgery?

A: Yes, in some cases. Talk about the beltway for solutions to what ails the body. Everyone’s solution to the problems that faces our bodies, is surgery. Surgery is an immediate fix to a larger problem. Pain is isolated energy, unused by the body. The issue then becomes how do we get to the pain? Through massage, that’s how. Massage unlocks blocked passageways. Once open, the pain is relieved and all is well. What happens when the massage was performed and the pain is still lingering? You should go to a massage therapist that specializes in rehabilitative massage. A good massage therapist can go into almost any place and relieve the pain. Pain occurs at the weakest part of the body. Not necessarily where the issue is. Internal medicine is just that, internal problems occurring over a longer period of time. So much so that surgery is the necessary evil, to unblock a blockage. That’s why a monthly full body massage protects against internal issues which may already be present, and you may not know the signs. Like a daily B.M., cuts taking longer to heal and high blood pressure to name a few. Massage helps with all of that and much more. It gets you functioning better, limiting your need for an immediate surgery. Next month, we’ll talk about joints…The most over/under used parts of the body.

X

Health & Wellness

Ed Martin

2011-11-17 15:12:51

Q: As I grow older, I want to continue to look young, feel young and stay healthy. Can drinking high pH ionized water help me fight the symptoms of aging?

A: That’s a great question, and the short answer is “Yes.” However, the subject is so broad that it’s impossible to give you a complete answer in just one issue of the Q&A Times. I began my answer in last month’s issue, and I will finish it this month. It is estimated that 75% of Americans are dehydrated enough that it causes a negative effect to their health. A side effect of that dehydration is to have an acidic inflamed body. It may be “silent” inflammation now, but it will eventually develop into pain or other symptoms. It doesn’t seem to matter that people drink lots of water; it matters more what kind of water they drink. Since most of us are dehydrated in varying degrees, we experience levels of daytime fatigue that may be directly related to our diet and our being dehydrated. A typical slump occurs around mid-afternoon, and people reach for that sugary snack or the coffee. If they only knew that by drinking two glasses of alkaline ionized water after lunch, they would feel much better. Water is so important that only a two percent reduction in your body’s natural water level can bring on mental confusion, short term memory loss, inability to focus and sluggishness in doing simple math calculations. Recent research has shown that drinking eight to 10 glasses of alkaline ionized water per day may significantly reduce pain levels, even in backs and joints, for up to 80% of sufferers. Other research has shown that if the average person drank at least five – 16 oz. glasses of alkaline ionized water daily, (plain water – nothing mixed with it), their risk of getting breast cancer could be reduced by up to 79%, colon cancer by up to 45%, and bladder cancer by up to 50% How does it work? The properties of alkaline ionized water are unique. Drinking this water provides a quick supply of available oxygen – making the water an “antioxidant.” Free radicals are rogue oxygen atoms that are missing an electron, and they cause damage to our cells, bringing about disease and premature aging. The antioxidant water neutralizes the free radicals, resulting in a body that is energized, vitalized and oxygen rich. Alkaline ionized water helps balance the body’s pH by reducing excess cellular acidity, helping the body to dissolve and excrete acidic waste more efficiently. The electrolysis process that produces the alkaline ionized water not only produces an excess of electrons, it also reduces the size of the water molecule clusters from 13 or 14 molecules (which is regular tap water) to clusters of only five to seven molecules. These smaller clusters have a lower molecular weight, which makes the alkaline ionized water more easily absorbed by the body. The smaller cluster size is also better able to deliver nutrients to all the cells, tissues and organs, and it accelerates metabolism as more and more acidic waste is eliminated from the body. Because the alkaline ionized water is more easily absorbed, taking your vitamin and mineral supplements with this water will enable them to be absorbed more completely and rapidly. Conversely, take your medications with normal tap water. That is because your body normally absorbs only about 30% of the medications you take, and recommended dosages allow for that. Taking your medications with alkaline ionized water will increase the amount absorbed, and you may get too much. A normal North American diet will produce high levels of acidic waste in the body from 97% of what is consumed. We simply do not eat enough alkaline foods, fruits and vegetables. These acids, if they are not neutralized, can cause inflammation and free radicals. They can kill healthy cells by stealing oxygen and damage them by stealing electrons. The body also tends to isolate acidic wastes by storing it in the joints, organs, blood vessels and fat cells. Eating alkaline foods and drinking alkaline water will neutralize these harmful acids. It will also remove them from the body by enabling them to pass safely through the kidneys and bowels. With alkaline ionized water, its qualities of high alkalinity, increased oxygen and lower molecular weight act together as a powerful cellular detoxifier. It helps the body maintain or restore its health and should be a part of everyone’s daily regimen. Research in Japan since the 1950’s indicates that most chronic conditions in the body are because of increased acidic waste and the impaired bodily functions and the compromised immune system that result. If you want to feel younger, more flexible, more vital and more alive, or if your goal is simply to stay that way, then the answer is clear. Drink alkaline ionized water!

X

Health & Wellness

Jason Scheck

2011-11-17 13:34:53

Q: As a parent, perhaps the worst thing you could ever have to do is bury your child. At 29-years old, my son took his own life after suffering from depression. Whether it’s a family member, friend, neighbor or co-worker, we need to help those who need our help. I know now my son needed help, but what should others know to prevent this tragedy from happening to them?

A: Please know that while this is likely the most difficult thing you will ever face, you are not alone. In our community, the Sedgwick County Suicide Prevention Coalition has a website with additional information about support for survivors of suicide, including a Survivors of Suicide Handbook. To find the handbook and other resources, visit www.sedgwickcounty.org (select “Suicide Prevention Coalition” from the Quick Click and Go drop-down box in the upper-right-hand corner of the page). For others who are concerned about a colleague, neighbor, or loved one, it is important to know that most individuals give some warning of their intentions. The most effective way to prevent a loved one, friend, neighbor or co-worker from taking his or her life is to educate yourself so you can recognize the factors that put people at risk for suicide, take the warning signs seriously, and know how to respond. The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention indicates that suicide is the 10th leading cause of death in the United States. In 2010, there were 68 reported suicides in Sedgwick county. Overall, a history of mental illness was noted in approximately 78 percent of those suicides (primarily mood disorders, including depression and bipolar disorder, and substance related disorders). Approximately 50 percent of the individuals who took their lives had a history of prior attempts and/or a reported history of suicidal thoughts. Other related factors include relationship problems, loss of employment, housing insecurity, financial difficulties, legal trouble and/or a history of medical illness. The use of a firearm was consistent as the most common method of suicide in Sedgwick county, followed by hanging and drug overdose. Toxicology reports were available for 67 of the 68 suicides in Sedgwick county during 2010. Of those evaluated, 78 percent tested positive for alcohol and/or other drugs. Nationally, more than 90 percent of people who take their own lives are suffering from one or more treatable psychiatric disorders, including major depression (especially when combined with alcohol and/or drug abuse), bipolar disorder, alcohol and drug abuse and dependence, schizophrenia, post traumatic stress disorder (PTSD), eating disorders and personality disorders. There is some comforting news. Depression and the other mental disorders that may lead to suicide are in most cases both recognizable and treatable. Symptoms of someone at risk may include changes in sleeping patterns, a change in appetite or weight, intense anxiety, agitation, restlessness, fatigue or loss of energy, feelings of hopelessness, feelings of worthlessness and excessive guilt may also be present. Feeling there’s no reason or purpose to live or experiencing recurrent thoughts of death or suicide. Certain behaviors can also serve as warning signs, particularly when they are not characteristic of the person’s normal behavior. In the presence of depression and other risk factors, easy access to guns and other weapons, medications or other methods of self-harm increases suicide risk. If you fear someone may take his or her life: Be Willing to Listen Start by telling the person you are concerned. Be direct. Don’t be afraid to ask if they are considering suicide, or have a plan or method in mind. You may feel anger toward the idea or person, but do not attempt to argue someone out of suicide. Rather, let the person know you care, that they are not alone, that suicidal feelings are often temporary and that depression or any other mental illness can be treated. Get Help Now If a friend or loved one is threatening, talking about or making plans for suicide, do not leave the person alone. Do not be sworn to secrecy. Ask the individual about their plan and ensure that firearms, drugs or sharp objects that could be used for suicide are removed from the home. Take the person to an emergency room, call the Sedgwick County Suicide Prevention Hotline 24 hours a or call 911.

X

Health & Wellness

Ed Martin

2011-10-25 10:08:47

Q: As I grow older, I want to continue to look young, feel young and stay healthy. Can drinking high pH ionized water help me fight the symptoms of aging?

A: That’s a great question, and the short answer is “Yes”. However, the subject is so broad that I won’t have room to give you a complete answer in just one issue of the Q&A Times. I’ll provide as much information as space allows now, and I will finish my answer in next month’s issue. Good health begins with water. Since the body is made mostly of water (about 70%), all bodily functions are dependent on water. Most nutrients, with the exception of fats, are dissolved in water, transported in the water-based blood system and used by water-filled cells. And, since the cells are filled with water, the water lubricates them. This is especially important in muscle and cartilage cells. Water also keeps cell walls pliable and receptive to the inflow of nutrients and the outflow of waste. These facts point to the crucial nature of proper hydration for a healthy body at any age. Every organ in the body depends on water to function properly and efficiently. When we are not hydrated properly, or when we are even just a little bit dehydrated, our bodily functions become labored. Over time, maintaining our health can become increasingly challenging. The problems develop gradually, and they may be very subtle at first, but then the symptoms begin to appear. The U.S. National Research Council guidelines suggest that we require one milliliter of water for every calorie we consume. This translates into drinking a number of ounces or water daily that is equal to approximately one half your body weight in pounds. (A 150 pound person should drink 75 ounces of water every day). Some scientists and medical community advisors claim that amount is too conservative, and we should drink more. They say this is particularly true for people who are very overweight or suffering from a chronic disease. There are four obvious ways the body loses water: perspiration, respiration, urination and defecation. Expelling more than you absorb from what you consume leads to dehydration. In addition, the body’s digestive processes use a large amount of water which can further contribute to dehydration if the body does not have sufficient water reserves. Efficient digestion requires that you drink sufficient water between meals to flush the digestive tract, remove waste and facilitate bodily functions. While it’s obvious that the quantity of water we consume every day is very important, the quality of that water is equally critical if we are to stay healthy or to regain our health. Most people think that simply means drinking clean water. What they don’t know is that in order to be healthy throughout their life, their body needs to maintain a proper pH level. Our blood absolutely needs to stay between 7.35 pH and 7.45 pH, or health deteriorates and death follows. Most of the foods we Americans eat and the liquids we drink are acidic and they form acidic waste in our bodies. Since the body must protect itself from acidic buildup and maintain its proper pH, it will either isolate, neutralize or eliminate the acidic waste. If the body does not have enough water for proper elimination, its other protective processes result in weaker bones or weight gain, or both. For maximum results, the fluids in our bodies need to be reinforced by drinking high pH alkaline ionized water every day. Another component of good health that is crucial to all of us is negative ions. Alkaline ionized water is full of these negatively charged particles which our bodies crave. Without negative ions, our health is gradually eroded, our bodies age, and our organs slowly lose their ability to function efficiently. It seems that much of the body’s struggle to maintain good health is actually a struggle to rid itself of positive ions acquired through today’s diet and to consume enough of the negative ions it requires. Our ancient ancestors ate a diet of predominantly raw food supplemented with water from creeks and rivers that flowed over rocks and waterfalls, thus becoming negatively charged and highly oxygenated. Contrast that with much of America’s diet today, which has been reduced to pulling up to the local drive-thru for food and soft drinks. For many people, if they are not eating fast food, they are eating convenience food or processed food of some kind. These habits have created a society of overweight acidic bodies full of positive ions and poor health. Fortunately, the process is simple to reverse, and drinking high pH alkaline ionized water is a big part of it. Even if your health is good now, you should do what you can to remain healthy throughout your life. Simply healthy foods and drink alkaline ionized water. Let it be your “life insurance”. In the early 20th century, the Russians discovered that negative ions were very good for human health. They postulated that if they could create negative ions in water, it would create an easier avenue to better health. Through experimentation, the first water ionizers were created. Even today, a challenge for making and maintaining ionized water involves the fact that the bond between water molecules is weak. Water molecules normally join together forming clusters of 12 to 14 molecules. Ionizers break up the large clusters into much smaller micro-clusters that are about six times more absorbable by the body. However, the water’s transformation into micro-clusters is not permanent. Depending somewhat on temperature and how the ionized water is stored, the weak bonds between the molecules will cause the micro-clusters to break down. The water will then reform into the larger molecular clusters as before. This causes the water to lose its ionized quality. Because of its lack of long-term stability, we must consider how to use and store the alkaline ionized water so that we always gain the benefits of drinking it. The simple solution is to fill your glass directly from the ionizer when the water is made, and drink it immediately. If the water is stored in a container that is kept at moderate temperature without being in direct sunlight, it will retain its health benefits for a day or two. What Sue and I do at our house is keep a pitcher of the ionized water in our refrigerator. Then we pour it out for drinking, cooking, making coffee, etc. as needed. By keeping the water refrigerated, it will maintain its properties for a week or more. Plus, we like drinking chilled water, so this works great for us. Alkaline ionized water is very common and even prescribed as a medical treatment in Japan and other Eastern countries. Now it is becoming a household word in our country as more and more people are realizing its health benefits. To be continued next month.

X

Health & Wellness

Jude Messner

2011-10-20 12:38:50

Q: Since school started back up, it seems that my day is filled with stress from the moment I wake until the moment I go to sleep. Any helpful tips on managing or reducing this stress?

A: A nice fall morning, a hot cup of Chai and the sounds of nature, what a lovely way to start a morning! But, it wasn’t always like this. Getting the family off in the morning; getting ready for a hectic day at work; planning the meals for the evening; and deciding the priorities of the day or even the week, took precedence over sitting on the deck with a soothing cup of Chai. Now those were the days! In truth, I would not trade those memories for anything, they were hectic crazy days and the stressors of everyday living were just a part of them. But the stressors of everyday living can build, and those busy activities, even the fun ones can become overwhelming. When this happens, our lives become unbalanced, small irritations become large ones, and the disruption can interfere in our day to day living routines. For the management of stress, a nice dose of “Me Time” can be a healthy solution. Quality “Me Time” requires some simple planning. On a piece of paper, draw three columns. In the first column, write those activities that are absolutely necessary. Items such as study time, work or even meal preparation may fit into this column. In the second column, write those things that are not necessary. These are the things that nag at us, things that we seem to do out of habit rather than out of necessity or desire. These are the things that you can give up, or at least modify so that you can accomplish that. This may include an activity that someone else has chosen as one of your goals. In the third column, write down one thing that you would like to do for yourself, something that requires that you take a period of time to do. This may be as simple as taking a daily walk or as complicated as taking Zumba classes! The important thing is that you identify your priorities, determine whether they really are your priorities (or were they imposed upon you) and determine how you can reallocate your time and energies to provide for some quality “Me Time”. Take Charge! Examine your stressors, decide which ones can be eliminated or at least revised and take the first step! Ahhhh …. These are the days! Next month, Healthy Ways to Relax and Recharge!

X

Health & Wellness

Stewart N. Johnson

2011-10-20 11:41:21

Q: What is S.A.D. and how can it be treated?

A: S.A.D. (seasonal affected disorder) is a four-elemental condition that directly affects your moods. As the day’s become darker, rainy and the cold sets in, so does the gloominess. The definitions for the four elemental conditions are: Your physical body, your mind, your emotional self and your spirit. The physical symptoms include sluggishness, stickiness and that stuck feeling occurs. Things you thought about doing, you’ll put off for a bright sunny day. Mentally: that cup of coffee in the morning now takes two cups of Joe to get the mind to cooperate with your sluggish body and the serotonins (brain chemical) tells your body to slow down. Emotionally: you feel the aches and pains. Even taking a shower is a bit of a battle. Spiritually: puts you in a more trusting state. Through your intuition and beliefs, the sun and warmth will be here tomorrow, but if it isn’t what are your options? Light therapy? Perhaps, but the most effective way of combating S.A.D. is through massage. Craniosacral touch therapy is a very good tool in this fight, by relieving tension in the cranium, down the neck, to the shoulders down the arms and out the hands via soft touch. Soft touch therapies design, is to attract delicate feelings to surface and allows your emotional self to surrender and allow for a cooling sensation to flood the body. The emotional state you’re in releases endorphins. These endorphins give your body a euphoric wave of warm sensations. It is possible to take an emotional approach to massage therapy and to help you with your disorder, by opening your blocked pathways, unlocking your chakras and reinforcing your inner power plant. Most massages take an hour, but a S.A.D. massage takes a little longer, especially when bringing the four elementals together, to ensure appropriate recovery. This massage can take anywhere from one session or can be over 10 weekly sessions. All in all, it’s one goal, and that goal is to lessen your conditions and stabilize future results.

X

Health & Wellness

Michael Hayslip

2011-10-20 10:42:01

Q: I hear that Via Christi is planning an expansion. Can you tell me what part of it will be expanded and what services will it impact?

A: Via Christi Hospital in Pittsburg has announced plans to build an $18 million expansion to its surgical center. The expansion will be on the south end of the hospital. Groundbreaking is expected in April with an 18 to 24-month timetable for completion. The new center is expected to be two to two and one half times the size of a hospital floor. The new surgery center will feature new operating, endoscopy and pre-, post-operating and recovery rooms. It will also include renovations to the hospital’s imaging center which includes CT, MRI, X-ray and nuclear medicine. It is hoped that the new surgery center will attract an additional 20 surgeons, physicians and other specialists to the hospital over the next three years. “We talk about this being a great place to receive care, but this is also a great place to practice medicine,” said Via Christi Pittsburg CFO Deb Bainbridge. “We know investing in state of the art technology is going to help us bring those physicians here to serve the patients of our region.” There also will be a new family waiting area, which will put families closer to physicians, patients and nurses during surgeries. “It seems like a small thing, but the new waiting area is something we’re very excited about,” said Bainbridge. “We want families to stay close to the doctor, close to the nursing staff and close to where their loved one is receiving care. That way they know in real time what’s gong on and it’s easier for us to stay in touch with them.” The expansion continues a number of capital projects aimed at modernizing the hospital. Beginning eight years ago, a new outpatient area was completed, including an emergency room, the Via Christi Heart Center and QuickCare. A new intensive care unit was added on the fifth floor in 2006 and a cardiac step-down unit was added in 2009. Last year, the hospital completed an $800,000 renovation of its community entrance, added a $2.7 million linear accelerator to the Via Christi Cancer Center and $1.5 million in technology to the heart center. “This renovation has to happen in order for us to continue to deliver the kind of care patients expect,” Bainbridge said. “Health care is a continually evolving science. You have to refine the way you do deliver it, and move forward with technology to stay cutting edge. If you had to choose where you receive care, you go to the best facility with the best technology where you find the best trained staff and physicians. We want to be that place, and to do so we reinvest in our ministry.”

X

Health & Wellness

Stephanie M Thompson

2011-09-29 15:20:35

Q: This time of year we begin seeing a lot of pink ribbons representing breast cancer awareness. What else is the meaning behind these pink ribbons?

A: The pink ribbons are part of a campaign to raise breast cancer awareness. October is nationally recognized as “Breast Cancer Awareness Month” which means a lot of television and radio media coverage for awareness events, magazines spotlighting celebrities whose lives have been touched by breast cancer. A portion of the profits from the sale of ribbons goes to breast cancer research organizations. Imagine each of the pink ribbons representing someone you know or love. According to Susan G. Komen for the Cure, one in eight women are diagnosed with breast cancer in their lifetime. Approximately 200,000 women will be diagnosed with invasive breast cancer this year and 40,000 of these women will tragically succumb to this disease. Men get breast cancer as well. According to Komen statistics, 1300 men will be diagnosed and about 400 of them will die of the disease in a given year. Awareness of the disease is important, but knowledge is key. While the causes of breast cancer are not fully known, there are some risks that can be controlled and others that can’t. Men and women alike need to know their risk factors for developing this disease. For instance, the number one risk for a woman is simply being female and second is the fact that the older you get, the greater your risk. Both men and women are at increased risk if they have a family member with breast cancer that has an inherited BRCA2 mutation. For more risk factors, please visit www.komen.org You can reduce your risk by maintaining a healthy weight, exercise regularly, and limit your alcohol intake. Most importantly, all women should be practicing monthly self breast awareness and having annual clinical breast exams. At age 40, women should also begin having annual mammograms. Do pink ribbons save lives? No, but the awareness and education factor they inspire could be one of the reasons that statistics are showing an increase in the amount of women being screened annually, and that the mortality rate is slowly decreasing because women are being diagnosed at an earlier, more treatable stage of the disease.

X

Health & Wellness

Stewart N. Johnson

2011-09-29 14:47:57

Q: Why or when would I consider getting a massage?

A: Each and every month, to begin with, each person should enjoy the pleasure of touch. Why? Massage can be the first step in preventative health maintenance. It allows you to get acquainted with your body and how it’s functioning. Being blocked means something isn’t working correctly. Massage can change all of that, as it opens pathways. Pathways are natural meridians of the body that allows your body to function normally. Like blood and lymph, pathways travel in specific directions and massage therapy can unlock areas that are stuck or blocked, thus insuring the flow to continue. Additionally, massage therapy can help prevent injury as it lengthens the muscles allowing for full production and movement. In addition to decreasing pain, another benefit is that it lowers your blood pressure which can decrease your risk of other diseases. Here in Pittsburg especially, we live with heavy metals in the air, the water we drink and the local foods we eat. Massage moves all of that along and keeps everything flowing. Massage corrects bigger issues before they become serious. Such as lower back pain, shoulder pain and hip pain. For those of you wanting to get pregnant, it helps with fertility. All stages of pregnancy and after delivery to get you back to the shape you were in or maybe even better. Massage helps the body to straighten bad posture and controls how the body expands. Massage sculptures your current body to look better than you could ever imagine. Next month we will discuss S.A.D. (seasonal affected disorder) and how it can be treated.

X

Health & Wellness

Jude Messner

2011-09-28 16:30:56

Q: I have been feeling stressed lately and I am wondering how far reaching it is. I am also wondering how to reduce it when the situations causing it have not yet been resolved?

A: Stress has become a household word in our society, and for good cause. Everyone has stress, some stress is good and some is not so good. Stress can have a positive or negative impact on our lives. Positive stress encourages us to complete deadlines and achieve our goals, while negative stress can prevent successful completion of tasks and projects. Negative stress overwhelms us; motivation declines; and disinterest and indifference set in, sometimes causing resentment and anger. When this happens, the body mind and spirit are affected. Stress reduction is different for everyone and is a personal undertaking. For some a planned program managed by an outside source is effective. Many people, however, do not have the time and resources to devote to a commercial stress reduction product or program. Identifying the source of stress is not always easy, but there are ways to identify stressors and work to manage them. Several “Stress Detector Tests” are available. Reviewing one may be helpful in determining how stress may be impacting your life. Some questions that you may be asked include: • How are your sleeping patterns? • Are they regular? • Do you have bouts of insomnia? • Is this recent or chronic? • Do you constantly worry about events that are happening or that may happen? • Do you anticipate the worst when entering into new situations? • Do you have vague physical symptoms such as headaches, stomach aches or intestinal distress? • How is your energy level? • Do you feel listless or fatigued? • Are you tense or irritable with others? • Do you have trouble concentrating or are you increasingly forgetful? • Have you lost your “Zest” for life? Though not all inclusive, these sample questions do provide a simple framework for examining your potential for stress. Sometimes simple questions will provide answers that spark further exploration! Stress can impact our health and well being. While stress questionnaires can provide valuable information, any physical complaints should always be reported to your physician.

X

Health & Wellness

Ed Martin

2011-09-27 16:56:08

Q: In one of your past columns, you stated that up to 90% of Americans are dehydrated. What are the effects of dehydration? Since I drink a lot of liquids, can I still be dehydrated?

A: Your question is a good one, because dehydration is confusing to many people. They think that dehydration only applies to people lost in the desert without water, but it is actually common to a vast majority of our population. Some say it is up to 90% of Americans. Let’s start by looking at how dehydration affects the human body. Dehydration, or a less-than-ideal amount of water as a percentage of your body mass, impairs your ability to think, drive and perform crucial tasks. Dehydration is the number one trigger of daytime fatigue, nausea, headaches, lethargy and constipation. Just a 5% drop in body water will cause up to a 30% loss of energy in the average person. With age, dehydration can also contribute to weight gain for two reasons: (1) Many people confuse thirst with hunger and respond to dehydration by eating more, and (2) If the body does not have sufficient water to cleanse the cells of waste and carry it away, waste and toxins accumulate in fat tissue, adding pounds. It is common for people who drink lots of liquids and who don’t think they can possibly be dehydrated to experience these symptoms. Even people who try to be healthy and drink lots of water including filtered water and bottled water are experiencing the same symptoms. How can this be possible? The problem is in what they are drinking. Go into any supermarket or convenience store and look at the beverage section. What will you find? There will be lots of soft drinks, of course, some of which are diet and some of which are not. Also there will be numerous brands of bottled water, flavored water, and vitamin enriched water. You will see a broad range of energy drinks which will shock your adrenals and temporarily rev you up. You will also find the traditional caffeine drinks such as bottled tea, and in many cases, hot coffee. What do they have in common? In almost every case, they are acidic and contribute to dehydration. In many areas, tap water has the same problem. To understand why you are dehydrated, we need to look at the basics. It all comes down to the acid/alkaline balance and how that affects your body. For optimal health, your body is designed to maintain a pH of about 7.4 which is slightly alkaline. Yet most of the foods we enjoy are acidic, and virtually all of the beverages you can buy are also acidic. In fact, many are very highly acidic. As a result, our bodies must fight to maintain a healthy pH in the face of the massive onslaught of all the acidic products we consume. The human body protects itself from the daily bombardment of acidic foods and beverages in three fundamental ways. The first is to eliminate as much as possible while absorbing as little as possible. In the case of acidic beverages, they move quickly to the bladder for elimination. Some beverages even act as diuretics and accelerate dehydration by removing more water from the body than they supply. Acid foods can move through the body quickly as well. The body tries to neutralize some of the acid in foods, and one way of doing that is to steal calcium from the bones because it is alkaline and counters the acid. However, this can contribute to weaker bones. Another way is to store acidic waste from the cells in fat. The more dehydrated the body becomes, the less it is able to carry away the acidic waste, and the resulting weight gain can become a growing problem. The opposite of dehydration is to be properly hydrated by drinking and absorbing water. The mechanics of how water is absorbed, in addition to the issue of having a proper pH as we have discussed, relate to the physical size of the clusters of water molecules. Sitting in pipes and reservoirs, water molecules are constantly making and remaking bonds with other water molecules forming clusters. These clusters typically consist of 11 to 14 molecules and can become quite large Imagine me saying, “Put this apple in your mouth”, but you can’t do it because the apple is too big. However if I cut the apple into smaller pieces, you can put them in your mouth easily. Your cells operate the same way. Water is required to carry nutrients into your cells and to carry away the waste, but to do that, the water molecules must pass through the cell walls. When water is not being absorbed well, it is an indication that the water molecules are in clusters too big to penetrate the cells. This leaves the cells undernourished and polluted with accumulated waste. It leads to further dehydration and increasingly unhealthy cells. How do you break the cycle? You drink high pH alkaline ionized water which takes care of both the acidity issue and dehydration at the same time. When water is processed through a home water ionizer, one effect is that the water is broken into much smaller clusters of only five or six molecules, or micro-clusters. These micro-clusters enable ionized water to pass through cell walls much more easily. In fact, alkaline ionized water is about six times more readily absorbed than ordinary water. When you drink alkaline ionized water, your cells are much more efficiently fed and hydrated. The easily absorbed water starts to loosen the acidic wastes and toxins that have been stored in and around the cells so they can be carried away. In addition, your sense of thirst begins to function better, and you begin to realize just how dehydrated you have been. Your body will crave the smooth alkaline ionized water. At first you will be drinking more of the water than you are eliminating because your cells are rehydrating and soaking it up. Then you will gradually need to urinate more frequently because of all the water you are drinking. This enables the waste and toxins to be flushed from your body efficiently. As more and more of this toxic waste leaves your body, the fat cells where it has been stored begin to shrink. That is why, for many people, a side effect of their becoming hydrated by drinking alkaline ionized water is weight loss. What could be simpler? The amount of weight loss from drinking the water will vary from person to person. I personally lost 20 pounds within a couple of months after I began drinking it. I have known people who were fairly heavy who lost as much as 40 or 50 pounds in a few months with no significant change in their lifestyle, but others may lose much less. After all, we are drinking the alkaline ionized water for proper hydration and the health benefits that can come from being properly hydrated. Any weight loss that results is simply an additional benefit.

X

Health & Wellness

Dave Dorsey

2011-09-26 11:50:21

Q: I have read recently about electronic cigarettes or e-cigarettes, although there was not much information available. My wife and I have smoked for more than 40-years. We have tried everything to quit. We of course know it is not good for us. Can you enlighten us on a few more things? Does it matter which one I get? How will these e-cigs be different than the patch or nicotine gum which didn’t work? Can I afford them? Won’t I just be trading one addiction for another? My wife has smoked for years and has no desire to quit. Will these e-cigarettes work for people like her?

A: These are good questions, just like last month. Let me try and get you as much information as I can in what space I have. Like most everything, electronic cigarettes are not created equal. Battery activation, battery power ratings and taste all are vastly different. Just like there are hundreds of brands of cigarettes to choose from, so is the same with electronic cigarettes. In regards to the why these will work when the patch or nicotine gum did not, let me try to explain the differences based on my own experience with all these products. While most articles in this publication do not use pronouns or personal experiences, someone’s personal experience on smoking might be most enlightening in this situation. Wanting more than anything to quit, I have done quite a bit of research too, to tell myself why I have been so addicted to smoking. I will use both in answering your question. I can’t tell you how many times I have quit tobacco cigarettes. Each time I was presented with a new reason to start back up again. Stress was typically one of the major reasons I relapsed back into smoking tobacco cigarettes. But let’s face it, everyone faces stress in their lives. So without success going “cold turkey,” I tried the patch. I didn’t fare well. The hand-to-mouth part of the habit was missing. Using the patch results in a medium level of nicotine in your system all the time. It was not like smoking. I didn’t like it and quit. I started with the nicotine gum. It was expensive. It also reminded me of chewing on a cigarette butt. It didn’t take long and I gave up on that too. But, when I tried my first electronic cigarette, I was able to quit what some call “analog” tobacco cigarettes the very next day. I think why this happens is important in answering your question. I found the following information on line. Nearly all smokers wonder if they will be satisfied with an e-cigarette. Here is why they will, only without the 4,000+ carcinogens, tar and carbon monoxide. When a smoker starts to get the urge to smoke, there are reasons why this is happening. One major reason is stress. Another is habit. Just about every habit has a trigger, like driving, or talking on the phone, or after a meal. Many people feel like they have to smoke at these times because it’s what they have always done in the past. It’s an ingrained habit. These same triggers have a root cause which is beyond the habit. That is because nicotine is addictive. Nicotine to a smoker is calming. By the same token, a lack of nicotine causes the smoker to want to replenish the blood saturation level of nicotine to a level high enough the smoker again feels relaxed and satisfied. Because the liver is always removing nicotine from your blood no matter how you go about it, a person’s nicotine blood saturation level is constantly reducing. The act of smoking a tobacco cigarette allows the smoker to get a direct dose of nicotine straight to the blood system and brain by inhaling smoke containing nicotine. The nicotine is what the smoker’s body craves, not the 4,000+ carcinogens, tar and carbon monoxide. It’s the nicotine. Nicotine blood level saturation absolutely spikes when a smoker inhales tobacco smoke. The spike is nearly immediate and the blood level of nicotine surges. This spike and surge is what a smoker is used to and it satisfies the smoker. A smoker’s body is trained to get nicotine this way to achieve satisfaction. The reason the patch, gum or any other nicotine replacement products fall short of a good nicotine replacement product is five fold. 1. Gum and patches both do not offer the immediate spike in nicotine a smoker is used to. Rather, it’s a gradual increase of nicotine that doesn’t rise as high or as quickly as smoking does. Once the level of nicotine in a patch or gum reaches its peak, it begins to fade as the nicotine is consumed. Once the blood level of nicotine drops below one’s individual comfort zone, the urge to smoke (ingest more nicotine) comes back. 2. Patch and gum offer no “throat hit” and no smoke. This is big with smokers. They miss the tobacco flavor. They miss the blowing out of smoke and the hand to mouth routine of actual smoking. The patch and gum don’t offer these things. 3. Patch and gum offer no spike in nicotine. The e-cigarette allows the user to injest nicotine in the exact same way an analog cigarette delivers it. E-cigarettes supply the throat hit and also the nicotine spike. 4. The patch and gum offer no tobacco flavor. The patch and the gum do not satisfy the taste portion of smoking tobacco cigarettes. This is an equally important aspect of the smoking addiction. In fact, the overwhelming majority of smokers who stop and start e-cigarettes say that after the switch, it’s very difficult to go back to tobacco because it tastes and smells so bad. E-cigarettes can have an excellent tobacco or menthol flavor that is rich and satisfying. There are other flavors available too such as pineapple, strawberry, pina colada, coffee, vanilla and more. 5. The patch and gum offer no hand to mouth action to replicate the real tobacco habit. With e-cigarettes the hand to mouth habit is satisfied and the user can blow out “smoke” which is really nicotine water vapor. It has no smell. So all of the key points of smoking are re-created with an e-cigarette, only it accomplishes this feat without the 4,000 plus carcinogens, tar and carbon monoxide associated with all tobacco cigarettes. In regards to the cost, electronic cigarettes are much less expensive than “analog” or traditional cigarettes. This is a true statement, but considering how hard it has been for me to quit smoking in the past, I personally wasn’t looking for an alternative to analogs because of saving money. I would have gladly paid twice the price of what they were costing me just to able to quit. The patch and the gum are more expensive than smoking traditional tobacco cigarettes. Insofar as trading addictions, some of the better e-cigarettes come in different cartomizer nicotine strengths…all the way from what is called “full flavor” to “zero” nicotine. So when you do want to wean yourself off any kind of nicotine, habit, you can do so at your own pace. Lastly, do a search on the Internet for e-cigarettes versus the patch and gum. Nothing has been more effective in getting people off cigarettes.

X

Health & Wellness

Ed Martin

2011-07-01 13:56:00

How did you become an expert on ionized water?

Answer: Thanks for asking, but as I stated last month, I really don’t consider myself an expert. I am just an ordinary person who believes that each of us is personally responsible for our own health, and who does not believe that drugs are always the answer for whatever ails us. I believe that many of our health issues are due to poor choices we make in the food we eat, the beverages we drink and the life style we live. I also believe that God gave us bodies with a tremendous capacity for self-healing if we simply change our lives from making destructive choices to making ones that are more in line with what our bodies require. The key to living a long healthy life, in my opinion, is to be making healthy choices. Over the years, my interests have led me to many interesting people and intriguing products with fascinating stories. Rather than just accepting product claims, however, I personally try the products that appeal to me and encourage others to do the same. When I find something that really works, I feel compelled to share the information with others. It has been this process that has now brought me to telling you about the benefits of drinking high pH ionized water. My experience with ionized water began in the spring of 2010 when a good friend asked me to accompany him to San Antonio to meet an engineer who was developing a new product. My friend was already the largest distributor in the world for a certain group of water-related products, but he had become interested in expanding his business into a new area. His new interest, as you have probably guessed, was ionized water. It was something I knew nothing about, so I decided to get educated. My first action was to do a Google search. I was amazed at the quantity of information available, so I immersed myself in the many websites and YouTube videos in order to quickly learn as much as possible about high pH ionized Water. I learned that the technology for making ionized water was invented by the Russians in the 1950’s, the Japanese later perfected the manufacturing of home water ionizing machines, and there are a number of companies now making them. I also learned that the health benefits of drinking high pH ionized water are so significant that the machines are a registered medical device in Japan, and physicians prescribe them for treating a wide range of health issues. However, home water ionizers are relatively unknown to most people in this country. I also came to realize that home water ionizers are available for prices that range from several hundred dollars to a few thousand dollars, and yet they all are capable of producing water with similar properties. Like most appliances, the differences in cost seem to reflect the differences in quality of materials, quality of assembly, range of control, ease of use, production capacity, product life, warranty, etc. As a normal consumer, when I shop for anything, I tend to be wary of product quality at the low end of the price range and think of products at the high end as being overpriced. However, regardless of price, I became intrigued by the information I was finding. The more I learned about ionized water and the more testimonials I read from excited people who had experienced positive results from drinking it, the more I knew that I had to go to San Antonio with my friend. While there, I was able to experience a variety of products, and the information presented on the health benefits of drinking high pH ionized water made me think of my daughter in Dallas who suffers from ulcerated colitis. I wondered if the water could help her, so I bought a large container at Target, filled it with water from one of the home water ionizers being displayed, and left it with her on my drive back to Wichita. My daughter called a few days later. She was excited, because after drinking the water for just a few days, her colitis symptoms had been dramatically reduced, and she had cut her medication in half. Then a couple of weeks later, she called to say she was disappointed. She had run out of the water I gave her, and within just a couple of days, her symptoms had returned, and she was back on the full dose of her medication. She wanted to know when I could bring her more water. My friend decided to conduct his own research, so he purchased 10 home water ionizers. He kept one to install at his office, and he gave the others to 9 people whom he knew in several different states. My friends only instruction to the people was to install the ionizers in their homes, drink about a gallon of the water every day, and let him know from time to time what they were experiencing. Within a few weeks, positive reports began arriving, some of which were truly amazing. In a previous column, I gave examples of people who have lost considerable weight while drinking the high pH ionized water. Some of these people were from the original 9 test families. Others were people who wanted to join in the test, so they brought empty containers to my friend’s business, which he filled with the water for free just to demonstrate the technology. As I tell you the results some people have reported from drinking the ionized water, I am not making health claims for the water. I am simply repeating the information people have provided in sharing their experiences. The high pH ionized water does not have healing properties in itself, but it provides water to the body in a form that may assist the body in healing itself naturally. Everyone’s body is different, so individual results may vary. Still, there are a lot of amazing testimonials. For example, as long as my daughter is drinking the water, her body is able to keep her ulcerated colitis symptoms under control, but when she stops drinking the water, it only takes a couple of days for her symptoms to return. In fact, the alkalinity of the water seems to have a calming effect on the various digestive issues encountered by a wide range of people. Everyone I know who has commonly had issues with heartburn or acid indigestion in the past has had the symptoms eliminated once they began drinking the water every day. Wesley, in Arkansas, was excited because after drinking the high pH ionized water for about 3 months, his doctor canceled his prescription for blood pressure medication and cut his medication for the early stages of diabetes in half. Jerry, in Wichita, had suffered from restless leg syndrome for over 15 years, but his symptoms were reduced dramatically after only drinking the water for a few days. For years, Ellary, in New Mexico, could never make it through the day without a nap in the afternoon. However, after drinking the water every day, she soon had the energy to go full speed all day long. As amazing as the stories are, and they go on and on, they do not make me an expert. However, what I have learned about the benefits of drinking high pH ionized water, what I have personally experienced and what I have seen the water do for others have all combined to make me a true believer. Now I am like a missionary. I feel compelled to tell everyone about this incredible technology.

X

Health & Wellness

Jason Scheck

2011-07-01 08:32:00

Question: I work in a 40 hour work week as well as being a full-time husband, father and provider. How can I juggle all of life’s demands and still be considered a good father figure with so much on my plate?

Answer: Whether it’s changing diapers, coaching a little league team or putting in extra hours at work a father’s work is never done. At home and work the more hours worked the higher the expectations. Navigating the expectations of work and family life can leave dads feeling stressed and overwhelmed. Here are some practical tips to help today’s dads in the never-ending battle to balance work and family life. Understand the importance of a father’s presence: Amidst the frustrations of fatherhood, it’s easy for dads to loose sight of their far-reaching role. Recognizing the importance of that role is a first step in regaining perspective and reevaluating priorities. Beyond just bringing home a paycheck and playing with the kids, studies suggest that fathers influence our health, our safety and our futures. Having a dad involved means children are less likely to struggle with obesity, live in poverty or have behavioral problems. They are less likely to become addicted to drugs or alcohol. Children growing up with their dads are less likely to commit crimes and fill up our jails. They are less likely to be victims of child abuse. Instead, children with involved fathers tend to do better physically, socially, emotionally and academically. Fathers also give us a sense of security, confidence and self-control that we take with us long after we leave home. Adopt a long-term view: Stepping back now and then to take a long-term look at life helps reduce stress in two ways: it gives us a sense of distance from our current situation and reminds us of the meaning behind the sacrifices. Wise dads look far into the future and see that they aren’t raising kids so much as they are raising adults. The long term view is what inspires these dads to be actively involved here and now by doing things like playing catch, going to parent-teacher conferences or teaching their kids about the world of money. The long-term view also reminds us that long after we’ve changed jobs or retired, our loved ones will be with us. Especially in our later years, we will want to know and be part of our children’s lives. Draw strength from relationships: Building supportive relationships with loved ones and friends helps dads lead balanced lives. Loved ones give our lives meaning, purpose and joy. Supportive relationships help buffer us and our families against the harmful effects of stress. Men historically avoid talking openly about feelings, but talking about the stresses and uncertainties of work with a loved one may provide some relief. Eat dinner together more often than not: While it may not happen every night, preparing and eating meals together is a great way to reconnect and spend time together. When eating dinner together, be sure to turn off the TV and keep the conversation positive. Dads can foster family conversation by asking kids to take turns talking about their biggest challenge, the most interesting part of their day, or a way they helped someone else. We learn a little more about them every day and can teach them by example, as well. When schedules are tight, schedule a family night: If your schedule is packed, dads can schedule family time just as they would an important appointment for work. Include kids in the planning when possible by giving them options for activities or choices for dinner. Dads and moms can schedule a “date night” for themselves too so they can reconnect as adults and as a team apart from their children. While it may seem counter-intuitive to schedule fun times with the family, it is one way to be deliberate about making family time happen. Take your kids to work: Not too many generations ago, kids saw their fathers at work. They worked alongside them on the family farm or learned trades from their fathers. In doing so, kids learned about their fathers’ work, the value of work and about their fathers’ strengths. Today’s dads can introduce their children to the world of work by explaining their duties or by bringing them to the workplace for a short visit or tour. Give them homework: While playtime is important, not all of the time spent with dad has to be fun and games. At home, kids may take to helping dad work on the car or projects around the house. Little ones can hold tools and ask questions. Older kids can learn by actually helping dad with the project. The important thing is that they see dad planning, organizing and tackling a project. What is interesting and exciting to kids is spending time with dad. Know when to seek professional help: Dads are among the 6 million men in the United States who struggle with depression and other mood disorders each year. While everyone experiences low mood now and then, clinical depression is more severe, more disruptive and lasts weeks. Without treatment, depression can last months to years, devastating families and careers. Depression may appear differently for dads and men in general. They may be more likely to report irritability, anger outbursts and changes in sleep or weight than feelings of sadness. Depression often robs men of the ability to enjoy being around loved ones. They may tend to withdraw from others and may refuse offers of help. Some dads may be reluctant to seek help because they see it as a sign of weakness. When depression interferes with work or family life, it’s time to seek help. Depression is a real illness and treatment for depression works. It takes courage for dads to reach out to get the help they need to stay healthy and involved as fathers. Be realistic: Dads, remember that the super-dad who can do it all and do it perfectly is a myth. At work and at home, one of the best ways to reduce stress is to set realistic expectations for yourself and talk about realistic expectations with others in your life. Dads need to be able to say that powerful little word “no” to good things so they can say “yes” to the best things. If you see a need to rebalance or make changes in your life, make small changes incrementally over time. Recognize that in the short run stress may increase. In the long run, dads will have many happy, healthy years balancing work and family life.

X

Health & Wellness

Ed Martin

2011-06-01 10:02:00

Question: How did you become an expert on ionized water?

Answer: Thanks for asking, but I really don’t consider myself an expert. I am just an ordinary person who always wants to learn more about subjects that interest me, one of which is health and wellness. Over the years, I have been on a journey of discovery that has lead me to many interesting people and intriguing products. Rather than just accepting product claims, however, I personally try the products that appeal to me and encourage others to do the same. When I find something that really works, I will share the information with others so they can benefit also. That is how I became so interested in ionized water. There is no good way to properly answer this question without telling you a little about myself, so I am going to give a longer answer which will be continued over two issues of Q&A Times. This month, I will share my personal philosophy and give you an overview of my thoughts regarding the responsibility each of us has for maintaining a healthy lifestyle. Then next month, I will go into the details of my experiences over the past year in learning about the home water ionizers and the amazing benefits they can provide. Many of the opinions I will share with you today have evolved over the years, as I have learned more and more about how I believe things actually work. Some of you may agree with my beliefs, and others may think I am some sort of radical wacko. Either way, I am pleased to be able to share my thoughts with you. Am I medically trained? No. I have a degree in architecture and have been involved in various aspects of the architectural profession for many years. This has proven to be a good background for me, because architects are continually looking for new ways to solve problems and improve people’s lives. They have to understand the logic of how things work together, and when they don’t, to ask why. I believe that God gave us bodies that are designed for leading long, healthy active lives. I also believe that God gave our bodies wonderful capabilities for maintaining good health provided that we live our lives appropriately. I also believe that the vast majority of disease in our society is related to either bad lifestyle choices or to the thousands of new untested chemical compounds that enter our environment every year. It seems that the more “advanced” our society becomes, the more health issues we are dealing with. I have great respect for the doctors, nurses, and other professionals in the medical community. They are dedicated men and women who are doing all they can to help people who are dealing with every sort of health issue. My son-in-law is a surgeon, so I have first-hand knowledge of the seriousness of their commitment. The problem with medicine today, in my opinion, is with the philosophy behind the research being done and the political/economic system that has been developed to maintain the status quo. Medical professionals are only allowed to practice within the limits of that system. My personal journey to learn more about the functioning of the human body and some of the common sense things we can do to maintain better health began over 15 years ago. That was when I first became aware of the many toxic and even potentially cancer-causing ingredients that were commonly used in personal care products. I began asking questions like, “How can the government allow industrial chemicals that are shipped in containers labeled toxic and ‘Avoid Skin Contact’ to be used as ingredients in skin care products, including baby products?” The amazing answer was that The FDA does not inspect or approve personal care products or their ingredients. That was a real eye opener, and it prompted me to start my business distributing personal care products containing no known harmful ingredients. My wife and I continue to use those products in our home every day. The next phase of my journey led me to the field of nutrition and an understanding of how many of the diseases so common in our society today are the result of life style choices. I began to realize how many diseases could be prevented just by making simple changes in our lives. To me, it’s simple logic. “If something you are doing causes you harm, then stop doing it.” That was when I realized that virtually all medical research is based on finding a cure for various diseases, and almost nothing is being spent on finding ways to prevent it. Why? It’s very simple. The drug companies fund most of the research or are involved in some way, and unless they are selling vaccine, there is no money to be made in preventing disease. However, there are fortunes to be made in treating disease, so that is where the research is focused. Drug companies are only interested in developing drugs that can be patented, so they can control them and make money from them. If something is natural, it cannot be patented. If they find that some fruit or herb or root, or anything else in nature, has good healing properties, they will try to create a unique chemical equivalent that produces the same result. If they are successful, they get it patented and approved as a drug. Then they can market it at high prices and make huge profits. If they are unsuccessful, they will not only suppress the information on the natural ingredient, they will sometimes do what they can to keep it from being marketed. I don’t believe that the only answer to our health care needs is to be found in prescription drugs. Many times the list of possible negative side effects from taking the drug is longer than the list of potential benefits. I personally try to avoid taking drugs and prefer to use more natural means to avoid getting sick in the first place. Too many people today don’t want to take personal responsibility for their own health. Instead, they would rather eat and drink whatever they like and live however they want with no regard for the consequences. They feel that no matter what happens in their future, modern medicine will take care of them, and insurance will pay the bill. In reality, we are all responsible for our own health, and each of us must take full responsibility for the choices we make in our day-to-day lives. Are these choices leading us toward having a more healthy body, or are they leading us toward a less healthy condition? I believe there is a cost for good health. We can either pay it now and enjoy a healthy life, or we can wait until later, become unhealthy and then pay much more in an attempt to regain the health we have lost. I believe, based on my own research and experience, that drinking water from a home water ionizer is one of the best things we can do for enjoying a healthy life. In next month’s column, I will share the chain of events that led me to that conclusion.

X

Health & Wellness

Jody Patterson

2011-06-01 10:02:00

Question: My son’s teacher has called twice in the last month concerned about my 7-year-old’s temper outbursts on the playground with classmates. At home, I have noticed a change for the worse in how he treats his brother. Should I seek advice from a professional?

Answer: Responding to a child’s anger can be puzzling, draining and distressing for adults and family members. In fact, one of the major problems in dealing with anger in children is the anger that gets stirred up in adults. It has been said that parents, teachers, counselors and administrators need to remind themselves that many adults were not taught how to deal with anger as a fact of life during childhood. Some adults were led to believe that to be angry was to be bad, and were often made to feel guilty for expressing anger. Anger is a normal and healthy emotion that everyone experiences. Anger in children is often triggered by frustration. Children may not always grasp the complexities inherent in situations and feel helpless to solve those situations. Helpless and unable to verbalize their feelings, they commonly respond with anger. The first step toward better management of children’s anger is to teach children that anger is normal, and it is acceptable to get angry at times. The task then becomes how to manage anger and channel it toward productive or at least acceptable outlets, and not deny or repress it. It is important to remember that anger is not the same thing as aggression. Anger is a feeling, while aggression is a behavior. Anger is a temporary emotional state caused by frustration; aggression is often an attempt to hurt a person or to destroy property and is not an appropriate outlet for anger. One of the most important things parents, teachers or other adults in a child’s life can do is help them respect themselves and others so they can be happy in the world. While it takes years of practice, it is a vital process that pays off. Teaching young children to manage anger and talk about feelings can prevent many angry outbursts in teenage years, in adult relationships, and eventually in their own relationships with their children. The next time your child displays anger: •Help him calm down and refocus. Tell him to take a deep breath and count to 10. If he is still angry, ask him to count further or count backward from 10 to one. •Give him alternatives to anger. If a school assignment is too difficult, don’t get angry; get help from a parent or teacher. •Get a hug or give one when you feel angry. •Sometimes children can’t put their anger into words. Give your child some crayons or colored pencils and let him put it on paper. Ask him to draw a picture of what is angering him. •Go for a walk with him, treat him to a pillow fight or ask him to go outside and run around the house five times fast and offer to talk when he comes back in! Reward your child with your attention when he controls his anger and is ready to talk. Childhood anger only becomes problematic when it is suppressed or displayed in a violent, destructive or inappropriate way. Without a proper outlet, anger control issues may cause children to experience headaches, behavioral problems or stress-related illnesses. A parent should be concerned when: •Anger in the child becomes severe; he tears up his books and breaks things in the house. •The child’s behavior poses a danger to himself and others. •Anger in the child is sustained, lasting for an hour or more. •Teachers have voiced concern over the child’s anger and resulting behaviors. •The child has performed acts of violence against others, such as setting fires or torturing animals.

X

Health & Wellness

Karen McNally

2011-05-01 15:19:00

Question: If you found out a friend had been diagnosed with a serious mental illness, would you feel differently about that friendship?

Answer: Mental illness can affect anyone! It knows no age limits, economic status, race, creed or color. During the course of a year, more than 54 million Americans are affected by one or more mental disorders. One in four persons will develop a mental illness this year. Will that be you, your husband, a child, neighbor, best friend? Will you educate yourself about mental illness then or before it happens? When someone appears to be different from us we may view him or her in a negative stereotyped manner. People who have identities that society views as negative are said to be stigmatized. Stigma associated with mental illness is the result of faulty assumptions or misinformation. Yet stigma is a reality for many people with a mental illness, and they report that how others judge them is one of their greatest barriers to a complete and satisfying life. Sadly, our society feels uncomfortable about mental illness. It is not seen like other illnesses such as heart disease and cancer. Due to inaccuracies and misunderstandings, people have been led to believe that an individual with a mental illness has a weak character or is inevitably dangerous. Often, the only way to know whether someone has been diagnosed with a mental illness is if they tell you. The majority of the public is unaware of how many people with mental illness they know and interact with every day. Due to stigma, the typical reaction encountered by someone with a mental illness (and his or her family members) is fear and rejection. Some have been denied adequate housing, loans, health insurance and jobs due to their history of mental illness. The stigma attached to mental illness is so pervasive that people who suspect that they might be mentally ill may be unwilling to seek help for fear of what others may think. Spouses may be reluctant to define their partners as mentally ill, while families may delay seeking help for their child because of their fears and shame. Contrary to popular perception, a study in the archives of General Psychiatry revealed that more than one-fourth of the individuals with severe mental illness were victims of violent crime in the past year, almost 12 times the general population rate. Unfortunately, the media is responsible for many of the misconceptions which persist about people with mental illnesses. Newspapers, in particular, often stress a history of mental illness in the backgrounds of people who commit crimes of violence. Television news programs frequently sensationalize crimes where persons with mental illnesses are involved. Ironically, the media also offers our best hope for eradicating stigma because of its power to educate and influence public opinion. In the simplest terms, a mental illness is a disease that causes mild to severe disturbances in thinking, perception, mood and behavior. If these disturbances significantly impair a person’s ability to cope with life’s ordinary demands and routines, then he or she should immediately seek treatment from a mental health professional. With the proper care and treatment, a person can recover and resume normal activities. How do we erase stigma? We can battle stigma when we have facts. Don’t wait until someone you know is the 1 in 4 persons who will develop mental illness this year. Learn what you can do to support yourself, a family member, neighbor, child or friend. You can help erase stigma by educating yourself! No matter how people develop mental illnesses, confidential help is available. COMCARE of Sedgwick County is the licensed Community Mental Health Center for residents of Sedgwick County. Call our First Appointment line at 316-660-7652. Help is available.

X

Health & Wellness

Ed Martin

2011-05-01 13:04:00

Question: Can drinking ionized water help me lose weight?

Answer: That is a great question, because most people will tell you that an effective weight loss program only involves cutting calories and increasing exercise. Until recently, I would have told you the same thing, because that’s what we were all taught, and that’s what we believed. We were wrong, but none of us knew any better. Most people still don’t. When it comes to drinking high pH ionized water, my research and personal experiences have opened my eyes to truths that I did not even know existed less than a year ago. Further down in this column, I will share my own weight loss experience drinking the water as well as the experiences of several close personal friends who have lost a lot of weight. But first, I want to give you an overview of how and why this works. How many times have you heard overweight people say they diet and diet, but they cannot lose weight? I normally assume they are simply cheating on their diet and consuming too many calories in spite of what they claim. However, I have learned that body chemistry can have a major impact on weight gain, and it can make weight loss more difficult. Our bodies are about 70% water, and our bodies rely on water for everything they do. Our brain, our lungs, our heart, our muscles, our digestive system, they all need water to work properly. If our body’s water content drops even a few percentage points, bad things start to happen. It’s called dehydration, and if taken far enough, will cause death. However, let’s assume you are just a little dehydrated, because most people are. Why are you dehydrated, and how can that relate to weight gain? In last month’s column, we discussed the importance of keeping your body in the slightly alkaline condition (pH 7.365) it requires. We also stated that most of what people eat and drink is acidic, which causes a problem for the body since acidic food and drink is the opposite pH of what the body needs for good health. As a result, the body must do all it can to dispose of these acidic materials to protect itself, and it all requires water. Needing water for bathroom functions is obvious, and much water leaves the body in that way. Some popular beverages are actually diuretics that cause the body to dispose of more water than it absorbs. Water is also lost through respiration (breathing) and perspiration (sweating). If you are not drinking more good quality easily-absorbed water than what your body is losing naturally, you have a net loss, and you become increasingly dehydrated. So how does dehydration contribute to weight gain? Your blood is over 80% water. Water absorbs oxygen in your lungs and nutrients in your digestive tract to nourish your cells. Water also carries toxic/acidic waste from your cells to be eliminated in the bathroom. If you are not properly hydrated, this toxic/acidic waste material builds up and is stored in your cells. This is a protective function that your body does naturally. However, the accumulation of toxic and acidic waste in your cells over time adds bulk, which translates into unwanted extra pounds that have nothing to do with calories. Now comes the good part. If lack of proper hydration contributes to weight gain, how does drinking high pH water from a home water ionizer help you lose weight? First, understand that the ionizer changes your water in several ways. One way is to raise the pH of your water so that it tends to neutralize acid build-up in your body. Another is that the ionizer breaks up the clusters of molecules commonly found in water and turns them into micro-clusters that are much smaller. As a result, water from a home water ionizer passes through cell walls much more easily than other water, and it is about 6 times more easily absorbed. Better absorption equals better hydration. Since drinking adequate amounts of ionized water enables your body to be properly hydrated, and since the micro-clusters enable the water to pass through cell walls much better than normal water, the ionized water gradually washes the accumulated toxic/acidic waste materials from your cells and carries it away. As you lose the waste, you lose the pounds. How much weight you will lose drinking water from a water ionizer depends on how much waste has been stored in your cells. Once the waste material is flushed away (literally), your weight will level out. To lose more weight from that point will require you to diet and exercise just as you would expect. Still, the amount of weight we are talking about losing by drinking ionized water can be substantial. However, everyone is different, so there is no way to accurately predict what any one person will lose. Below are a few real-world examples of people I know personally who have lost substantial weight just by drinking the water from a home water ionizer. All of them will tell you that they did it without changing their normal eating habits or their lifestyle. Also, all of them eventually reached a point where they stopped losing any more weight, but drinking the water has helped them maintain their new lower weight. The next step for all of them is diet and exercise if they want to take off more pounds. Bud is 49 and 6’-5” tall. He enjoys food, and he was drinking a 32 oz. cup of a popular cola every day. Over a period of a few months, Bud’s weight dropped from 300 lbs. to 265 just drinking water from an ionizer. As his body got healthier and his weight dropped, Bud also lost his taste for the cola and has stopped drinking it. He is now starting to exercise with the goal of losing even more. Wesley is 55 and 6’-3” tall. Wesley was 302 pounds and drinking a 6-pack of a popular diet-cola every day when he started drinking the ionized water. After about 6 months, his weight has leveled off in the 243-245 range, and he looks great. Wesley is now thinking about starting a diet to lose more. He says that with the water, he no longer craves the diet-cola, and he has stopped drinking it. Elizabeth is 37 and 5’-4” tall. She loves food, and her weight was 198 lbs when introduced to the ionized water. She has now leveled off at only 144 lbs and has lost several dress sizes. She is excited about wearing shorts this summer, and her husband enjoys showing off pictures of his “new wife.” Darren is 41 and 6’-4” tall. He weighed 335 when he started drinking the ionized water last Thanksgiving. After about 3 months, his weight leveled off at 300 lbs. This is my own testimony. I am 66 years old and 6 ft. tall. I weighed 215 on New Year’s Day when I made my resolution to get my own ionizer and start losing weight. I dropped 20 lbs in less than 2 months, without changing my lifestyle. Since then, maintaining my new weight has been easy. I just drink the water.

X

Health & Wellness

Stephanie M Thompson

2011-05-01 10:03:00

Question: How early should women get a mammogram and cervical cancer screenings? What resources are available for those that do not have insurance?

Answer: The early detection of cancer can save your life and if there is one thing that an un-insured Kansas woman needs to know, it is the name of the Early Detection Works program. Early Detection Works is a federal and state funded program that pays for breast and cervical cancer screenings for un-insured or under-insured Kansas women ages 40-64. While the U.S. Preventative Task Force now recommends women begin annual mammography screening at the age of 50, it is the opinion of the Early Detection Works program and Susan G. Komen for the Cure that all women should begin annual mammograms at the age of 40. Furthermore, all women should be discussing when to have a baseline mammogram with their primary physicians. The goal of the Early Detection Works program (EDW) is to ensure that all Kansas women are able to receive these annual screenings regardless of their ability to afford such procedures. According to the American Cancer Society statistics, 1,790 Kansas women will be diagnosed with breast cancer this year and 370 of those women will not survive the battle. If breast cancers are found early, at the most treatable stage, there is a 98% survival rate of 5 years. With digital mammography, technology today is able to diagnose breast cancers at an earlier stage and the Early Detection Works program strives to make it accessible for all women. Eligible women must be Kansas residents, ages 40-64, and un-insured in order to qualify for a no-cost clinical breast exam, Pap smear (unless you have had a hysterectomy for non-cancerous reasons) and a mammogram. Women must pre-enroll in the program and can do so by calling the Southeast Kansas Regional office in Pittsburg to determine their eligibility and to receive an enrollment number. Once a woman is enrolled, she will be referred to her nearest contracted provider site. The Southeast Kansas Regional office oversees 16 counties; Allen, Anderson, Bourbon, Chautauqua, Cherokee, Coffey, Crawford, Elk, Greenwood, Labette, Linn, Lyon, Montgomery, Neosho, Wilson and Woodson. In the event that an enrolled woman requires more extensive testing, the program is also able to cover the costs of certain diagnostic procedures. If an enrolled woman is diagnosed with breast or cervical cancer, application can be made for Medicaid coverage through the Breast and Cervical Cancer Treatment Act of 2000 which will cover the costs of her cancer treatment. The Treatment Act covers women who would not otherwise be eligible for Medicaid. Once a woman is enrolled in the EDW program, she can continue to receive annual breast exam screenings until she turns 65 or obtains health insurance coverage that pays for the services. Women under the age of 40 needing assistance with breast or cervical issues are also encouraged to call the program for no-cost screenings. In addition to offering breast and cervical cancer screenings, Early Detection Works also offers a FREE breast health educational program, funded by a Susan G. Komen for the Cure grant called “Show You Care, Be Self-Aware”. The program is available day or evening to groups of any age or size. The program has been given in several area high schools, as well as to civic organizational meetings and church groups across the region.

X

Health & Wellness

Ed Martin

2011-04-01 13:55:00

Question: Why is it important for me to drink ionized water?

Answer: Pure clean water is more important to your body than you may realize. Most people think of their bodies as flesh, bone and a few pints of blood, but we are much more complex than that. First and foremost, we are mostly water (about 70%) which forms the foundation for every cell, every system and every function in our bodies. Within that water environment are incredibly intricate systems of chemical reactions and electrical signals that control every aspect of our physical existence. There are three things that are critical to human life; oxygen, food and water. Eliminate any one of them, and death is inevitable. However, it can be argued that water is most important because it carries the oxygen and nutrition to the cells. Water also removes waste materials from the cells. Everything in our bodies happens at the cellular level. Water is critical to the health of our cells, and the health of our cells determines the health of our bodies. In spite of water’s importance to our health, most people do not drink enough of it. Many people do not drink any water at all. Instead they choose to drink liquids that they think taste better such as coffee, tea, soft drinks, juices, etc. I used to think that it did not make any difference what I drank, because the drinks are mostly water anyway, and in my mind, it was all the same. Now I realize how wrong I was. The key to my new understanding was when I learned the importance of keeping my body’s pH in proper balance. I was aware of the importance of proper pH in maintaining a healthy swimming pool, but I did not know that it is also critical to maintaining a healthy body. Unfortunately, I have learned that very few others know it either, and our health problems are a testament to our lack of knowledge. In chemistry, pH is the measure of how acid or alkaline something may be. A pH of 7 is neutral. Any pH below 7 is acidic and any pH above 7 is alkaline. I was surprised to learn that the pH of human blood is 7.365, which is slightly alkaline, and if it varies much from 7.365, we will die. Therefore your body is designed to do everything possible to keep your blood’s pH within that very narrow range. The problem is that most of what we eat and drink is acidic. Our bodies are designed to react to acidic food and drink in three ways; get rid of what it can in the bathroom, leach alkaline minerals (calcium and magnesium) from our bones to neutralize some of the acid and store the remaining acidic waste in our cells. As our cells become increasingly acidic, health problems increase, and for many people, weight gain becomes a problem. So how does this relate to the people who do not drink much water? The beverages they are drinking are highly acidic, so their body minimizes the amount it absorbs, and most of the beverage passes through as urine. In fact, some beverages act as a diuretic and cause more water to leave the body than is absorbed. Most bottled water is also a problem, because it is produced through a reverse osmosis process which leaves it acidic. Of all the bottled water I have tested, I have only found one which is not acidic, and it states pH 7.8 on its label. The result of people drinking all these beverages is that up to 90% of Americans are dehydrated. Dehydration impairs your ability to think, focus and perform crucial tasks. It is also the #1 cause of daytime fatigue, nausea, headaches, lethargy and constipation. Just a 5% drop in body water will cause up to a 30% loss of energy in the average person. Many people confuse their body’s desire for water with hunger which causes overeating and further dehydration. With their focus on bottled water, soft drinks and juices, it’s no wonder that so many younger people are experiencing slowed metabolism, fatigue, short-term memory loss and increasing health challenges. Even kids are experiencing obesity and Type II Diabetes. Both of these conditions can be a result of too little water and an acidic body state. Even people who drink lots of water are experiencing the symptoms mentioned above. Why is that? Because drinking the right water is more important than just drinking more water. Let’s look at what is the right water. If you were to go high in the mountains and find a stream that bubbles down the rocks, is exposed to sunlight and is free of pollutants, you would have the right water. If you were to have a jar of that water tested, you would find that it has an alkaline pH because of the minerals it picked up from the rocks. You would also find that it is full of dissolved oxygen from bubbling down the slopes. The surface tension would be changed and the size of the molecule clusters would be smaller from banging against the rocks. This would make it more readily absorbed. It would also be full of negative ions from the sunlight, which the body thrives on. If you don’t have the time or the energy to go mountain climbing for your water, there is now a way to bring that pristine mountain water into your kitchen. I am not suggesting that you drink your tap water the way it is, even though Wichita has an excellent water utility. It still is not the equivalent of that mountain stream. Instead I am going to suggest that you enhance your tap water with a water ionizer that hooks to your tap and produces that same pure, oxygen-enhanced and ion-charged high pH alkaline water that your body needs. The technology used in home water ionizers was invented by the Russians over 50-years ago. Later it was perfected by the Japanese where it has been used for many years. Today water ionizers are so highly respected in Japan that they are a registered medical device. Doctors there actually prescribe ionized water to successfully treat many medical conditions. Now various manufacturers are offering them in this country.

X

Health & Wellness

Jody Patterson

2011-04-01 13:55:00

Question: Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder receives a lot of press, but what is it exactly?

Answer: Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD) is one of the most common childhood disorders affecting more than 2 million children each year and can continue through adolescence and adulthood. ADHD is a diagnosis applied to children (mostly) who consistently display behaviors, such as inattention, hyperactivity and impulsivity. Examples of this would be, children having a hard time keeping their minds on a task and getting bored after just a few minutes. They often can’t sit still and may talk or dash about incessantly. Not every child, or adult, with these behaviors has ADHD. Scientists have learned a lot about this condition over the past decade and are now able to recognize and treat it with medication and therapy. It’s important to remember that people with ADHD aren’t doing it on purpose – the disorder causes these behaviors and the children aren’t to blame. Scientists are not sure what causes ADHD, although many studies suggest that genes play a large role. Like many other illnesses, ADHD probably results from a combination of factors. In addition to genetics, researchers are looking at possible environmental factors and are studying how brain injuries, nutrition and social environments might contribute to ADHD. It is normal for all children to be inattentive, hyperactive or impulsive at times, but for children with ADHD, these behaviors are more severe and occur often. To be diagnosed with the disorder, a child must have symptoms for six or more months and to a degree that is greater than other children of the same age and developmental level. Children who have symptoms of inattention may: •Be easily distracted, miss details, forget things and frequently switch from one activity to another •Have difficulty focusing on one thing •Become bored with a task after only a few minutes, unless they are doing something enjoyable •Have difficulty focusing attention on organizing and completing a task or learning something new •Have trouble completing or turning in homework assignments, often lose things (e.g., pencils, toys, assignments) needed to complete tasks or activities •Not seem to listen when spoken to •Daydream, become easily confused and move slowly •Have difficulty processing information as quickly and accurately as others •Struggle to follow instructions Children who have symptoms of hyperactivity may: •Fidget and squirm in their seats •Talk nonstop •Dash around, touching or playing with anything and everything in sight •Have trouble sitting still during dinner, school and story time •Be constantly in motion •Have difficulty doing quiet tasks or activities Children who have symptoms of impulsivity may: •Be very impatient •Blurt out inappropriate comments, show their emotions without restraint and act without regard for consequences •Have difficulty waiting for things they want or waiting their turns in games •Often interrupt conversations or others’ activities Most ADHD symptoms usually appear early in life, often between the ages of 3 and 6 years. Determining if a child has Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder takes time and effort. There is no single test to diagnose the disorder. As a result, a comprehensive evaluation is necessary to establish the diagnosis, rule out other causes,and determine the presence or absence of coexisting conditions. With the right kind of help, most children and teens with ADHD can usually improve dramatically. Available treatments focus on reducing the symptoms of ADHD and improving functioning. For some children, increased structure and behavioral management techniques are enough. For others, a combination of treatment strategies, including behavioral management, parenting classes and medications are needed to manage their symptoms.

X

Health & Wellness

Denny Gillard

2011-04-01 10:42:00

Question: I am a runner and I have had multiple hamstring strains. What is the best course of action to prevent these from happening or at least reduce the occurrence?

Answer: Hamstring strains are a very common injury among runners, sprinters and jumpers. Healing time for this injury is very slow, symptoms are persistent and the rate for reinjury is very high. Because of this, the best way to prevent reoccurrences of these strains is to get a thorough evaluation by a physical therapist to discover the possible cause and develop a treatment that will treat and prevent further injury. We don’t really know what causes the injury to the hamstring. One theory is that it is the way that muscle is physically arranged in our bodies. The hamstring is a 2-joint muscle and its job is to bend the knee and to assist in the straightening of the hip. The hamstring slows the extension of the knee when running and doing explosive movement of the leg. The hamstring is suppose to slow the leg down, but if the quad is a lot stronger than the hamstring, slowing it can put strain on the muscle. The thought is that this is where the injury can occur. A Physical Therapist (PT) can recommend appropriate rehabilitation programs to avoid or reduce the rate of reoccurrence. There are 2 different approaches that exist for exercise guidelines. The most common approach utilizes static stretching and progressive resistive strengthening exercise. The other utilizes progressive agility like balance, plyometrics and abdominal strengthening exercises. Both have shown the same amount of time for an athlete to return to sport, but only progressive agility has shown promise to reduce the amount of reoccurrence of hamstring strains. A PT can help the injured person regain proper motion and flexibility through monitored exercises such as biking and swimming, depending on the severity of the patient’s injury. Active range of motion and light strengthening will aid the injured person in regaining muscle strength. This early intervention will reduce adhesions that may form with the healing process. The next phase of treatment will incorporate dynamic balance (like plyometics, bosu and swiss ball activities), stretching and strengthening exercises in the return to sport activities. This can occur anywhere within 3 weeks to 6 months after the injury, depending upon the severity. I have found that with good hamstring flexibility, and balance between the quad muscle and hamstring muscle strength of the injured leg, at discharge, has helped in lessening the reoccurrence of my patients’ hamstring strain. You may also look at your running shoes and orthotics for your shoes. A good time to change shoes with long distance running is 3 months or every 300 miles. This may also be contributing to the reoccurring injury with your hamstring. You should see a PT as soon as possible after injury; however, there are some immediate rehab practices to alleviate some of the pain until you can get in to the office. Begin with the RICE principle (rest, ice, compression and elevation and gentle massage), for the first 72 hrs after the injury. This will allow the reduction of swelling in the muscle and allow it to heal faster.

X

Health & Wellness

Charlie Traffas

2011-03-01 11:31:00

Question: I’m hearing talk about Water Ionizers and all their health benefits. What’s that all about?

Answer: In a world full of over-hyped products and over-stated claims, it is only natural for people to feel a little skeptical about any new product offering health benefits. That is why I am happy to be answering a question about something that may be new to us, but that has a tremendous track record over many years in other parts of the world. In Japan, for example, water ionizers are so well proven and respected in the medical community that they are a registered medical device. South Korea is a similar story. Of course, many of the breakthroughs in alternative medicine that we look at as new in the western world have been proven and accepted in Asian cultures long before coming to our shores. The topic of water ionizers and their health benefits is so broad that it will be impossible to adequately cover the subject within the limits of this one column. Therefore, I am going to give you the “Readers Digest” condensed answer today, and then I will follow up with more expanded details in future issues of Q&A Times. Let’s start by defining the problem. Have you ever wondered why people in some parts of the world tend to live longer, on the average, than people in other parts of the world? …Or why some people tend to always be healthy while others tend to catch every bug that comes by. …Or why some people contract terrible diseases while others do not? Of course there are many reasons, and every person has their own set of circumstances. However, I believe there are several primary factors including genetics, sanitation, environmental toxins and diet. Water ionizers work in the area of diet to help the body maintain good health naturally. Most people agree that what goes into our bodies is critical to the health of our bodies. However, there is something most people don’t consider that is vitally important, and it forms the basis for the health benefits associated with water Ionizers. What I am referring to is our body chemistry, and more importantly, the pH of our bodily tissues. When it comes to pH (potential of hydrogen), you are more likely to think in terms of maintaining a swimming pool or an aquarium than in maintaining your own body. However, consider this: Your body is over 70% water, and your blood is 83% water. Your cardiovascular system is the lifeline of your body, and your blood has to be pH 7.365 to maintain life. If your blood varies from that level by more than .1 pH, it is almost certain that illness and death will quickly follow. Your body is working constantly to maintain your blood’s pH balance. We measure pH on a scale from 0 to 14, with pH 0 being the most acidic (hydrochloric acid) and pH 14 being the most alkaline (drain cleaner). In the center of the scale, midway between ph 0 and Ph 14, is Ph 7 which is neutral. Since your blood is pH 7.365, it is slightly alkaline. Therefore, it is safe to say that your bodily tissues which are served by your blood stream are meant to be maintained in a slightly alkaline state. We have all heard the saying, “You are what you eat,” and this is where the problem lies. Everything we consume also has a pH, and most of what we eat and drink is acidic. Here are just a few examples: •Carbonated cola – pH 2.0 •Standard coffee – pH 4.1 •Ground beef – pH 3.2 Many fruits and vegetables are in a range between pH 2 and pH 5, milk is about pH 6.5, and most tap water is also acidic. Drinking bottled water does not solve the problem, because most of it is highly acidic. I will go into this more in a future column, but I think you are getting the picture. If about 90% of the average American diet is made up of acidic food and water, how does the body neutralize the acid and maintain your blood at pH 7.365? Your body eliminates what it can through bodily functions, and then it robs every available resource in an attempt to neutralize the rest. For example, your body will remove calcium and magnesium (alkaline minerals) from your bones to help offset your being overly acidic. An even worse problem is that excess acid that cannot be eliminated or neutralized is stored in the body’s tissues. Many researchers believe that the more acidic bodily tissues become, the less healthy they are, and the more prone they are to disease. They tell us that most disease not only thrives in an acidic environment, it needs an acidic environment to survive. If that is the case, it stands to reason that a critical component for good health is to maintain your body in a mildly alkaline state. How can you do that? This brings us back to water ionizers. Keeping your body more alkaline involves two steps. Cut back on overly acidic foods, and drink plenty of alkaline water. Where do you get high pH alkaline water? From a home water ionizer. A water ionizer is a small electrical appliance that sits on a counter of mounts on a wall by your sink. It normally hooks to your faucet with a small hose, and it separates water passing through it into two streams, alkaline and acidic. The acidic water normally goes down the drain, and the alkaline, or high pH water, is captured for consumption. If you have an ionizer attached to your water faucet, your faucet and sink function normally until you want some high pH water for drinking or cooking. Then you simply flip the little diverter valve on the end of your faucet and turn on the water. The ionizer will give you water at whatever pH you designate. Many people keep a pitcher of ionized drinking water in their refrigerator for convenience. I will share more information on water ionizers in this column next month.

X

Health & Wellness

Jody Patterson

2011-03-01 11:31:00

Question: How would you know when to seek help for your child if you knew he was being bullied or was the bully at school?

Answer: Most kids have been teased by a sibling or a friend at some point, and it’s not always harmful, especially when done in a playful, friendly and mutual way, and both kids find it funny. But when teasing becomes hurtful, unkind and constant, it crosses the line and needs to stop. Every day thousands of kids wake up afraid to go to school because of bullying. Yet because parents, teachers and other adults don’t always see it, they may not understand how extreme bullying can get. One of the most painful aspects of bullying is that it is relentless. Bullying is intentional tormenting in physical, verbal or psychological ways. It can range from hitting, shoving, name-calling, threats and mocking to stealing the victim’s money and possessions. Some kids bully by shunning others and spreading rumors about them, while others use e-mail, instant messages and social networking websites. Kids who engage in bullying behaviors seem to have a need to feel powerful and in control. Research indicates that children and youth who bully are not socially isolated. They report having an easier time making friends than children and youth who do not bully. Children and youth who bully usually have a group of friends who support or encourage their bullying. In some cases, bullies come from homes in which physical punishment is used, where physically striking out is often a way to handle problems, and where parental involvement and warmth are frequently lacking. Students who regularly display bullying behaviors are generally defiant or oppositional toward adults. Bullies appear to have little anxiety about what they are doing and possess average or above-average self-esteem. Research shows that bullying can be a sign of other serious behaviors. Chronic bullies seem to continue their behaviors into adulthood, negatively influencing their ability to develop and maintain positive relationships, and can experience legal or criminal troubles as adults. Unless your child tells you about bullying – or has visible bruises or injuries, it can be difficult to know if it’s happening. However, there are some warning signs. Parents might notice kids acting differently or seeming anxious, not eating, sleeping well or doing the things they usually enjoy. Kids may seem moodier or more easily upset than usual, and may begin avoiding certain situations, such as taking the bus to school or once enjoyed peer activities. It’s important for parents and guardians to take bullying seriously and not something that kids have to “tough out.” The effects can be serious. Studies show that youth who are abused by their peers are at risk for mental health problems, such as low self-esteem, stress, depression or anxiety. They may also think about suicide. If you suspect your child may be the cause or the victim of bullying, ask them to tell you what’s going on. It’s important to respond in a positive and accepting manner. If your child is the victim, let them know it’s not their fault and that they did the right thing by telling you. Parents also should know the school policies that protect students from harassment, bullying and physical violence. Seek help from your child’s teacher, the school guidance counselor, and school administrators and hold them accountable for following school policy. Notify the police if your child is assaulted. Combating bullying requires cooperation between everyone involved. Parents, the school and the community must work together to stop bullying.

X

Health & Wellness

Tari Emery

2011-03-01 10:08:00

Question: My grandma is having a harder time with stability as she ages. She has had a couple of fairly serious falls lately and I’m really beginning to worry about her. I want my grandma to continue living independently, but is there anything I can do to ensure her safety at home?

Answer: Many accidents and injuries that happen to people occur from falls in their own homes. Many of these falls result in serious injuries including sprained or fractures ankles, head or brain injuries and most commonly, hip fractures. A simple fall that results in a broken bone can become a serious disabling injury that limits ones independence. Statistics show that those who have fallen once are much more likely to have subsequent falls. Most falls happen from hazards that are easy to overlook, but also easy to fix. There are some things that you can do to help ensure that your grandmother is in a safer environment. By spotting hazards and taking some simple steps to correct them, many injuries might be prevented. Here are some tips to help keep your elderly loved ones safe in their own home: •Scan the home for common hazards and safely put away anything that looks like a fall hazard. •Make sure halls walkways are clear of cords, cables, and clutter. •Avoid the use of area rugs and mats, but if they are used make sure they are backed with non-skid material. •Increase lighting throughout the house. A good idea is to install night lights in hallways, bedrooms and bathrooms. •Install railings on all stairways and make sure they are well lit with light switches at both the top and bottom of the staircase. •Have your loved one avoid slippery socks or shoes. •Have your loved one wear low-heeled, comfortable shoes with non-skid soles that give good support. •Make sure steps are in good condition and have non-skid strips, or if carpeted, make sure it is fastened securely to the steps. •To prevent slipping, place non-skid mats in the shower/tub and, also place non-skid mat on the floor beside the shower/tub for stepping on when wet. •Provide solid support by placing grab bars, installed by a professional, in shower/tub area, to allow the bather to enter and exit the bathing area. •Place a bath chair, transfer bench, or bath stool in the shower/tub. •No matter what we do, we can’t prevent every fall, but by taking these steps, we can create a safer, more secure environment for the ones we love. For additional help and recommendations, consult a physical or occupational therapist or use an appropriate community resource in order to make adjustments that will maximize safety.

X

Health & Wellness

Dr Rachel Stevens

2011-01-01 11:24:00

: How can my physician assess my risk of addiction vs. tolerance? Answer: It is very difficult to predict this as physicians, because any patient can become addicted to narcotic medications despite real pain. However, some risk factors

Answer: Chronic untreated pain is an epidemic affecting an estimated 50 million Americans with an annual cost of up to $100 billion. With limited options in pain management, physicians and patients alike struggle with the ramifications of the addition of opioid pain medications to a patient’s daily medication regimen. Narcotic pain medications are not for everyone --in some patients they can actually worsen the pain effect. Using opioid medications for longer than 6 days doubles a person’s risk for disability, and there is a significant risk in EVERY patient for addiction and abuse. The word addiction simply means the compulsive use of a drug that causes dysfunction and continued use of the offending agent despite that dysfunction. This is in contrast to tolerance. Tolerance is the need for increasing amounts of an agent to receive the same benefit. Tolerance also implies that abrupt cessation of an agent will result in withdrawal symptoms. Every patient becomes tolerant to the effects of narcotics, but not all patients become addicted. Physicians are correct to be concerned for their patients. Unintentional overdose is the leading cause of death in ages 25 to 55 and the second leading cause of death in teens. A staggering number of these deaths are from prescription narcotic medication abuse, surpassing both heroin and cocaine combined. A recent study of high school teens has shown that 19% of teens report abusing prescription medications to get high. Forty percent of teens believe they are “safer” than other drugs and 29% believe they are not addictive. Question: How can my physician assess my risk of addiction vs. tolerance? Answer: It is very difficult to predict this as physicians, because any patient can become addicted to narcotic medications despite real pain. However, some risk factors assist us in choosing appropriate candidates for narcotic therapy. Patients with psychiatric disorders, lower socioeconomic status, history of substance abuse, concomitant use with sedative/hypnotic agents (benzodiazepines and barbiturates), and certain medical conditions including COPD, congestive heart failure, obstructive sleep apnea, chronic renal failure, liver failure, and elderly patients are all at higher risk for negative effects. Patients with favorable outcomes will be able to modulate their usage without difficulty to balance least pain with most function as opposed to patients requiring increasing amounts with no clinical signs of improvement in function. Question: What measures can my physician take to monitor my response to narcotic medications? Answer: A responsible physician will exhaust all other means for pain control before turning to chronic narcotic therapy. The lowest dosage should be used and a patient’s response should be modulated based on return of function. As with any other medication, if a patient fails to show response, these medications should be withdrawn. Longer acting agents should not be used in acute pain. Your physician may ask you to sign a narcotics contract outlining their specific recommendations for monitoring your progress including random urine drug testing and guidelines for termination if a violation occurs. Your physician may also require you to consult with a pain management specialist at any point in your care plan.

X

Health & Wellness

Jody Patterson

2011-01-01 10:18:00

Question: Are Sedgwick county children getting the mental health care they need?

Answer: According to the 2001 Surgeon General’s report, one in five children and adolescents suffer from a diagnosable mental illness severe enough to cause some level of impairment. One in 10 is believed to have a serious emotional disturbance (SED) and nearly two-thirds of all of these children receive little or no treatment. Untreated mental health problems can disrupt children's functioning at home, school and in the community. Without treatment, children with mental health issues are at an increased risk of school failure, contact with the criminal justice system, dependence on social services, and even suicide. Studies suggest that for every dollar spent on mental health treatment for children and youth, the community receives between $4 and $7 in savings. Individual and family therapy is not always the answer for children suffering from a mental illness, especially for children experiencing a serious emotional disturbance. For children with SED, a “system-of-care” is clearly the preferred model of treatment. (SAMHSA, CMHS) The core values of a System of Care include: child centered, family focused and family driven. The mental health needs of the child and family dictate the types of services provided. This requires a commitment to adapt services to the child and family. It is also a commitment to provide services in an environment and in a manner that enhances personal dignity of children and families, respects their goals and increase opportunities for family involvement. Community-based services are to be provided in the least restrictive manner and in the most normal location (i.e. in the community, at school, and in the home), so the child and family can be supported in achieving their goals. Proven outcomes for effective community based services show behavioral and emotional problems are reduced. Clinical functioning is improved, school attendance and performance are improved, law enforcement contacts are reduced and children with co-occurring substance abuse problems are improved. Because we care about the futures of our youth, Kansas offers a federal Medicaid waiver program for children 4 to 18 years of age who experience serious emotional/behavioral disturbance. Eligibility for the program is based on the child’s financial resources and certain assessments to determine clinical need for services. While private insurance does not pay for community-based services, services may be covered by Medicaid or the SED Waiver if the child meets financial and clinical eligibility criteria. Services are also available through our sliding scale fee.

X

Health & Wellness

Tari Emery

2010-12-01 14:13:00

Question: After recently being released from the hospital, I was told that I was to undergo short-term home health care. What is home health care?

Answer: Home health care is a service where the patient can receive health care in their home, or in an assisted living facility. The purpose of home care is to promote, maintain, or restore a patient’s health and reduce the effects of disease or disability, and can help prevent or shorten hospital stays. This service can provide you with skilled nursing, physical, occupational and speech therapy, and more in the comfort of your own home. Home health care is personalized health care, and is most often ordered by a physician following dismissal from the hospital. Services can be short-term or long-term. Short-term care is generally for rehabilitation and to help patients to regain independence. Long-term care is for people who are disabled or chronically ill. In most instances, it is not expected to be long term, but rather to help the patient and/or caregivers become independent in the necessary care. Generally, home health care services are provided on an intermittent (non-daily) basis and visits average 30 minutes to an hour. Most agencies are available 24-hours a day to handle problems. Direct care is provided by skilled nurses to assist with medications and treatments, evaluation and reporting of a patients condition and progress to their physician, patient and family education regarding special diets, medications, ostomy care, diabetes management, wound care, IV therapy and more. The home health agency can assist patients with their care through the introduction of support services, education, tools, in-home therapies, and consultation advice. Personal care services such as bath assistance, hair care, and skin care can be provided by the home health aide. Individuals and families with health challenges such as short and long term illnesses, recovering from an acute injury, and those coping with a disease, can benefit from home health care. Services can be delivered to those who are chronically ill, have disabilities, or are recovering from surgery and need therapy at home. Today, with a growing trend toward reduced hospital stays, home health care is gaining popularity. While caregivers of the past were generally family members or friends, home health care today is based more on a professional health care team working toward a common goal. The goal is to provide the highest quality of care to patients, but also to provide patients and families with the education to care for themselves or their loved ones, once services are completed.

X

Health & Wellness

Joyce Thompson

2010-12-01 11:33:00

Question: I think my husband might be depressed. But every time I suggest that to him, he becomes even angrier and tells me to quit looking for problems. How can I tell if I’m right; that he really is depressed? What if anything can I do to help him? Or would it be better if I just left him alone?

Answer: For many men, admitting to depression is a sign of weakness or admitting to having a mental defect. They will try to convince everyone, including themselves that they are just fine. Denial is a common coping mechanism used by many men; allowing them to pretend that everything is okay. But depression is a leading cause of disability, leaving many men unable to work. Depression can occur in anyone, at any age. It is not a sign of weakness. In fact, U.S. statistics state, “1 out of every 8 to 10 men” experience depression. Julie Totten, President and Founder of Families for Depression Awareness (a non-profit agency) is quoted as saying, “Men experience depression probably as much as women, but they aren’t diagnosed.” She goes on to say, “Depressed men often get angry at others and abuse alcohol and drugs.” This is their attempt to cope, although it only worsens the situation. Depression, if left untreated can be quite serious; even fatal. Men are at a high risk for suicide, being four times more likely than women to take their own lives. So you can’t just leave him alone. If you feel he is showing signs of depression, you must insist that he get help. Signs to look for include being irritable or angry almost every day, losing interest in things that he used to enjoy, giving up hobbies or friends, talking of death or suicide, abusing alcohol or drugs, engaging in risky behavior, having problems at work, eating too much or not enough, sleeping too much or not enough, making comments that you’d be better off without him, complaining of aches and pains, or regularly exhibiting any other unusual behaviors that is out of the ordinary for him. It is important to act quickly, because depression, when left untreated, will make your husband feel worthless and hopeless and his depression will greatly increase the likelihood that you too will eventually become depressed. Men can’t just “buck up,” “snap out of it,” or “just get over it,” even if they try. They cannot change their feelings without receiving treatment. Instead, they require talk therapy, medication, or both. It is best to work with your physician and/or a qualified mental health professional to determine the best form of treatment for your husband’s specific needs. Even if your husband downplays the depression, you must make treatment a top priority for the sake of your husband, your family and yourself. Perhaps your best approach at getting your husband to accept treatment is to broach the subject in a factual manner. Instead of telling your husband that you fear he might be depressed, you could comment that you are concerned that he has not been sleeping well for weeks. This will help to lessen his defensiveness, as it’s more difficult to argue factual information. In addition, you might place brochures regarding depression out in the open where your husband can find and read the information without your making the outright suggestion that he do so. You might highlight the most important facts, so that he is sure to get the point of the article. In the meantime, do not force him to do things or visit places that make his situation worse. Do not burden him with a bunch of ‘to do’ lists. Do not give up and agree with his negative beliefs that he probably won’t get better. Instead, tell your husband that you love him and are concerned. Try to collaborate on a plan of treatment so that he feels he has your support and isn’t all alone in facing this problem. Reassure him of your love for him and of your belief that he can get better. Help him to find a qualified mental health professional, make the appointment for him if necessary, and then attend the appointment with him if at all possible. Do not give up; help is available.

X

Health & Wellness

Jason Scheck

2010-11-01 13:31:00

Question: I lost my best friend to suicide and I am in shock. Suicide is something no one in my family or my friends have ever talked about. What could I have done to recognize how desperate he must have been?

Answer: One out of every five Kansans who dies from suicide is from Sedgwick County. Each year, there are more suicides in our community than homicides, yet no one speaks of the 16-year-old boy who couldn’t handle another day of being bullied at school, or the 87-year-old grandmother who suffered from hopelessness and desperation and how they both ended their lives. Conversations about suicide do not happen openly because it’s uncomfortable, and many of us just don’t understand it. Society used to hide chemical dependency, domestic violence, smoking and drunken driving, but in the past 20 years these issues have been brought into the public spotlight for scrutiny, often leading to solutions. But many say mental illness and suicide remain behind closed doors, and will, until we start talking about it. In 2009, a history of mental illness was reported in approximately 66 percent of Sedgwick County suicides. In our communities, stigma becomes a very real problem for people who have a mental illness. It once was a common perception that having a mental illness was due to some kind of personal weakness. People would hide their feelings, not seek treatment, and in some cases increase the risk of suicide. We now know that mental health disorders have a biological basis and can be treated like any other health condition. Even so, we still have a long way to go to overcome the many misconceptions, fears and biases people have about mental health and the stigma these attitudes create. We could go a long way in reducing our suicide rate by accepting people as they are, removing the social taboo, educating ourselves and helping those in crisis find help. Suicide can be prevented. While some suicides occur without any outward warning, most people who are suicidal do give warnings. You can help prevent the suicide of loved ones by learning to recognize the signs of someone at risk, taking those signs seriously and knowing how to respond. Learn the warning signs of suicide: Unrelenting low mood, pessimism, hopelessness, desperation, anxiety, emotional pain and inner tension, withdrawal from friends and or family, sleep problems, increased alcohol and/or other drug use, unexpected rage or anger, recent impulsiveness and taking unnecessary risks, threatening suicide or expressing a strong wish to die, making a plan and seeking access to pills, weapons or other means. What can you do if a family member or friend mentions suicide? TAKE IT SERIOUSLY. DO NOT LEAVE HIM OR HER ALONE. Be willing to listen. Allow expressions of feelings and accept those feelings. Don’t be sworn to secrecy. Offer hope that help is available. Take action. Remove the means, such as guns or stockpiled pills. Be direct. Talk openly and matter-of-factly about suicide. Get HELP IMMEDIATELY by calling 9-1-1 or the Sedgwick County Suicide Prevention Hotline 24 hours/7 days a week at 316-660-7500. The topic of suicide will continue to challenge us all to increase our awareness and education. Help us help prevent the tragedy of suicide in our community. For more information about mental health services in Sedgwick County, you can make a confidential call to COMCARE of Sedgwick County at 316-660-7540. COMCARE is a licensed Community Mental Health Center.

X

Health & Wellness

Joyce Thompson

2010-11-01 13:31:00

Question: I hear of so many individuals who are struggling (both physically and emotionally) due to the poor economy, even though their income is in the upper brackets and even though their jobs appear to be secure. Is this in my imagination, or is there something to this?

Answer: Yes, there is a connection, although it may not be apparent. With the economy being as it is, we at Emotional Journey are noticing the impact of the recession upon our clients. If left untreated, stress can cause a whole host of emotional and/or physical problems. More frequently, clients are speaking of concerns related to layoffs, unemployment, and furloughs, loss of retirement and/or life savings, struggling businesses, and financial difficulties. Be aware that when stressed, it affects not only you, but your entire family as well, both physically and emotionally. As a physical reaction, stress is the human body’s response to a perceived threat. The fight-or-flight response kicks in, activating the various systems in the body, including the brain, heart, lungs, digestive track, senses, and immune system. The nervous system and immune system then communicate and interact, triggering an outpouring of adrenaline and other stress-related hormones. Long-term stress creates feelings of being out-of-control filled with uncertainty and conflict. With no chance to refresh, recuperate, and restore our bodies’ natural balance, our immune systems become over-stimulated or suppressed. Everyday life in a pressure cooker wears down our bodies, adversely affecting our overall health. No one is immune to stress. Many factors beyond our control such as the economy, genetics, personality, learned patterns, and social interactions influence our susceptibility to it. Stress affects so many different parts of our bodies, from our muscles and tissues to our blood vessels and organs. It speeds up heart rate and respiration, raises blood pressure and body temperature, and can interfere with metabolism, digestion, fertility, and sleep. Research over the past 20 years suggests that stress plays a role in most illnesses, from headaches and stomachaches to anxiety and depression. Stress can contribute to such life-threatening conditions as heart disease, diabetes, cancer, and strokes. Stress impairs memory, concentration, and learning. It assails our bodies in more insidious ways as we try to soothe ourselves by overeating, abusing alcohol, smoking, or being ‘couch potatoes’. Symptoms can include upset stomachs, panic attacks, uncontrolled diabetes, high blood pressure and pains in the chest, neck and back. Chronic stress also impairs the immune system, leaving us more susceptible to colds and flu and worsening the symptoms of autoimmune disorders, such as rheumatoid arthritis, fibromyalgia, and lupus. Studies link unrelieved stress with delayed wound healing, gastrointestinal problems and sexual dysfunction. Stress or anxiety in children can show up as stomachaches, headaches and a resistance to attend school when they used to look forward to going. They may become more argumentative, their school work might suffer, and they might tend to daydream more often. Teenagers tend to retreat into their own world and into that of their friends. An estimated 80 percent of all visits to primary-care physicians are stress-related. Our minds and bodies are unable to separate out the mental, emotional, physical and social/relational aspects of our lives, since they are all interconnected. The emotions that you feel affect your thoughts, and likewise, the thoughts you think affect your emotions. The way you care, or don’t take proper care of your body has a profound effect on your thoughts, emotions and relationships. Likewise, the types and nature of the relationships that you engage in affect your overall physical and emotional health, including your mental clarity and sense of well being. When you create health in one area of your life, the positive effects then spill over into all other areas of your life both physical and emotional. Oftentimes people struggle with guilt when they avoid a layoff. Feeling they have no right to complain, they tend to stuff their feelings. During tough economic times, some feel that mental health care is a luxury, while in reality, it might be a necessity. When people feel out-of-control, they tend to get into more arguments with others, especially family members. Ironically, the support of family and friends is critical; now is not the time to burn any bridges. If you feel you need to seek mental health care, please do not hesitate to call and make an appointment. I recently saw an insightful quote which read, “Being broke is not the same as being broken, losing money is not the same as being lost, and finding your balance is not something you can do on a balance sheet.” We at Emotional Journey work with all income levels to make therapy affordable for most.

X

Health & Wellness

Denny Gillard

2010-11-01 13:27:00

Question: I want to know, what does a physical therapist do?

Answer: I’m a physical therapist, and one of the most frequently asked questions I get is, “What exactly does a physical therapist do?” A physical therapist is sometimes thought of being as the person you go see after a total joint surgery, a stroke or if you are elderly and need help walking again, but we do much more than that. We see many types of physical and neurologic injuries including: work related injury, back and neck injuries, wounds, ligament and muscle injuries, brain injuries, muscle weakness, orthopedic injuries/surgeries, sports injuries, pediatric: orthopedic, neurological and developmental delays. The purpose of physical therapy is to restore functional movement of the respective, damaged part of the body. Physical therapists are qualified and professionally required to: •Exam/Assess/Evaluate the patient/ client or needs of a client group •Formulate a diagnosis, prognosis, and plan •Provide consultation within their expertise and determine when patients/clients need to be referred to another healthcare professional •Implement a physical therapist intervention/treatment program •Determine the outcomes of any interventions/treatments •Make recommendations to the patient for self-care. When you come to see a therapist, the first thing you will receive that day is an evaluation, which is a comprehensive exam of your injury or chief complaint. Once the evaluation is completed, the therapist will set up a plan of care specifically designed to treat your particular injury. A typical patient will usually see a therapist anywhere from 2 to 6 weeks on average and will be seen from 30-60 minutes each session. The treatment sessions are usually 2-3 times a week, but again that is up to your therapist and will vary depending on the severity of your needs. Take, for instance, the common Anterior Cruciate Ligament tear (ACL tear). The usual course of therapy begins 4 weeks prior to surgery to get your knee moving to full range, decrease the swelling and increase the knees strength. After the surgery, you will usually continue through a 12 week rehabilitation program, depending on your level of activity. If you are returning to a sport it may be longer. Each doctor will have their own rehab requirements before you will be released to return to activity. Physical therapy plans are designed to suit the patients individual needs as well as their level of activity. Often times, after injury or surgeries, treating doctors will recommend the services of a physical therapist; however referrals aren’t required for receiving physical therapy care. World Confederation for Physical Therapy http://www.wcpt.org/node/29599

X

Health & Wellness

Joyce Thompson

2010-10-01 11:45:00

Questions: I had a really hard childhood with quite a bit of neglect and abuse. I find myself thinking about it a lot and I seem to get physically ill a lot. So many people tell me to just stop thinking about it. They tell me that it happened years ago and I just need to forget it, but I can’t. Am I crazy? A good friend of mine said I wasn’t crazy, but if not, then I don’t understand what is happening to me.

Answer: Trauma survivors often hear, “Just forget about it. It was in the past. You need to move on.” Unfortunately, this is not accurate for many and until they resolve their past traumatic experiences, they feel as if they ‘can’t ‘move on’. When trauma survivors find themselves unable to ‘get past’ the past, then they should seriously think about seeking the help of a licensed therapist. It is not unusual for those with past traumatic experiences to struggle with one or more emotional difficulties, mental disorders, and/or physical health concerns and diagnoses during their adulthood. Many of those who have survived trauma as children wrestle as adults with a variety of mental health problems. These struggles often include depression, PTSD and other anxiety disorders, relationship difficulties, angry outbursts, and/or alcohol (and other drug) abuse, etc. In addition, trauma survivors often experience physiological changes. Sometimes these individuals develop the onset of an illness, while at other times their condition(s) worsens for no apparent reason. These conditions can sometimes be psychosomatic. This is a condition which sometimes causes a person to feel they are being told, “It is all in your head”, “You are making it all up”, or “You are crazy.” But trust me, this is not accurate. These are real condition(s), even though they may have a psychological basis to them and even if the client does fear they may be crazy. (We hear this frequently from our clients who have had traumatic pasts). ‘Psychosomatic’ means only that it’s a physical disorder caused by or greatly impacted by emotional factors; in other words, there’s a mind-body connection. As a word of caution though, never assume that any illness or painful condition has a psychological component or cause; you should always be checked by a medical doctor before making this assumption. Physical symptoms often displayed by survivors of childhood trauma include some (although not all) of the following: a lack of eye contact, altered pattern of speech (very fast or slow, halting, at times stuttering, or stammering, etc.), an inability or difficulty in being able to cry, chronically tired (or possibly even diagnosed with Chronic Fatigue or Adrenal Fatigue), difficulty with anxiety (including the possibility of shakiness, ‘nervousness’, anxiety or panic attacks), shallow breathing (movement shows up in the chest – not down deep in the stomach region), chronic back pain (for no apparent reason as determined by a physician), hyper vigilance regarding your surroundings and those around you (especially if they have ever been abusive towards you, another person, to an animal, or property of some sort), feeling frozen and unable to move or unable to sit still, having body numbness or feeling as if you are ‘somewhere else’, having poor physical health, fainting or dizziness, dry mouth, or a variety of other symptoms. Some emotional symptoms may show up as: repeatedly struggling to find someone who will treat you as an equal in an intimate relationship, problems with co-workers, friends, or family members, finding yourself in the same types of stressful and or traumatic/abusive relationships, startling easily (jumping when someone enters the room, speaks to you, or walks nearby), trying hard to get along with everyone; being a ‘good girl’ (or boy) even when you feel otherwise on the inside, struggling to really trust others, making friends easily (yet not letting them know the ‘real’ you for fear that they wouldn’t like you), being fearful (although unsure of why you are fearful or of what you are fearful) feeling like a chameleon (changing to be like others and to fit in with those who are around you), feel a desperate need to control or not be in control of things (feeling the need to take charge all of the time or to always let others take charge), fearing that bad things will happen, dependent upon others, fearful of trying new things out on your own, seeking approval from others before trying new things, feeling as if you have no power, feeling hopeless and helpless about your life and of ever finding happiness, afraid of trying to find someone to love for fear they will hurt you “just like all of the others”, trying hard not to cry for fear that you will be unable to stop, feeling ‘damaged’ (not good enough for anyone), hypersensitive, not living your dreams for fear of failure. Remember, many of these physical symptoms can be indicative of many physical illnesses. Sometimes physical illnesses can cause one to function poorly on an emotional level as well. But when physician after physician says there is ‘nothing wrong’, don’t give up. Help may be available, especially if you are aware of abuse in your past. A word of caution though, sometimes people don’t remember abuse in their past, yet may have been abused anyway. The reason for this may be either that the child blocked the emotional and physical pain as a way of dealing with it, or they may not have recognized it as abuse and may have assumed that all families lived this way. Although entering into therapy can feel ‘scary’, because you fear feeling vulnerable, or experiencing painful memories and emotions, it is worthwhile and healing. We have both male and female Marriage & Family Therapists here at Emotional Journey, LLC. We are all trained to work with individuals, couples, and families. We also offer a wide variety of therapeutic techniques, including ‘talk’ therapy, hypnotherapy, and sand tray therapy. We individualize your specific care, as no two clients are ever the same. So when you repeatedly are told that ‘nothing is wrong’ by your doctor, you owe it to yourself to check with a licensed therapist to see if there might be more going on ‘behind the scenes’.

X

Health & Wellness

Steve Sue Akins

2010-10-01 10:11:00

Question: What are human, intestinal parasites? What harm do they cause? Where do they come from? Does everyone have them?

Answer: These are good questions. I will try and answer as many as I can…space permitting. Human intestinal parasites infect air, food and water. They can cause constipation, stomach bloating and many other disease health problems. Other symptoms can include anemia, asthma, diarrhea, digestive disorders, fatigue, low immune system, nervousness and skin rash. Few people realize such small things can cause such major problems. Most prefer not to think of these and will continue in their suffering. There can be over 100 different types of parasite worms living in human bodies. Some are microscopic in size while others can be seen quite easily. These common organisms can be found everywhere in our environment…in the air we breathe, in the water we drink, and/or in the food we eat. A parasite is an organism that lives on or in other organisms from which it obtains nutrients to live and causes harm in the process. Its name comes from the Greek word “para” that means beside, and “sitos” which means food. Most parasites require some host to complete their life cycle. Animals can also serve as the host. The parasite will vary in size from one-thousandth of one micron to whale tapeworms one hundred feet long! Parasites and worms can invade your bodies through food and water intake, through transmitting agents (like mosquitoes), sexual conduct or through the nose and skin. Once established, they will eat the same foods you eat or they will eat you. People with intestinal parasite infections are usually under-nourished and weak, infected with viral, fungi, or bacteria, and have various types of chemical and metal poisoning. Human intestinal parasites can be present in any disease, in any person, at any age. These parasites are responsible for many health problems because they secrete toxin and steal the vital nutrients from our bodies. They can irritate or exaggerate other health problems you may be experiencing. Everyone is at risk and under their mercy during parasitic infections. We create the perfect living environment for parasites when the bowel becomes ineffective in the elimination of our waste products. The build-up of fecal material on the walls of the colon is attributed to constipation and the amounts of junk food, chemicals, bad fats and sweets we consume. We poison ourselves from our own toxic waste and the waste from these creatures (auto intoxication) when this ideal habitat is created. Testing for parasites are only available for about five percent of the known varieties with only about twenty percent accuracy. Cancer causes are afflicted with worms that often lump together and lock like tumors. Female worms can release 3,000 to 250,000 eggs per day, depending on their type. This is one topic that most people do not want to discuss, let alone think about, but the reality must be faced. Next month we will discuss the four different varieties of parasites.

X

Health & Wellness

Joyce Thompson

2010-10-01 10:11:00

Questions: I had a really hard childhood with quite a bit of neglect and abuse. I find myself thinking about it a lot and I seem to get physically ill a lot. So many people tell me to just stop thinking about it. They tell me that it happened years ago and I just need to forget it, but I can’t. Am I crazy? A good friend of mine said I wasn’t crazy, but if not, then I don’t understand what is happening to me.

Answer: Trauma survivors often hear, “Just forget about it. It was in the past. You need to move on.” Unfortunately, this is not accurate for many and until they resolve their past traumatic experiences, they feel as if they ‘can’t ‘move on’. When trauma survivors find themselves unable to ‘get past’ the past, then they should seriously think about seeking the help of a licensed therapist. It is not unusual for those with past traumatic experiences to struggle with one or more emotional difficulties, mental disorders, and/or physical health concerns and diagnoses during their adulthood. Many of those who have survived trauma as children wrestle as adults with a variety of mental health problems. These struggles often include depression, PTSD and other anxiety disorders, relationship difficulties, angry outbursts, and/or alcohol (and other drug) abuse, etc. In addition, trauma survivors often experience physiological changes. Sometimes these individuals develop the onset of an illness, while at other times their condition(s) worsens for no apparent reason. These conditions can sometimes be psychosomatic. This is a condition which sometimes causes a person to feel they are being told, “It is all in your head,” “You are making it all up,” or “You are crazy.” But trust me, this is not accurate. These are real condition(s), even though they may have a psychological basis to them and even if the client does fear they may be crazy. (We hear this frequently from our clients who have had traumatic pasts). ‘Psychosomatic’ means only that it’s a physical disorder caused by or greatly impacted by emotional factors; in other words, there’s a mind-body connection. As a word of caution though, never assume that any illness or painful condition has a psychological component or cause; you should always be checked by a medical doctor before making this assumption. Physical symptoms often displayed by survivors of childhood trauma include some (although not all) of the following: a lack of eye contact, altered pattern of speech (very fast or slow, halting, at times stuttering, or stammering, etc.), an inability or difficulty in being able to cry, chronically tired (or possibly even diagnosed with Chronic Fatigue or Adrenal Fatigue), difficulty with anxiety (including the possibility of shakiness, ‘nervousness’, anxiety or panic attacks), shallow breathing (movement shows up in the chest – not down deep in the stomach region), chronic back pain (for no apparent reason as determined by a physician), hyper vigilance regarding your surroundings and those around you (especially if they have ever been abusive towards you, another person, to an animal, or property of some sort), feeling frozen and unable to move or unable to sit still, having body numbness or feeling as if you are ‘somewhere else’, having poor physical health, fainting or dizziness, dry mouth, or a variety of other symptoms. Some emotional symptoms may show up as: repeatedly struggling to find someone who will treat you as an equal in an intimate relationship, problems with co-workers, friends, or family members, finding yourself in the same types of stressful and or traumatic/abusive relationships, startling easily (jumping when someone enters the room, speaks to you, or walks nearby), trying hard to get along with everyone; being a ‘good girl’ (or boy) even when you feel otherwise on the inside, struggling to really trust others, making friends easily (yet not letting them know the ‘real’ you for fear that they wouldn’t like you), being fearful (although unsure of why you are fearful or of what you are fearful) feeling like a chameleon (changing to be like others and to fit in with those who are around you), feel a desperate need to control or not be in control of things (feeling the need to take charge all of the time or to always let others take charge), fearing that bad things will happen, dependent upon others, fearful of trying new things out on your own, seeking approval from others before trying new things, feeling as if you have no power, feeling hopeless and helpless about your life and of ever finding happiness, afraid of trying to find someone to love for fear they will hurt you “just like all of the others”, trying hard not to cry for fear that you will be unable to stop, feeling ‘damaged’ (not good enough for anyone), hypersensitive, not living your dreams for fear of failure. Remember, many of these physical symptoms can be indicative of many physical illnesses. Sometimes physical illnesses can cause one to function poorly on an emotional level as well. But when physician after physician says there is ‘nothing wrong’, don’t give up. Help may be available, especially if you are aware of abuse in your past. A word of caution though, sometimes people don’t remember abuse in their past, yet may have been abused anyway. The reason for this may be either that the child blocked the emotional and physical pain as a way of dealing with it, or they may not have recognized it as abuse and may have assumed that all families lived this way. Although entering into therapy can feel ‘scary’, because you fear feeling vulnerable, or experiencing painful memories and emotions, it is worthwhile and healing. We have both male and female Marriage & Family Therapists here at Emotional Journey, LLC. We are all trained to work with individuals, couples, and families. We also offer a wide variety of therapeutic techniques, including ‘talk’ therapy, hypnotherapy, and sand tray therapy. We individualize your specific care, as no two clients are ever the same. So when you repeatedly are told that ‘nothing is wrong’ by your doctor, you owe it to yourself to check with a licensed therapist to see if there might be more going on ‘behind the scenes’.

X

Health & Wellness

Joyce Thompson

2010-09-01 13:38:00

Question: I heard that you have a therapist in your office that uses Sandtray Therapy with all ages of clients, including adults. Is this correct? If so, what exactly is Sandtray Therapy and how does it work with adults? Is it only used for certain issues, or can it be used with any problem? Do you think it’s better than regular ‘talk therapy’? Do you use this type of therapy with your own clients or would you ever consider doing so?

Answer: Yes, it’s true! Ty Kasper, MS, TLMFT, does practice Sandtray Therapy (along with other therapeutic modalities) out of his office which is located at Emotional Journey, LLC. Ty uses Sandtray Therapy with all ages, although he especially enjoys working with adults – both male and female. The therapeutic relationship between the client and the therapist is always important, but is even more important when using Sandtray Therapy. The reasoning behind this is that the client, in essence, creates their life picture (or a portion of it) while working with figurines and other sandtray miniatures. I feel that Ty is a great therapist for using this type of therapy, as he has a gentle, kind, and accepting spirit about him. He truly believes in all of his clients and their ability to overcome most any obstacle in their life, which allows them the best opportunity for healing. When I asked Ty to explain what Sandtray Therapy is, he replied, “It is an expressive form of therapy that empowers my clients to express themselves through the use of metaphors, using a sand tray and figures.” He went on to say, “Sandtray Therapy is an active, creative, symbolic mode of therapy that creates a safe manageable space for my clients to process, work through, and re-author scenarios from their past, present and futures.” Ty said, “Sandtray therapy can be used with children, teens, adults, couples, and families.” When asked what issues are best dealt with through the use of Sandtray Therapy, Ty responded, “It can be helpful for addressing any issues. But is particularly useful is dealing with grief, anger issues, relational issues, problems with fear, anxiety, and abuse”. I personally feel that Sandtray Therapy is a great addition to any therapist’s ‘toolbox.’ In fact, after discussing Sandtray Therapy with Ty over a period of time, I too decided to attend training for this therapeutic modality. I don’t feel that it replaces ‘talk therapy’, because a major part of Sandtray Therapy is the act of processing your ‘picture/creation’ with your therapist. As with any form of therapy, it is important for the therapist to listen to and respect what the client is telling in their creation. The client is given the opportunity to explain what their creation means to them and to explore their feelings about what they created. It is then up to the therapist (following cues from the client) to help the client find the best answers and solutions for their specific issues. Sandtray therapy focuses upon the here-and-now of the clients’ life experiences. Oftentimes, as children grow into adulthood, they lose their sense of self. They become who they feel others want them to be and they sometimes get ‘lost’ along the way. They may have learned that certain feelings and behaviors are acceptable, while others are not. The experiential nature of Sandtray Therapy allows clients to reconnect with their true selves, while in the company of a caring and trusted therapist. They eventually can learn to take this newfound self-awareness and self-confidence into the outer world, where they interact with family, friends, and co-workers. In the process, they can learn to be the person they were meant to be and always wanted to be, even if on their own, they felt this goal was unachievable. With their newfound confidence and understanding, they can often reach hopes and dreams which they had long ago given up on. Sandtray Therapy can provide a safe place for clients to explore their life through the use of figurines and miniatures. These are often used as metaphors for issues and events in one’s life, which the client is able to ‘see’, once those issues and events are ‘removed’ from within the client and placed in the sandtray. Since it takes the experience and places it almost ‘outside’ of the client, they are more easily able to bypass protective mental defense mechanisms and to see their life situation from more of an ‘outsiders’ point-of-view. During the processing phase of the session, the client will often share and explain their experiences, while looking at his or her sandtray creation. Oftentimes, they will refer to the figurines in the sandtray as ‘he’, ‘she’, ‘they’, when in reality they are speaking of themselves and others who are significant in their lives. In ‘talk therapy’ alone, a client will often stop themselves from experiences their feelings in full. Perhaps they were taught not to cry, or that ‘wallowing’ in their emotions was unacceptable. Sandtray Therapy creates a safe-enough distance, allowing the client to have an increased sense of awareness, to become more objective, and to more easily find solutions to their problems. This can be especially useful with painful and distressing emotions, since it allows the clients to ‘show’ what’s happening for them in a symbolic and non-verbal manner. With Sandtray Therapy, they are able to bypass those defense mechanisms (meant to protect them, but no longer necessary) more easily and are more fully able to gain an awareness of their true feelings, with the help of their trusted therapist. During creation of one’s ‘life picture’, the therapist is present, but fairly quiet. This allows the client to truly experience that which they are creating. The creation is their own, not that of the therapist. The items in which the client chooses to use, and the way in which they arrange the miniature items in the sand, is very important and makes the creation unique to that client. Sandtray Therapy is an expressive therapy which encourages clients to take an active role in their therapy. It can free up frozen emotions, help to reenergize the client, and allow them to begin thinking more creatively about their situation. In turn, this can lessen emotional stress in the clients’ life, allowing them to more fully resolve their issues and to reach the goals they have for their lives. However, with every client, although there is a yearning for change, there is usually a fear of doing so. This is ‘normal’. A therapist needs to respect whether his or her client is ready to face their painful feelings. If the therapist is perceptive enough, they will acknowledge this fear and help the client to deal with it at a safe pace, instead of avoiding it. Most importantly though, the therapist needs to respect where the client is at, not where the therapist feels the client should be. A client will make the necessary changes when they are ready, and a therapist should never try to push them before they are ready to make that move. Some might wonder why it’s important to go ‘deep’ into the feelings brought up by thinking about ones past, present, or future. But having complete acceptance and being at peace with oneself is invaluable. I think Carl Rogers (1989) said it best; once "a troubling feeling has been felt to its full depth and breadth, one can move on. It is an important part of movement in the process of change" (p. 151). I feel we all deserve that opportunity; to really get to know ourselves and to learn to like what we find.

X

Health & Wellness

Steve Akins

2010-09-01 13:38:00

: What is the relationship between the colon and the rest of the body? Answer: The average person is carrying several pounds of dried fecal matter impacted in the colon as a result of eating flour, meat, fat, dairy products, sugar, alcohol and preservatives. Average food transit time is 18 to 24 hours in a healthy colon. We have seen clients who have bowel movements every two to seven days! Even once a day may indicate constipation, depending on food consumption. In America, over two million people every year are diagnosed with colon disease. Remember the saying: "Death begins in the colon?” Colon cancer is second only to heart disease as the most frequent cause of death today, and irritable bowel syndrome (IBS) is also on the rise. Question: What can a colonic really do for me? Answer: A colonic can do many things to make your over-all health maximized! It can, 1. Cleanse the colon: Toxic material is broken down so it can no longer harm your body or inhibit assimilation and elimination. Even debris built up over a long period of time is gently, but surely, removed in the process of a series of treatments. Once impacted material is removed, your colon will begin again to eliminate waste in a timely manner as it was intended. 2. Exercise the colon muscles: The buildup of toxic debris weakens the colon and impairs its functioning. The gentle filling and emptying of the colon during therapy improves p

Answer: Colon Hydrotherapy is a safe, effective method of removing waste from the large intestine without the use of drugs. By introducing filtered and temperature-regulated water into the colon, the waste is softened and loosened, resulting in evacuation through natural peristalsis. This process is repeated a few times during a session. Colon Hydrotherapy is best used in combination with adequate nutrient and fluid intake as well as exercise. Today's sophisticated technology promotes both the safety and sanitation of this popular cleansing practice. Question: What is the relationship between the colon and the rest of the body? Answer: The average person is carrying several pounds of dried fecal matter impacted in the colon as a result of eating flour, meat, fat, dairy products, sugar, alcohol and preservatives. Average food transit time is 18 to 24 hours in a healthy colon. We have seen clients who have bowel movements every two to seven days! Even once a day may indicate constipation, depending on food consumption. In America, over two million people every year are diagnosed with colon disease. Remember the saying: "Death begins in the colon?” Colon cancer is second only to heart disease as the most frequent cause of death today, and irritable bowel syndrome (IBS) is also on the rise. Question: What can a colonic really do for me? Answer: A colonic can do many things to make your over-all health maximized! It can, 1. Cleanse the colon: Toxic material is broken down so it can no longer harm your body or inhibit assimilation and elimination. Even debris built up over a long period of time is gently, but surely, removed in the process of a series of treatments. Once impacted material is removed, your colon will begin again to eliminate waste in a timely manner as it was intended. 2. Exercise the colon muscles: The buildup of toxic debris weakens the colon and impairs its functioning. The gentle filling and emptying of the colon during therapy improves peristaltic activity by which the colon naturally moves material. 3. Reshape the colon: The gentle action of the water, coupled with the massage techniques of the colon therapist, helps eliminate bulging pockets of waste and narrowed spastic constrictions, finally enabling the colon to resume its natural state. 4. Stimulate reflex points: Reflex points connect every system of the body to the colon. A colonic stimulates these points, thereby benefiting all body organs.

X

Health & Wellness

Joyce Thompson

2010-08-01 13:01:00

Question: I see you using the phrase, ‘mind-body connection’ in your ads and articles. What does that mean, and what does it have to do with trauma?

Answer: Your body responds to the way you think, feel and act, even if you aren’t aware of it doing so. This is often called the “mind/body connection.” When you are stressed, anxious or upset, your body tries to tell you that something isn’t right. As an example, you might develop blood pressure or a stomach ulcer after a terribly stressful event, such as the death of a loved one. In regards to trauma, it’s often used to speak of the experience of body memories, aches and pains, or confusing emotions. The Trauma survivors often hear, “Just forget about it. It was in the past. You need to move on.” Unfortunately, this is not accurate for many and until they resolve the past traumatic experiences, they are unable to ‘move on’. When trauma survivors find themselves unable to ‘get past’ the past, then they might consider seeking the help of a licensed therapist. It is not unusual for those with past traumatic experiences to struggle with one or more emotional difficulties, mental disorders, and/or physical health concerns and diagnoses. Many of those who have survived trauma (at any point in their life), tend to struggle with depression, PTSD and other anxiety disorders, relationship difficulties, angry outbursts, alcohol (and other drug) abuse, etc. In addition, trauma survivors often experience physiological changes. Sometimes these individuals develop the onset of an illness, while at other times their condition worsens for no apparent reason. These conditions can sometimes be psychosomatic. This is a condition which sometimes causes a person to feel they are being told, “It is all in your head”, “You are making it all up”, or “You are crazy.” But trust us, this is not accurate. These are real condition(s), even though they may have a psychological basis to them and even if the client does fear they may be crazy. (We hear this frequently from our clients who have had traumatic pasts). ‘Psychosomatic’ means only that it’s a physical disorder caused by or greatly impacted by emotional factors; in other words, there’s a mind-body connection. (As a word of caution though, never assume that any illness or painful condition has a psychological component or cause; you should always be checked by a medical doctor before making this assumption). If the pain is not due to illness or disease, then consider therapeutic massage as a way of easing your pain. As a healing tool, massage has been used for thousands of years by many different cultures. The act of touching is a natural human reaction to pain and stress. We touch to convey our support or compassion for another. Intuitively we know that touch is beneficial. The benefits of touch through therapeutic massage are a powerful support to psychotherapy for emotional healing. Massage can release the stress which we hold in our bodies, not just on a physical level, but also mentally, emotionally and spiritually. By working with a professional massage therapist, we can learn how to truly relax and let go. Massage therapy can decrease anxiety, reduce depression, enhance sleep quality, improve concentration, increase dopamine, endorphins, and serotonin levels, reduce the stress hormones - cortisol and epinephrine, improve self-image, ease muscle aches and pains, improve range of motion, enhance immunity by stimulating lymph flow, increase joint flexibility, pump oxygen and nutrients into tissues and vital organs - improving circulation, reduce spasms and cramping, relax injured, tired, and overused muscles, and relieve migraine pain. In addition, massage therapy is an excellent way to get in touch with your body. The experience of receiving safe, comforting touch is particularly beneficial for those who have experienced trauma, abuse, or neglect. Each session provides an opportunity to nurture and reclaim our bodies as our own. Clearly massage therapy is more than just pampering. There are specific physiological and psychological changes which occur in response to therapeutic touch. Remember, many physical symptoms can be indicative of physical illness. However, physical illness can cause one to function poorly on an emotional level as well. When physician after physician says there is ‘nothing wrong’ or that he or she can’t help, don’t give up as help may still be available, through the caring and compassion of a skilled therapist. So when you repeatedly are told that ‘nothing is wrong’ by your doctor, you owe it to yourself to check with a licensed therapist and/or Certified Massage Therapist to see if there might be more going on ‘behind the scenes’. These changes are most effective when therapy - whether psychotherapy or massage therapy is received, at consistent intervals. Consider these types of treatment as an integral part of your healing as you travel along on your emotional journey. Joyce A. Thompson is licensed to practice independently in the State of Kansas as a Licensed Clinical Marriage and Family Therapist (LCMFT). She maintains Emotional Journey, LLC, which is a group private practice located in Wichita, Kansas. Although Joyce started out in a solo practice, the business has grown. Joyce has since brought on three other Marriage & Family Therapists (LMFT & TLMFT; both male and female), along with two Certified Massage Therapists (CMT). Those joining Joyce include Lisa M. Butler (LMFT), Monica A. Boknecht (LMFT), Ty Kasper (TLMFT); all licensed to practice within the State of Kansas. They have each received their Master’s of Science in Family Therapy from Friends University of Wichita and are members of the American Association of Marriage and Family Therapy (AAMFT), and the Kansas Association of Marriage and Family Therapy (KAMFT). Jennifer Scritchfield (CMT) and Amy Dekle (CMT) are both graduates of Body & Soul, having obtained an advanced level of training and are both members of Associated Bodywork & Massage Professionals. Since they all feel so strongly about the mind-body connection, they have grown to offer a full range of services which address the issues of the mind and the body. They specialize in working with individuals (including children and teenagers), couples, families, and groups on a wide variety of issues. They are also available to speak to your group or organization on a variety of topics. In addition, Jennifer and Amy are available to offer chair massage at your business or group event. Emotional Journey, LLC is a member of The Wichita Chamber of Commerce, The Wichita Hispanic Chamber of Commerce, the Haysville Chamber of Commerce, Wichita Independent Business Association, and is a member of The Better Business Bureau. You may reach any of the therapists by telephone at (316) 295-4758, or through email: therapists@emotionaljourney.org. In addition, you may visit Emotional Journey’s web site at www.emotionaljourney.org, visit us on www.360Wichita.com under the category of Health and Beauty or Massage, or view our Facebook page: Emotional Journey - Massage.

X

Health & Wellness

Jason Scheck

2010-07-01 12:50:00

Earlier this year, I saw a change in my husband. He seemed angry, was irritable, had trouble concentrating and he was drinking a little more than usual. Some mornings he didnft even want to get out of bed. Our 14-year marriage seemed to be stressed. Finally, I convinced him to make an appointment with his doctor. My husband was diagnosed with depression. Why does depression in men look different than in women?

Answer: Depression is a serious but treatable medical condition - a brain disease - that can strike anyone, including men. In America alone, more than 6 million, or 1 in 20 men have depression each year.

Whether youfre a company executive, a construction worker, a writer, a police officer or a student; whether you are rich or poor; surrounded by loved ones or alone; you are not immune to depression. Some factors, however, such as family history, undue stress, the loss of a loved one, or serious illnesses can make you more vulnerable. The symptoms of depression in men are similar to the symptoms of depression in women. But men tend to express those symptoms differently. The most common symptoms of depression include low self-esteem, suicidal thoughts, loss of interest in usually pleasurable activities, fatigue, changes in appetite, sleep disturbances, apathy and sexual problems. And if depression is left untreated, it can also lead to personal, family, social isolation and financial difficulties. There are several reasons why the symptoms of clinical depression in men are not commonly recognized. For example, many men tend to deny having problems because they are supposed to "be strong." And American culture suggests that women are socialized to talk about their feelings and emotional state more than men. As a result, men who are depressed may be more likely to talk about the physical symptoms of their depression, such as feeling tired, rather than symptoms related to emotions. Observable symptoms of depression are not as well understood in men as they are in women. Men are less likely to show "typical" signs of depression, such as crying, sadness or loss of interest in previously enjoyable activities. Depression in men may cause them to keep their feelings hidden. Instead of expressing the depressed mood, they may become more irritable and aggressive. For these reasons, many men, as well as doctors and other health care professionals, fail to recognize the problem as depression. Some mental health professionals suggest that if the symptoms of depression were expanded to include anger, blame, lashing out and abuse of alcohol, more men might be diagnosed with depression and treated appropriately. Letfs be clear about one thing: depression in men can have devastating consequences. The Center for Disease Control (CDC) reports that men in the U.S. are about four times more likely than women to commit suicide. In Sedgwick County, 80 percent of the suicides in 2009 were men. Overall, a history of mental illness was reported in approximately 66 percent of those suicides,including substance abuse, mood disorders (depression and bipolar disorder), psychosis, anxiety and post traumatic stress. Other related precipitating factors included interpersonal and life stressors (e.g. intimate-partner problems, other relationship problems, financial difficulties, legal trouble, and/or history of medical illness). Depression is not a weakness of character. It can take courage to admit that you need help. People with depression, both men and women, can be treated successfully. With an appropriate diagnosis and treatment, most people recover. The darkness disappears, hope for the future returns and energy and interest in life can become stronger than ever. If you are uncertain about whom to call for help you can make a confidential call to COMCARE of Sedgwick County, 316-660-7540 and talk with a professional about how you are feeling. If you or your loved one is talking about suicide, please contact the Suicide Prevention Hotline immediately at 316-660-7500. @ Jason Scheck, LSCSW, is a clinical social worker and the Director of Crisis Services for COMCARE of Sedgwick County. He has been working in the mental health field for 10 years. Jason is the Co-Chair of the Sedgwick County Suicide Prevention Coalition. For further information on depression please contact COMCARE at 316-660-7540.

X

Health & Wellness

Jody Patterson

2010-05-01 14:01:00

Question: My husband lost his job along with the family’s health insurance. Our 8 year old son’s behavioral problems are out of control. Is there some help available for our family?

Answer: Many families in our community have been affected by layoffs and the consequences that come along with finding ones-self out of work. Loss of health insurance usually is one of the first benefits to go due to families re-thinking every expense in their household budget. We all know a child’s behavior can be disruptive and difficult at times. But for some children, serious behavior problems develop into a pattern that can include acting impulsively, reacting with aggression, refusing to follow reasonable directions and defying adult authority. Children who behave in this way may disrupt family relationships and usually have trouble with making and keeping friends. These patterns of behavior can interfere with the child’s academic development often leading to social isolation and the child not feeling connected at school. Children are also more likely to experience The good news is, there is assistance for your child and family. For children who meet eligibility requirements, there is the SED (Serious Emotional Disturbance) Waiver. The SED Waiver is a federal Medicaid waiver program for children 4-18 years of age who experience serious emotional/behavioral disturbance which places them at risk. Local Community Mental Health Centers such as COMCARE of Sedgwick County assess for eligibility into this program and provide the more intensive services. Eligibility for the program is based on the child’s financial resources and certain assessments to determine clinical need for services. COMCARE enlists a broad range of natural supports and professional services to help the youth reach their treatment goals. In this program, the parents and child are actively involved in planning for these services. If you believe your child would benefit from the services provided by the SED Waiver, please call COMCARE of Sedgwick County at 660-7540. Help is available.

X

Health & Wellness

Sharon Miklos

2010-04-01 13:08:00

Question: How do you pick a Massage Therapist?

Answer: To answer that question I must first share with you a basic definition for massage, massage therapist and modality. Massage: Is the application of touch by a properly trained individual, who uses kneading, friction, vibration, tapotement, compression and other manual techniques to achieve results including but not limited to relaxation, pain relief, injury rehabilitation and health improvements. Massage Therapist: Is an individual who has received proper training in the philosophy, application and practice of massage. Modality: Style of massage (e.g. Swedish, Orthopedic, Pregnancy). Now that you have these simply definitions, the following questions are a good place to begin when you are looking for a Massage Therapist. 1.) Where do I look for a Massage Therapist? Start looking in the places you are comfortable. Talk to your family members, your friends, people you work with or fellow attendees of your church. The reason to start looking for your Massage Therapist in these places is so you can also ask questions of the person who gives you a name and hopefully a telephone number. You are getting a personal reference. 2.) What kind of massage do you want or need? If you want a relaxation massage simply tell the Massage Therapist. If you are interested in a specific modality of massage (e.g. Myofascial Release) ask the therapist if they are train in that particular style. If you are recovering from an injury, under a doctor’s care or in a training program tell the Massage Therapist you decide to interview. Ask the Massage Therapist if they have training or specialize training in the area of your health issue or problem area. Do not be afraid to inquire about the training of the Massage Therapist. 3.) What is training of the Massage Therapist? How to I check the Massage Therapist’s training? Ask the person you are thinking of making a massage appointment with about their schooling. Where did they go to school? What were the requirements of the schools massage program? (Please know that the schooling requirements of massage therapy vary from state to state. In Kansas, the state requires a minimal of 500 hours of education in an approved massage program. Some massage school programs offer or require more than the 500 hours minimum.) You can call the different state approved massage schools in your area to check what their education programs offer and if the person you are thinking of going to is a graduate of their program. Also ask the Massage Therapist if they are a member of a professional massage association? Ask the Therapist how to get a hold of their professional association. Feel free to call the massage association and make inquiries. 4.) Is the location convenient to you or will the therapist come on-site to your location? If for health reasons, you need the Massage Therapist to come to your location, you need to explicitly discuss this fact with the Therapist. If you are traveling to the massage office make sure you know where it is located before the appointment. Is the office in an area that is well light if you have an evening appointment? 5.) What is the cost for the length of time for the different massage modalities? Be sure to ask for a breakdown of costs. An hour Swedish massage is going to be priced differently than a hour Pregnancy massage. Make inquiries about the hours the Massage Therapist schedules appointments. Does the office take credit cards and if so which cards? Do not forget to learn what the office policy is if the need arises and you have to cancel. Also ask if you are a regular client if the office has a discount policy. Please note if a Massage Therapist has specialized training in a particular modality they could charge more for an appointment in that method. The above questions are intended to be a general guideline to help you begin your search for a Massage Therapist. Ask any question you would like answered. Pick a massage therapist then schedule an appointment to fit your schedule. Enjoy your massage.

X

Health & Wellness

Joyce Thompson

2009-05-01 11:45:00

Question: With the economy being as it is, are you seeing more problems for people in your practice? If so, what are some signs to look for that might indicate the need to see a therapist? What are some healthy ways for families to cope with the sinking economy? Do you have any ideas for low cost family outings that might keep the family together, yet not ‘break the bank’?

Answer: Yes, we at Emotional Journey are noticing the impact of the economy upon our clients, their friends and family members. More and more often, clients are speaking of concerns related to unemployment or the possibility thereof, a reduction in hours at work, loss of retirement and/or life savings, struggling businesses, and trouble paying one’s bills. Be aware that when stressed with depression and/or anxiety because of the economy, it affects not only you but the entire family as well. Parenting struggles are not unusual during times like this. Lisa M. Butler with Emotional Journey had this to say, “Stress in the economy and work-place almost always makes it way home. There is no doubt that these are stressful times! As a result of all this, it is important for couples and families to make time and effort to take care of their relationships. There may be a strong urge to put in extra hours at work to make more money or to avoid a layoff, but good relationships take time and energy. Children are not immune to these stressful times. Even when we try to keep our adult life stressors hidden, children are very observant; they will pick up on stressors and know that something is wrong. I encourage parents to be appropriately honest with their children. Spend time with your children, and find activities that are fun and inexpensive ways to connect and strengthen your relationships. Here in Wichita, the weather is slowly warming up for great opportunities to play at the park or take a walk. Instead of picking up fast food, pack a picnic of healthier and more economical foods. The Greater Wichita YMCA offers financial assistance for qualifying families; going to the YMCA is a great way to connect and exercise as a family! In the coming months, several YMCA locations will open outdoor waterparks that are included in the membership. Whether it is walking around the zoo, park, or track, getting exercise will help with the stress of these difficult times. Our children, spouses, and other friends or family members will all benefit from the time and effort we put into decreasing stress and strengthening relationships during these tough economic times”. So pay close attention to your child if they begin acting differently. Hearing parents argue and sensing family tension can trigger mental health disorders in children, as they don’t always understand their own feelings or how to express them. Other no-cost and low-cost things to do include trips to the local library and museums, a movie and pizza at home, bowling, camping, and board games, just to name a few. I recently heard of one local business, StrollerFit (the local franchise is owned and operated by Tonya Wells) which has a fun and inexpensive way for mothers and toddlers to spend more quality time together. When asked how this program ‘works’, Tonya said, “StrollerFit is a 50-minute workout, appropriate for all levels of fitness, incorporating cardio, resistance training and core exercises that also includes singing songs, counting in foreign languages and other interactive activities which allows moms to bond with their babies and toddlers”. The first class is free and additional classes are very affordable! Here at Emotional Journey, Lisa Butler will begin holding a parenting group and I will begin holding an emotional eating group. Both of these will offer an affordable and healthier way for you to deal with your stress. Please call Emotional Journey to get your name added to the list as spaces are limited. In addition to mental health care, there are other things you can do to improve the way you deal with the stress of today’s economy; sporting activities, hobbies, meditation, breathing exercises, progressive muscle relaxation, and guided imagery to name a few. Without these outlets, the body can develop physical symptoms brought on by the excess stress. Symptoms can include upset stomachs, panic attacks, uncontrolled diabetes and high blood pressure and pains in the chest, neck and back. Stress or anxiety in children can show up as stomachaches, headaches, and a resistance to attend school when they used to look forward to going to school. They may become more argumentative, their school work might suffer, and they might show an increased tendency towards daydreaming. When there’s too much tension at home, teenagers tend to retreat into their own world and that of their friends. Oftentimes people struggle with guilt when they avoid a layoff, while they see others around them being laid off. They feel they have no right to complain, so they stuff their feelings. During tough economic times, some feel that mental health care is a luxury. In reality, it might be a necessity, allowing you to function in a healthier manner at home and at work. When people feel that they can’t afford mental health care, they tend to find themselves arguing more with others, especially family members. Sadly, during times like this the support of family and friends is critical, so now is not the time to burn any bridges. If you feel you need to seek mental health care, please do not hesitate to call and make an appointment. Even if you think you cannot afford it, stop and make the call. I recently saw an insightful quote which read, “Being broke is not the same as being broken, losing money is not the same as being lost, and finding your balance is not something you can do on a balance sheet. We at Emotional Journey work with all income levels to make therapy affordable for most.

X

Health & Wellness

Joyce Thompson

2009-04-01 14:39:00

Question: I have recently heard the term ‘emotional eating’. Is this a real term and if so, what does it really mean? Sometimes when I am upset, I find myself eating lots of junk food. How do my emotions affect what and when I eat?

Answer: There really is such a thing as ‘emotional eating’. It can include binge-eating, grazing and/or eating when not hungry. Although everyone eats comforting foods at one time or another, it’s when food becomes the preferred method of comforting oneself that eating becomes an unhealthy habit. This is when weight gain tends to occur, although not all emotional eaters are overweight. People eat for a multitude of reasons other than hunger. Many people eat when they are happy, sad, angry, bored, fearful, confused – in fact, almost any emotion can trigger emotional eating for many. Sometimes people use the phrase, “I’m starving”, although they’ve just recently finished a meal. Common sense tells them they shouldn’t be hungry, yet they feel famished! Although you may not be aware, there are ways of telling actual hunger from emotional eating. Physical hunger comes on over time, while emotional hunger tends to happen suddenly (especially is something has happened to arouse your emotions, causing emotional discomfort). Specific cravings can be a sign of emotional eating. When you need to munch on a certain something – when just any old food won’t due, it’s probably emotional eating. When shortly after a meal or a snack you declare, “Gee, I’m still hungry!” Or when you say to another or think to yourself, “I’m still hungry for something, but I don’t know what it is”, then you are probably emotionally eating. There’s almost a sense of being unable to get filled up! Emotional hunger seems to have a sense of urgency to it; as if you can’t eat soon enough, and as if no amount of food can ease the discomfort. It is often followed by a sense of guilt or shame, along with a stomach ache or nausea from overeating. When you are experiencing true hunger, you are able to wait to eat if necessary. Once you begin to eat (and you are willing to eat almost any food that you normally would enjoy), you will soon begin to feel satisfied – both physically and emotionally. You’ll not feel shame or guilt and you’ll be able to stop eating when your stomach tells you that you are full. People sometimes use ‘comfort foods’ to soothe themselves; food can help one to achieve and maintain happier and/or more peaceful feelings at times. Certain foods are more popular than others, with ice cream, chocolate, cookies, chips, pizza, steaks, casseroles, mashed potatoes and gravy being among some of the more popular choices. Sometimes the choice of comfort food depends upon the experience and emotion being felt at that time. Emotional eating can result in all sorts of problematic areas in your life, including low self-esteem, feelings of guilt and shame, social withdrawal, fear of rejection, lost opportunities in life, etc. In addition, it can result in physical health problems including high blood pressure, fatigue, depression, anxiety, mobility problems, fertility problems, and digestive difficulties, just to name a few. Emotional eating can be overcome, but first you have to be honest with yourself. You have to recognize that this is how you have learned to cope; it is now a habit. You will first have to learn how to identify the underlying emotions and then learn how to address these emotions in a healthier manner. It can be a difficult process, since emotional eating often begins in childhood (how often do we offer a cookie or a piece of candy to a child because they are being ‘good’?) It is important to realize that emotional eating is not about the food, but about the comfort that it offers. With the help of a qualified mental health professional in a support group setting, you can learn to identify and then resolve these painful emotions. You can begin to function on a healthier level. You will learn about the top four reasons why people emotionally eat, how to overcome negative thought patterns which can cause weight gain, and the Top 7 Thoughts which can encourage emotional eating. Finally you will learn about Keys to Change Management and surviving with food in the World of Image and Convenience.

X

Health & Wellness

Joyce Thompson

2009-02-01 14:22:00

Question: Is it just me, or do lots of people dread Valentine’s Day and the loneliness and depression which seem to surround it? I still feel down after spending yet another Valentine’s Day by myself.

Answer: Many people report ‘hating’ Valentine’s Day and the resultant feelings which they experience. But your questions got me to wondering, so I decided to Google ‘depression and Valentine’s Day’. Ironically (and to my surprise) there were over three million entries, causing my computer to crash! So intrigued, I re-booted and continued with still another search. This time I used the words ‘loneliness and Valentine’s Day’. Again I found hundreds-of thousands of results. Many people spoke of feeling bitter about the holiday and the ensuing loneliness. Many wrote some really spiteful things about the whole ordeal of Valentine’s Day and about the couples who eagerly celebrated their love during this time of the year. All of this made me stop to consider reasons why people might have such strong feelings associated with this holiday. During this time of year, so many people are innocently questioned by others as to whether or not they have plans for Valentine’s Day. The very nature of this question forces many to stare their loneliness square in the face of reality. It causes them to consider once more why they have nobody special in their life. If this has been on-going for many years it can cause them to wonder if they will forevermore be alone, without a special someone in their life. It can bring about feelings of rejection, abandonment, and of being unloved. It can cause people to wonder whether there “is something wrong” with them. It can trigger old, painful feelings that are successfully buried during the rest of the year. In short, it is a very painful time of the year for many. For some, they already struggle with feelings of loneliness and depression. When they are surrounded by heart-shaped boxes of chocolate, pink roses, romantic cards and jewelry, by advertisements showing cupid and couples in love – well it can make life seem almost unbearable for many! Those who seem most troubled by Valentine’s Day celebrations oftentimes (though not always) have a poor sense of self-worth, have experienced abandonment and rejection in the past, or feel bitterness over a failed relationship. They often tend to tie their feelings of self-worth to whether or not they have a relationship with a special someone. If and when that relationship fails, they tend to ‘fall’ as well. For some though, Valentine’s Day can be a reminder of a lost love. Perhaps their spouse or significant other is now deceased and this is their first Valentine’s Day in years to be alone. Possibly their loved one is still there physically, but ‘gone’ due to Alzheimer’s disease or some other illness. Many people get married on Valentine’s Day. Then if they end up getting divorced, the holiday holds some especially painful and oftentimes bitter feelings for them. It’s not the holiday itself, but the underlying emotions connected with this holiday which wrecks havoc for many. It’s important during this time of the year to take good care of one’s self. Get enough sleep, exercise, eat properly, and avoid excessive use of alcohol. Doing these types of things can make you less susceptible to feelings of overwhelming sadness and loneliness. It’s also good to find healthy diversions, such as spending some fun time with family members or other single friends. Perhaps you might choose to take in a movie – preferably though not a romantic one! You might also consider doing something worthwhile for others who are less fortunate, or by indulging in something special for yourself. The important thing to remember is that one day out of the entire year does not make you a failure. Instead, try to focus upon the positive; being grateful for the special people who are in your life. Remember that none of us knows what tomorrow may bring. Perhaps your special someone is just around the corner. Or maybe your life will be better spent without a special someone, but instead by being a single person with all of the opportunities which this status can afford. I want to offer a word of caution though. Be honest with yourself about whether this is a simple case of the ‘blues’ brought about by the holiday, or whether it is instead a case of something much more serious. Signs of a major depressive disorder include changes in sleeping patterns and appetite, trouble concentrating, experiencing sad moods that last all day or bouts of anger, periods of uncontrolled crying spells, or thoughts of death or suicide. These are not harmless symptoms and should be dealt with immediately. If you are unsure, a licensed professional can help you to sort out your painful emotions and can help you in discerning whether the emotions are caused by a simple case of the blues or by something much deeper.

X

Health & Wellness

Shelly Basore

2009-02-01 11:16:00

Question: What are the keys to successful weight loss?

Answer: One of the most important keys is motivation. When a person is really motivated he or she will be more successful. Losing weight is a decision a person makes based on their health and goals they have set. Maybe you are tired of shopping in the plus size section, or keeping a larger size of clothing just in case you need a bigger size. Spring and summer are right around the corner and we will all be wearing capris and shorts of some type. Maybe you have a trip coming up or some exciting event that you will need a fancy outfit or dress for. All of these things are short term goals; part of losing your weight and keeping it off are the long-term goals. When a person is motivated the short term and long term goals are attainable. The first thing is to identify why you want to lose weight; that is called your powerful why. The second is to decide what type of program best fits you. A recent survey in Ladies Home Journal showed that programs that taught people how to eat regular grocery store food instead of pre-packaged foods were more successful by about 90%. Another aspect is the cost of some of these programs. When a program begins to be too costly you will quit and gain some or all of your weight back because you have not learned how to eat properly; all you have learned is how to heat up food. Another important thing to consider is the length of time it will take you to reach your goal weight. You do not want to lose too fast; you tend to have a harder time maintaining. Try to find a program that fits your lifestyle and schedule. When you finally decide on your weight loss program start with your short-term goals first and then add in your long-term goals later. Another way of reaching your goal weight may be to break it down into smaller goals say 15 or 20 pound goals instead of looking at the whole amount. Rewards are a great idea and can be anything from a new smaller pair of jeans or a purse you have had your eye on. Make sure you do not reward yourself with food. Setting that ultimate goal and reaching it will not only be rewarding but also improve your quality of life and those around you. The fourth step is to always be accountable and own up to what your are or aren’t doing to maintain your weight loss. The last and most important step is to keep trying. Just because you have failed at losing weight before doesn’t mean you will this time. It does not matter how many times you start as long as you eventually finish.

X

Health & Wellness

Joyce Thompson

2008-12-31 10:43:00

Question: I read your column last month on the Post-Holiday Blues. In addition to the ‘blues’ that you spoke of, do some people also struggle with stress and anxiety after the holidays? Why would people struggle with stress after the holidays, what causes stress and how do you know if you need professional help to cope?

Answer: Stress can be caused by many things: dealing with too much pressure and too many demands, as can occur during the holidays. Everyone experiences stress at times, including children and teenagers. Stress isn’t all bad. It can help to energize us so that we are able to meet a pressing deadline at work, it can occur in response to a marriage proposal, or to the birth of a newborn baby. But stress also occurs in negative situations; enduring a divorce, surviving a car accident, or grieving the loss of a spouse and all that is incurred as a result of such. What is stress? It’s the body’s way of facing up to situations which require great concentration, energy, endurance, and an increased sense of awareness. Stressors cause stress and can include anything which places one in danger (real or perceived). It can include things as simple as speaking before a crowd, going to the doctor for a physical, attending a social function, or as frightening as a near-miss or actual car accident, flunking a college final, or surviving a rape or natural disaster. When one of these events occurs, certain things take place in the body. The hypothalamus activates the adrenal gland, causing it to produce and release large amounts of adrenalin and cortisol into the bloodstream. Our vital signs increase; the heart pumps faster, the rate of breathing speeds up, our blood pressure increases, etc. Blood vessels open wider (allowing our extremities to move faster than usual). Our pupils dilate, causing sharper vision, increasing our awareness of any possible dangers. Glucose is released into the body, providing us with more energy than usual and our bodies begin to sweat, cooling our bodies so that we do not overheat to the point of collapse. This natural reaction is known as the stress response. When faced with stressors on occasion, we can handle these situations, with little if any harm to our bodies. But when faced with on-going, heavy stress, we may not fare too well. Our nervous system may stay stimulated and we may begin to wear down over time. Our energy reserves become depleted, our immune systems weaken, we may become exhausted, and we may have difficulty in our everyday life. After the holidays, we sometimes are more aware of being over-stressed for several reasons. When we are kept busy (as often happens during the holidays), we often do not notice the effect of this stress in our lives. But once the holidays have ended, we begin to slow down, often noticing it more. We might become more aware (and less in denial) of the fact that our families are not perfect: too much drinking, too many arguments, and too much disappointment. This can create emotional (and sometimes physical) pain for many. After the holidays we may realize that once more we were alone for the holidays. Or maybe this is the first holiday season without our spouse or special someone to share in the festivities. Maybe last season they were still alive and we had a grand time, making this past holiday season especially painful. Or maybe we just did too much shopping and baking, and attended too many holiday get-togethers, leaving us exhausted. Possibly for some of us, it was a combination of all of the above. Those with Post Traumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD) brought on by war, childhood abuse, domestic violence (past or present), rape, a serious car accident, a natural disaster, etc., may have an even greater intolerance for stress during the holidays (and afterwards). If you find yourself struggling after the holidays, you might consider seeking professional help. Signs might include the presence of anxiety or panic attacks, feeling constantly pressured or rushed, feeling irritable and moody for no apparent reason, struggling with sadness or depression, or having problems with sleep (falling asleep, awakening repeatedly, or early awakening). It might also include the presence of stomach aches and headaches, suffering with chest pain (although the doctor says your heart is fine), eczema, hives, or asthma. You might also find yourself struggling with increased drinking, smoking, overeating, or with the use of drugs (legal or illegal). Everyone deals with stress differently and some people struggle with it more intensely or more frequently than others. But if stress begins to interfere with your life (physically, emotionally, and/or in your interactions with others), you probably should seek out the help of a qualified professional. Going for help is not a sign of weakness, but is instead a sign of strength. It shows that you recognize you are functioning at a less-than-optimal level, and prefer to cope in healthier ways.

X

Health & Wellness

Joyce Thompson

2008-12-31 09:59:00

Question: I’ve noticed that every January, I become somewhat depressed. I’ve spoken to many others who have experienced the same thing. Could you explain what’s going on?

Answer: The Post-Holiday Blues is a common occurrence for many after the holidays. It strikes both men and women of all ages. Although it’s somewhat different for everyone, there are many common factors which cause the blues. Money is often a part of this first-of-the-year struggle. It’s easy to excitedly anticipate the look of excitement on our loved ones’ faces when they open that gift from us that they’ve always wanted. Unfortunately, in our rush to make our loved ones happy at any cost, we often end up doing just that! We over-spend and over-charge. Once the wrapping paper is tossed in the trash, and the gifts are put away, the excitement is likely to wane and the reality of what we have spent tends to set in. In January, the bills start to arrive, and we wonder what have we done and how will we ever get ourselves out of the mess of it all! Another problem that can contribute to the Post-Holiday Blues is the recognition that once more, we missed out on the greatly anticipated Norman Rockwell holiday. Unfortunately, the holiday season is filled with many stressful situations. In the rush and hubbub of frenzied holiday shopping and can’t-miss bargains, with too many holiday get-togethers with too much alcohol involved, and with the need to reach goals and finish end-of-the-year projects at work, we all tend to reach our limits and wonder how we will survive. Adding to that, we are expected to attend numerous holiday get-togethers with family, friends and co-workers. Not only are you stressed out, but so are the others around you. When exposed to too much stress for extended periods of time, we all have a tendency to become the very worst that we can be! By the end of the holiday season, the reality of life and of time spent with others (both in the past and present) begins to wear on us. We wonder how we could have forgotten to ‘spare’ ourselves from the sure-to-happen misery which ‘always’ seems to occur when we participate in these holiday activities, and we often become angry with ourselves for letting it happen again. We remember how Mom and Dad ‘always’ liked our sister the best, and how we were ‘never’ good enough. Sometimes it’s not our families and friends that let us down; sometimes it is ourselves. Maybe we are the ones who pick the fights, drink too much or become too petty over little things. After the holidays, we take time to reflect upon the holidays and the actions of ourselves and others. Often we don’t like what we see and maybe even feel embarrassed about our own inappropriate behaviors. We all have dreams of the perfect family and the perfect holiday season, and when those dreams don’t materialize we go through a sort of grieving period. We tend to seek out the holiday that never was, nor will ever be. It’s normal to ‘romanticize’ the holidays and expect them to be like the annual shows played year-after-year on the Hallmark Channel. The bad news is that until we face the reality and accept our families for who they are, we will have a tendency to trick ourselves year-after-year. The good news is that we can seek professional help and learn to make changes to how we handle (or avoid) these painful experiences. It’s true that we can’t change others, but we can change how we react to these individuals; learning to respond instead of reacting. For some individuals, the holidays are a time of the year for long-ago memories and of people and places that no longer exist. Perhaps this is the first holiday without your spouse or significant other. Maybe there’s been a death, a divorce or a breakup. Or maybe you’ve lost touch with old friends who were once important in your life. It’s easy, even when there’s been a divorce or some sort of falling-out, to remember only the good aspects of those relationships while forgetting the negative aspects. This is common, yet adds to our pain. Being around others who are joyous and festive can serve to deepen our feeling of pain. If you find yourself struggling after the holidays with unresolved issues and feelings, consider seeking professional help. Sometimes a few sessions are all that it takes to resolve trouble regarding a certain person or event. Sometimes the pain goes much deeper and more work is required to overcome the resentment and the pain of a troubled past. If you have the Post-Holiday Blues, consider making a change. You don’t have to continue struggling; you have a choice.

X

Health & Wellness

Shelly Basore

2008-12-31 09:59:00

Question: I need something to take to a party that doesn’t take much time to prepare, and will not be loaded with fat or calories. Do you have a quick and easy appetizer that you could suggest?

Answer: Yes I do, and this recipe is so easy anyone can prepare it, and as a bonus, all these items can be found at your local grocery store. Creamy Dill Dip 1 cup fat-free or light sour cream 1 cup fat-free or light mayo 1 green onion 1 Tablespoon dill fresh or dried 1 teaspoon light salt Thoroughly combine sour cream, mayo and onion, dill, salt. Cover and chill to blend flavors. For variety: Serve with melba toast or whole wheat crackers. You can also use your favorite raw vegetables.

X

Health & Wellness

Shelly Basore

2008-12-01 14:19:00

Question: Is this a good time of the year to start on a weight loss or wellness program, since we are so close to Christmas?

Answer: We hear that particular question a lot this time of the year, and yes absolutely it is a perfect time to start a weight loss program. When a person starts any program they have made the decision to change what they are currently doing. Have you ever heard someone say “if you are not happy with your current lifestyle then you have to take the steps to change it.” You must realize you they are over weight and unhealthy. Just by being able to recognize the problems there are tools to overcome them. Most people do not realize that the food is not the problem it is everything else. These obstacles are called “motivation assassinators.” Once we recognize what these are we can deal with them. Once a individual starts with a program they are on their way to a better and more healthy self. There are several ways of dealing with the holiday foods and parties. One of the first things is planning out their time and activities. Another important part of their program is to keep a diary of movement, motivation, and foods eaten. The diary helps to organize their daily activities and shows their strengths and weaknesses. After working for awhile you begin to see the changes in their attitudes and personalities. People say they have more energy, sleep better and have a better overall feeling of satisfaction. Physical changes are so exciting to watch as people literally transform before your eyes! People are able to get off of their medications that they have been taking for years. One thing to remember when looking for a weight loss or wellness program is what am I going to learn that I can use in my everyday life? Am I going to be able to fit this program in with my daily activities? Probably one of the most important aspects of a program is, am I going to be able to eat regular grocery store food? If you are looking for a sensible weight loss or wellness program I invite you in for a free consultation and we will show you the Thin and Healthy way!!

X

Health & Wellness

Joyce Thompson

2008-12-01 14:19:00

Question: Around the holidays, I always struggle with overeating and eating stuff that’s not so good for me. No matter how hard I try, I always end up overeating and gaining weight? Is it just because there’s more food sitting around during the holiday season? Also, I struggle with cravings. Do you know why that is and what, if anything, can be done to help with that?

Answer: Being around yummy holiday foods can be tempting, but actually there is something else going on. Holiday stress, which is rampant this time of the year, can actually be a large part of the problem. You might be wondering how this happens. Studies have shown that when people are feeling down or facing too much stress in their lives, they tend to turn to food and/or alcohol for relief. This occurs with both men and women, although it is more common among women. An interesting study commissioned by the American Institute for Cancer Research found that after the attacks on the World Trade Center in September 2001 that 20% of the people surveyed reported eating more comfort foods than usual –specifically fried chicken, mashed potatoes and gravy, macaroni and cheese, cookies, ice cream, and other sugary foods. So why do we turn to these foods when we are stressed? During periods of high stress our bodies release stress hormones called Cortisol. This causes intense cravings for those foods which are high in fats and carbohydrates. When faced with constant and on-going stress (which often occurs during the holidays), the levels of Cortisol in our bodies increase causing us to crave ‘comfort foods’ instead of broccoli and carrots! In cave-man days this rush was necessary for our survival; however we no longer need to be able to outrun the Saber-toothed tigers! Unfortunately, our bodies can not differentiate between the types of stressor – whether resulting from Saber-tooth tigers, the hubbub of holiday activity, or from prying, out-of-town family members. As our stress levels grow, we produce more Cortisol, causing an increase in cravings. When we indulge in these cravings without being able to properly burn off the excess calories, we gain weight. Instead of reaching for that piece of pie or fudge, try doing something different. Stop to consider why you might still be eating, although you are no longer hungry. Are you perhaps overwhelmed with your to-do list? Are you trying to do too much in too short of a time? Are you feeling pressure from visiting relatives or friends? These types of events can cause a person to feel trapped and miserable. Maybe you feel that food or alcohol is a way to self-soothe. But remember, both of these options create only a temporary ‘fix’. Alcohol is high in calories and low in nutrients, doing nothing to alleviate hunger. Soon, you’ll find yourself reaching for something to eat anyway. Alcohol is a depressant, only adding to the feelings of loneliness and despair which sometimes hits during the holiday season. So be careful when using food or alcohol as a way of comforting yourself, as it can end up compounding your problems. Remember that the holidays are the most emotional time of the year for many, especially women. We oftentimes feel pressured to make everything perfect – to have that Norman Rockwell Christmas. Strive instead to be realistic with yourself and others in what you can accomplish – set limits with others when necessary. Plan to do only those things which are meaningful to you and your family and skip the rest. Remember to pay attention to what’s going on inside of your mind and body. Some individuals are finding relief from their intense cravings through the use of Emotional Freedom Technique. I feel this works because oftentimes cravings are the result of underlying (and unresolved) emotional issues (even when we do not realize this is the case). I wrote about this technique in last month’s issue of the Q & A Times. This is a technique alongside Clinical Hypnotherapy. These two techniques seem to help, when talk therapy alone is unable to ‘get to the root’ of the problem.

X

Health & Wellness

Joyce Thompson

2008-10-01 15:56:00

Question: I have a 6-year old son. Sometimes he throws the biggest temper tantrums and it upsets me terribly! Other times he is really moody and I don’t know how to stop him from being this way. I recently heard something about Emotion Coaching. Could you explain what this is and comment on whether or not you think this might be helpful with my situation?

Answer: Dr. John Gottman, PhD, Is the person who coined the term and practice of ‘Emotion Coaching’. This is not a ‘quick fix’ for parents and their children, but rather a way of life and an investment in your child’s present and future health. When children throw temper tantrums it is because they know of no other way to express their feelings. This frequently happens when they have gotten flooded with emotions and have no idea what to do with those emotions. Dr. Gottman feels that the emotional bond between a child and his or her parents is critical to the well-being and development of the child, both physically and emotionally. Although the parents’ love is important, their attitude regarding their child’s emotions is also very important to the child. Children look to their parents to understand how to handle their emotions. If the parents are fearful or uncertain of how to handle their own emotions, their children will get the message (spoken or not) that emotions are scary and are best left ignored and/or avoided. This teaches the child to be uncomfortable with their emotions (and with those of others) and will leave them with an inability to self-soothe. This issue can continue into the child’s adult life, creating unhealthy behaviors and attitudes in adulthood, which can lead to relationship problems. We at Emotional Journey do feel that Emotion Coaching can be of help to you and your son, in order to better guide him in dealing with his emotions in a healthier manner. It is important that you view the ‘problem’ through your son’s eyes, and not your own. You may see your child’s concerns as being silly or insignificant, while to your son it is ‘the end of the world’. Take the time to listen and reflect back to your child what you hear as his frustrations; inviting him to clarify if you just aren’t ‘getting it’. He may not understand what he is feeling; only knowing that he is feeling miserable. By helping him learn to name and understand his feelings of panic, confusion, and helplessness, you are teaching him how to appropriately deal with these emotions, rather than to be confused by them. Emotion Coaching will help your child to feel loved, validated, and cared about. It will teach him that all emotions are acceptable, although how he handles these emotions may not be. It is important to clarify that it is your son’s behaviors (not him) that is unacceptable. Oftentimes children will begin to calm down while discussing their emotions with an understanding parent, as it gives them a chance to ‘vent’ and to be validated for how they are feeling. This does not mean that the child is ‘spoiled’, or always ‘getting their way’. What it means is that you took the time to listen to him (hearing not just the spoken words, but the meaning behind them), while teaching him how to express and cope with his feelings. Doing so will help your child learn to handle his emotions in a healthier manner and will create a closer bond between the two of you. For some parents this is difficult, as they themselves struggle to cope with their own emotions. Many parents benefit from working with a therapist to better understand their own emotions and how they deal with them. This then allows the parent to begin helping his or her own child, as children do watch and learn from their parents. Be sure that your child is learning what will best benefit him or her for a lifetime. For more information on Emotion Coaching, go to Dr. John Gottman’s web site at www.gottman.com/parenting/research.

X

Health & Wellness

Joyce Thompson

2008-10-01 08:48:00

Question: I read your article last month on Emotion Coaching. My daughter doesn’t necessarily have temper tantrums, but does seem to struggle somewhat with her emotions. Is ‘Emotion Coaching’ only for out-of-control children or might it be helpful for all children and their parents? Could you please explain what Emotion Coaching actually is and how it works?

Answer: Thank you for allowing me the opportunity to clarify what ‘Emotion Coaching’ can do for all families. You are correct; Emotion Coaching is not just for those children who lose control. It can be quite helpful for all children and their parents. I posed your question to Lisa M. Butler, LMFT who practices out of our offices here at Emotional Journey. She responded, “Emotion Coaching is a style of parenting that helps the child to have emotional awareness and strategies for handling the ups and downs of life. The concept is taught by John Gottman in his book Raising an Emotionally Intelligent Child. In learning this coaching style of parenting, the parent is able to empathize, soothe, and guide their children through the confusing world of emotions. Parents learn to accept difficult emotions as a natural part of being human, and they use emotional moments as opportunities for teaching their children important life lessons and building closer relationships with them. Children of “emotion coaches” tend to be more confident and better able to soothe themselves, bounce back from distress, and carry on with productive activities. These children become emotionally intelligent”. Lisa works well with families and I consider myself quite fortunate to have her as a recent addition to my practice. Together we can better meet the needs of all of our client families. I personally consider her to be gifted in working with children and their families, although she works well with all ages and on a wide variety of issues. Question: I recently read something about ‘Emotional Freedom Techniques’ therapy. Have you ever heard of this and if so, what do you think about it? Do you use this technique in your practice? Answer: Actually I do use ‘Emotional Freedom Techniques’ (EFT) with some of my clients. I have found it to be especially helpful while working with those who have endured some type of trauma and/or abuse, whether it occurred recently or in the past. This includes several of my clients with a diagnosis of Dissociative Identity Disorder (DID) (formerly known as Multiple Personality Disorder). For additional information, you may wish to check out www.emofree.com. It is a web site packed with information on the benefits of treatment utilizing EFT. In addition, there is a page devoted to those cases involving trauma and abuse; ‘Trauma & Abuse Case Histories Menu’. This page can be located at http://www.emofree.com Gary Craig is the author of this site. He states, “EFT has a high success rate with Trauma and Abuse issues, especially when applied to specific events”. This page gives numerous accountings of individuals who were helped to overcome issues of trauma and abuse through the use of EFT with a trained therapist. Although this site mentions people who have successfully used EFT upon themselves, I would like to offer a word of caution. The use of EFT can bring up many painful memories which might be too much for some individuals to handle on their own. Therefore, for issues involving trauma and/or abuse I would certainly recommend that you not try this on your own. Instead, you should seek the help of a licensed therapist who has been specifically trained in the use of this method. I would like to mention that although recovery from trauma and abuse is normally painful and difficult work, the use of the ‘Tearless Trauma Technique’ (a specific EFT technique) can help to ‘take the sting’ out of the process. Gary Craig states on his web site, “EFT is a powerful new discovery that combines two well established sciences so you can benefit from both at the same time: 1. Mind Body Medicine 2. Acupuncture (this new version does not require needles--anyone can do it). There is voluminous scientific evidence that each of these methods, applied by itself, can provide impressive relief. But when you combine them both with EFT, a profound synergistic effect is possible. I have observed this repeatedly since 1997 and have seen many stunning results. I believe it is this synergism that allows EFT to sometimes work where nothing else will”. If you have any questions about EFT and whether or not it might be helpful to you, please give me a call. I would be more than happy to visit with you over the phone (at no charge) to discuss your own unique situation.

X

Health & Wellness

Joyce Thompson

2008-09-01 15:06:00

Question: What are the five stages of grieving and what is included in that?

Answer: Last month we looked at grief and the various facets of such. I explained that Dr. Elisabeth Kubler-Ross had identified five stages of grief which she feels people go through following a serious loss. I spoke of the possibility of someone getting ‘stuck’ in one of the stages of grief; sometimes permanently. This month we will take a look at the five stages of grieving and what each of those stages might include: 1.Denial and Isolation: At first, we tend to deny the loss has taken place, and may withdraw from our usual social contacts. This stage may last a few moments, or longer. 2.Anger: The grieving person may then be furious at the person who inflicted the hurt (even if she’s dead), or at the world, for letting it happen. He may be angry with himself for letting the event take place, even if, realistically, nothing could have stopped it. 3.Bargaining: Now the grieving person may make bargains with God, asking, “If I do this, will you take away the loss?” 4.Depression: The person feels numb, although anger and sadness may remain underneath. 5.Acceptance: This is when the anger, sadness and mourning have tapered off. The person simply accepts the reality of the loss. It is important to note that not everyone goes through each of these stages. It is also not unusual for someone to go back-and-forth between some or all of these stages. Again, there is no ‘right’ or ‘wrong’ way to grieve, nor are there ‘right’ or ‘wrong’ reasons to grieve. Grief is an intensely personal thing which everyone experiences differently. Therefore the length of time for healing can vary from one person to the next. During the process of grief, people oftentimes experience a wide variety of feelings which may include sadness, anger, sorrow, guilt, loneliness, anxiety, and/or shame. Some people attempt to deny the feelings which they are experiencing. They might do this by denying even to themselves what they are feeling, or they may use alcohol and/or other drugs to dull the pain. Although this might provide temporary relief, it doesn’t work in the long run. Instead, it only adds to the physical and emotional pain which one is already experiencing from the original loss. Sometimes well-meaning people will say that the death or loss was “God’s will”, or they may suggest the person “look at the positive side of things”. In saying these types of things, they are pressuring the grieving person to shut off their feelings, even if this is not their intentions. Feelings are never ‘bad’; they might be painful but they are never ‘bad’. Feeling our feelings allows us to heal while denial of our feelings only allows the pain to continue longer than is necessary. While grieving, it is important to remember to take good care of ourselves. Having a readily accessible support system of family and friends can be critical for healing, especially in the early stages. It is also important to remember to eat and drink nutritious, regularly scheduled and balanced meals, to get enough rest and sleep, and to exercise regularly. Another commonly missed part of taking care of oneself is to remember that it is okay to take time alone for ourselves. It is not necessary for the healing process that one surround themselves with family and friends on a never-ending basis; even too much sunshine can burn. Grieving can result from a variety of losses including death, divorce, loss of innocence and a sense of security through physical, emotional, or sexual abuse, loss of love through abandonment or rejection, loss of childhood through being forced to ‘grow up too fast’, loss of health through illness, injury or aging, loss of a job, financial losses, loss of friends and loved ones through a move away from ‘home’, etc. Again, this is an individual thing; not everyone grieves over the same type of loss. It is important to remember that you will not suffer for the rest of your life. Taking good care of yourself, surrounding yourself (in appropriate doses) with those that you love, asking for help when needed, and actively working through your feelings can help to ease the pain over time. If you feel ‘stuck’ or if you are considering suicide as a way of ending the pain, please reach out to a skilled professional who can help you to overcome these overwhelming feelings that cause you to feel as if you are drowning. Nobody is doomed to eternal grieving; there are many qualified therapists and support groups who are able to help.

X

Health & Wellness

Joyce Thompson

2008-08-01 09:35:00

Question: What exactly is grief? How long does it take to get through the grief process? Is there a ‘proper’ length of time in which to grieve? Is there such a thing as unresolved grief? Can people grieve from things other than the death of a loved one? Is it wrong to grieve from losses other than the death of a loved one?

Answer: Grief is a normal process which most of us face at some point during our lifetime. It involves the emotional suffering that we feel after the loss of someone or something which is dear to us. Grief can feel unbearable; as if survival is nearly impossible. But grieving is actually the act of healing. Grief is an interesting concept in that there is no ‘right or wrong way’ to go about the process. A common misbelief is that widows or widowers ‘should’ grieve for one full year before moving on with their lives. If they begin to enjoy life (especially if they begin dating ‘too soon’), many people judge them in a negative manner, although there might be ‘reasons’ for them doing so. For some, perhaps their spouse or significant other was ill for quite sometime. Maybe they had already begun grieving the ‘loss’ of what might have been, even before the death of their loved one occurred. Maybe they had had purposeful conversations with each other as to what the deceased person’s wishes might be regarding this very matter. Maybe the deceased had expressed deep appreciation for their spouse standing by their side while they were alive and they wanted their spouse not to waste another day grieving. Maybe the act of living again for the surviving spouse (which might include dating and remarriage) could be an agreed upon way of honoring the deceased and the life they once shared. Perhaps the surviving spouse had been in an abusive marriage or one that was unfulfilling for some other reason. Maybe they felt that divorce was not an option, but now that their spouse is deceased, they wish to begin ‘living’ as they had always dreamt about. Maybe they had stayed in the marriage for financial reasons only and now that their spouse was deceased they had other options for financial survival. Maybe there were children to raise, and they felt unable to emotionally, physically, and/or financially handle this on their own. The point is that there are a multitude of reasons why someone might remarry quickly; sometimes they are doing the very best that they are able to do. Dr. Elisabeth Kubler-Ross is recognized for her work with grief. She identified five stages of grief which she feels people go through following a serious loss. Sometimes people get stuck in one of the first four stages, causing their lives to be quite painful before learning to move on to the fifth stage - acceptance. Some people get ‘stuck’ somewhere along in the grief process; sometimes permanently. But nobody is doomed to eternal grief, as there are many qualified therapists who are able to help. Dr. Kubler-Ross identifies the five stages of grief as Denial and Isolation, Anger, Bargaining, Depression, and Acceptance. Next month we will take a look at what each of these stages include and what variety of feelings might be included in each stage. In addition, we will take a look at unresolved grief which is a more complicated form of grief and usually requires the help of a skilled therapist to overcome.

X

Health & Wellness

Ed Martin

2008-08-01 09:35:00

Question: I recently heard about a home appliance that produces pure drinking water, but it is not hooked to any water line. They said it harvests the water from the air. What is this all about? How does it work?

Answer: What you have heard about is called an atmospheric water generator, or as it is sometimes called, an AWG. This is a new refinement of something you have seen many times in the past, but it opens up a whole new option for people who do not have satisfactory tap water available. What you have seen many times, I am sure, is water dripping off an air conditioner coil. Maybe you saw it coming from a window air conditioner, or maybe you saw the water puddle forming under the engine area of your car after you drove it on a hot day with the air conditioner running. The water is condensate. When warm humid air passes over the cold air conditioner coil, the air is cooled, and some of the water vapor in the air condenses into liquid. How much liquid water is created is a function of the relative humidity, the difference in temperature between the air and the coil, and the quantity of air passing over the coil. That is the physics of what is happening, but for many people, they could care less about the science. They are much more impressed by the results. An AWG is an appliance that plugs into an electrical outlet, and it uses the science I have just described. However, the AWG is designed to maximize the amount of water it harvests from the air while using as little electricity as possible. And, since the AWG is designed to provide drinking water, there are many enhancements that are required for maintaining purity and good taste. To start with, an AWG filters the air as it enters the unit to remove airborne impurities. The cold coil that causes the condensation to form is made of food grade materials, as are all of the materials that come into contact with the water. Many pieces are stainless steel. Also, the water itself must be purified, which is done by treating it with either UV light or by adding ozone. Some AWG units use both. As a result of these technologies, a good quality AWG will produce some of the most pure water available anywhere. Compared to the water produced by filtering tap water through a typical reverse osmosis system, such as that sold in many popular brands of bottled water, an AWG might produce water with only 1/10 of the impurities, or less. A typical AWG contains a 2 or 3 gallon water storage tank, and the unit only runs when water is removed. When the tank is full, the unit shuts off again. Also, in order to maintain the purity of the water stored in the tank, it is periodically pumped back through the UV and/or ozone water purification system. This allows you to be gone from home for a few days, and when you return, the water will taste as pure and fresh as when it was first made. Another nice feature of many AWG’s is that they refrigerate the water, so when you fill your glass, it is with pure cold water. Some have a second water tap that allows you to get hot water also. Most AWG’s that are designed for use in a home or office will produce at least 3 to 5 gallons of water per day, and under the right conditions, can produce up to 10 gallons. Atmospheric Water Generators are becoming common in some parts of the world, but they are relatively rare in North America. However, with the water problems many people are experiencing, I would have to think we will be hearing about them much more in the future. The market for these units will develop gradually, just as happens with most new technologies when they are introduced. Some of the target markets for AWG companies will be people without an adequate or reliable supply of domestic water, people with bad tasting or polluted water, and as an alternate to bottled water. In case you are wondering about cost, I find that most AWG manufacturers sell their units with a retail price in the $2000 to $2500 range. As with any appliance, the more bells and whistles, the higher the price. While this price might seem like a “boatload,” it’s nominal if you don’t have good water. What’s more, there’s not much expense after the initial purchase as there aren’t a lot of parts to wear out. I have found that most manufacturers claim an average cost to operate their AWG at about 10 cents per gallon of water produced. If that is true, an AWG could pay for itself reasonably quickly based on the savings of bottled and distilled water alone. It will be interesting to watch this new product become available in our country and see how people respond to it. And if you’re wondering why I know so much about an AWG, it’s because I can’t seem to turn down a new idea. I have recently ordered one for my personal use, and I expect it to arrive in a few days. I will be telling you about what I find in coming issues.

X

Health & Wellness

Joyce Thompson

2008-07-01 15:11:00

Question: What is the difference between having an affair and having an ‘emotional affair’? Are emotional affairs as serious as actual affairs? What types of damage can occur to a marriage when infidelity occurs? Is it true that only ‘bad’ marriages are at risk for affairs?

Answer: Actually, both ‘good’ and ‘bad’ marriages can be damaged by affairs. Both ‘actual’ and ‘emotional’ affairs can and do harm marriages. Most of us know that an affair occurs when a married person has sexual relations with another, who may or may not be married. An emotional affair however can develop quite innocently, sometimes developing between co-workers, neighbors, or with others on the internet. Friendships do often occur over time, but friendships between those of the opposite sex can change from platonic to more intimate (although not always), especially if the ‘offending’ partner feels his or her marriage is boring and routine. In emotional affairs, there tends to be a greater level of emotional intimacy within the affair, rather than within the marriage(s). Secrecy and deception are common, as the married person tries to convince their spouse (and sometimes themselves) that ‘nothing is going on’. They tend to find excuses for spending more time with their ‘friend’ (whether in-person or on the internet, explaining that they are working out more at the gym, having to ‘work late’, playing games, doing research or working on the computer). Sexual ‘chemistry’ is common and is shown by displays of giddiness, flirting, and fireworks occurring between the ‘friends’. Often times the offending spouse will begin to dress nicer and place more emphasis upon their efforts at personal grooming. Although emotional affairs may feel ‘safe’, they can easily evolve into an affair which includes sexual relations. In an emotional affair, the married individual(s) are taking both physical and emotional energy away from their own marriages and placing it into the affair, causing damage to the marriage. Even internet affairs can be quite damaging, as the person spends more and more time on the internet, rather than spending that time with their spouse. In time, those involved in internet affairs sometimes decide to meet for sex. So emotional affairs are not harmless; they can be as dangerous as playing with fire. Whether the persons involved in the affair are having sexual contact, or ‘just’ flirting with another, the contact is harmful to the marriage(s). When either type of affair is discovered, there is usually a sense of devastation to the injured spouse and to the marriage itself, with intense emotions and marital crises to be expected. This stage of recovery is similar to that of someone who has been traumatized, as affairs do make a traumatic impact upon the marriage. The start of therapy must offer a sense of safety for the victimized spouse and their emotions, as this person often feels quite vulnerable. They oftentimes assume that something must be wrong with them since their spouse found the need to ‘look elsewhere’ (even if it is ‘only’ for emotional intimacy). Their behaviors might seem extreme to others, although they are common for those who suffer traumatic experiences. They may include depression (including suicidal and/or homicidal thoughts), anxiety, and/or a profound sense of loss. The injured spouse may tend to ruminate over details of the affair, both real and imagined, even when they try not to do so. They have a tendency (understandably so) to mistrust that the affair has ended and they may experience an increase in physiological symptoms including muscular and emotional tension, tearfulness, and angry outbursts. They may ‘re-live’ the entire experience, especially if they personally witnessed their spouse with another. Those who had the greatest trust and were the most unsuspecting tend to be damaged the most, as is often the case in long-term marriages. The offending spouse may experience a variety of emotions as well; fearing their spouse will never forgive them, or worse yet may punish them for the remainder of the marriage. They may suffer intense feelings of guilt, regret, and anger towards themselves for ‘being so stupid’. And/or they may feel a great sense of loss, for whatever the affair had held for them emotionally and/or sexually. Although affairs inflict much damage upon a marriage, they do not have to doom the marital relationship. A licensed Marriage and Family Therapist (LMFT) specializes in working with couples who have suffered from any type of marital distress. With the necessary work required, a couple who wishes to remain married has a good chance of doing so. Those couples, who are truly committed to making the marriage work, often times come out of the experience in time with an even stronger love for each other and an increased sense of intimacy within the marriage.

X

Health & Wellness

Barbara Veon

2008-05-01 13:20:00

Question: My hands have been a little shaky for l0 years or so but this last year it has gotten much worse. Sometimes I can hardly eat because of the shaking. I hate to eat at restaurants because I am so embarrassed about spilling food everywhere. This seems to run in our family as I have some aunts whose hands shake, but they are much older. What causes this and is there anything I can do to get it to stop? I’m worried about losing my job as a repairman if it gets worse.

Answer: Many things can cause shaky hands. If shaking is the only problem, a common cause is a disorder called Essential Tremor (also called benign tremors, familial tremors, hereditary tremors, or intention tremors), the most common of more than 20 kinds of tremors. The rhythmic, small, back-and-forth movement usually affects the hands, but it may also affect the head, neck, face, tongue or voice. Up to 1 in 20 people aged 40 or older may have tremors. The disorder can run in families but does not always. The main symptom is shaking hands when you try to do something like drink from a glass, eat, shave, brush your teeth or use a screwdriver. It may happen when you hold your arms out in front of you, or when you write. The action makes the tremor worse. When you are watching TV or resting, you may not notice much tremor. The tremor may happen on one side more than the other and may come and go. It often worsens if you are stressed. Alcohol may lessen the tremor. As you can imagine this can be very bothersome, interfering with most activities. Your family physician or a neurologist (who specializes in this type of problem) can determine the cause of your shaking with a complete evaluation. Rare causes of other kinds of tremor include problems with your thyroid, liver or kidneys, alcohol withdrawal, low blood sugar, or a more general neurological condition. Be sure to ask about all the available treatments. One good resource is www.essentialtremor.org. If it is essential tremor, there are several safe medicines that can lessen tremors and help you live a full life. If they don’t, or if they help for a while then shaking worsens, there is also a procedure called deep brain stimulation that can be very effective. In deep brain stimulation, a thin lead attached to a pacemaker-type generator is implanted to give a little electrical stimulation in the precise area of the brain that controls shaking. The wearer is not aware of the stimulation and has no pain from it. To find out more about essential tremor and this treatment, contact Via Christi Neuroscience Implant Program at (316) 858-3540 or (800) 362-0070 and ask for the program.

X

Health & Wellness

Ed Martin

2008-05-01 13:20:00

Question: I have seen numerous reports about medicines, hormones and other chemicals in drinking water. Recently, people in a Colorado town got sick from salmonella in their city water. Other places are said to be running out of water. Since you write about health issues, I want your opinion. Should I be worried about my drinking water? What are my options?

Answer: After answering questions about weight loss and the appetite control patch for the past several months, this question caught my attention. Water is certainly an important health topic since it is one of the few things that we cannot live long without. And, as the question states, water problems have certainly been in the news lately. I want to begin my answer by saying that municipal water supplies in the United States set the standard for the rest of the world. No country does a better job than ours in assuring that the water coming from your tap is safe. Still, as others will point out, no system is perfect, and problems can develop. The cases you refer from news stories are examples of that. Municipal water supplies typically come from two sources, either deep wells or surface water. The deep wells normally provide water that needs the least purification because it has been filtered through the earth. Water that is drawn from lakes and rivers requires more purification because of the chemicals and organic material that comes from surface runoff. Some cities, like Wichita, utilize a combination of the two. There are areas in our country where the water is safe, but because of various minerals in the water or because of the process that must be used by the municipality to make the water meet safety standards, people find it unpleasant to drink. Others have personal fears regarding the safety of their water supply and don’t want to drink it. Still others are looking for an alternative to drinking tap water for convenience. The bottled water industry has capitalized on these concerns and changed the way many people think of their tap water. Here are some amazing statistics. The bottled water industry is now the second largest commercial beverage category by volume in the United States. In 2007, 8.8 billion gallons of bottled water were sold in this country with revenues of $11.7 billion, and about 7% growth is expected for 2008. The 2007 numbers represent over 29 gallons of bottled water for every person in the U.S. While those sound like huge numbers, our annual average of 29 gallons per person is only good enough for a tie for 8th place in the world. Personally, I am not a big fan of bottled water for several reasons, although I buy it just like everyone else. The typical convenience size bottled water is more expensive than gasoline, and it is counter to the culture of being environmentally responsible. For example, the 70 million bottles of water consumed daily in the U.S. require over 1.5 million barrels of oil just to make the year’s supply of bottles. Then think of all the energy used in the bottling plants and of the fuel used by all the trucks that are used to transport the cases of water from the bottling plants to the stores. Then after we pay our money and drink the water, most of the bottles end up in the trash. Over 22 billion plastic water bottles went into landfills in our country last year where they will last for thousands of years. The National Geographic Society’s Green Guide quotes Victoria Kaplan with the nonprofit Food and Water Watch, “The bottled water industry spends millions of dollars a year to convince us that their product is somehow safer or healthier than tap water, when in fact, that’s just not true. As much as 40 percent of bottled water started out as the same tap water that we get at home.” A 1999 Natural Resources Defense Council study found that, with required quarterly testing, tap water may even be of a higher quality than bottled, which is only tested annually. Technology will soon be providing an alternative to bottled water for people who still, for whatever reason, want something other than tap water to drink. Imagine a relatively small appliance for homes or offices that simply plugs into an electrical outlet and supplies unlimited drinking water for about 10 cents per gallon, but has no connection to water pipes. Instead, it quietly harvests the humidity from the air, purifies it, stores it and keeps it cold until you turn the tap and fill your glass. It appears to be a great idea. I searched the internet and found 3 or 4 companies that are showing similar appliances, all of which are known as Atmospheric Water Generators. However, I am not sure that all of the companies have products that are currently market ready. I have spoken with one of the companies who plan to begin marketing their water machine sometime soon. I am going to order one for my own use. I will let you know how it works out.

X

Health & Wellness

Joyce Thompson

2008-05-01 13:20:00

Question: I have read two of your recent articles regarding childhood abuse and the benefits of attending a support group for women wishing to recover from childhood abuse. Even though I had a difficult childhood, I’m not for sure if it would qualify as ‘abuse’. Could you please offer some more information on what exactly constitutes childhood abuse?

Answer: I’d be happy to do so. The Child Welfare Information Gateway(http:www.childwelfare.govsystemwidelaws_policies/statutes/define.cfm) describes child abuse and neglect as being “defined by Federal and State laws.” The Child Abuse Prevention and Treatment Act (CAPTA) is the Federal legislation that provides minimum standards that States must incorporate in their statutory definitions of child abuse and neglect. The CAPTA definition of “child abuse and neglect” refers to: “Any recent act or failure to act on the part of a parent or caretaker, which results in death, serious physical or emotional harm, sexual abuse, or exploitation, or an act or failure to act which presents an imminent risk of serious harm”. This web site goes on to explain the “CAPTA” definition of “sexual abuse” includes: “The employment, use, persuasion, inducement, enticement, or coercion of any child to engage in, or assist any other person to engage in, any sexually explicit conduct or simulation of such conduct for the purpose of producing a visual depiction of such conduct; or The rape, and in cases of caretaker or inter familial relationships, statutory rape, molestation, prostitution, or other form of sexual exploitation of children, or incest with children”. “Sexual exploitation is an element of the definition of sexual abuse in most jurisdictions. Sexual exploitation includes allowing the child to engage in prostitution or in the production of child pornography”. This web site does a good job of describing other types of childhood abuse. The type and a description of each are listed below: Physical Abuse “is generally defined as any non accidental physical injury to the child”. This “can include striking, kicking, burning, or biting the child, or any action that results in a physical impairment of the child”. It also “includes acts or circumstances that threaten the child with harm or create a substantial risk of harm to the child’s health or welfare”. Neglect “is frequently defined in terms of deprivation of adequate food, clothing, shelter, medical care, or supervision. Approximately 21 States and American Samoa, Puerto Rico, and the Virgin Islands include failure to educate the child as required by law in their definition of neglect. Seven States further define medical neglect as failing to provide any special medical treatment or mental health care needed by the child. In addition, four States define as medical neglect the withholding of medical treatment or nutrition from disabled infants with life-threatening conditions”. Emotional abuse is described as “injury to the psychological capacity or emotional stability of the child as evidenced by an observable or substantial change in behavior, emotional response, or cognition,” or as evidenced by “anxiety, depression, withdrawal, or aggressive behavior.” Parental substance abuse is “Prenatal exposure of a child to harm due to the mother’s use of an illegal drug or other substance”, “Manufacture of a controlled substance in the presence of a child or on the premises occupied by a child”, “Allowing a child to be present where the chemicals or equipment for the manufacture of controlled substances are used or stored”, “Selling, distributing, or giving drugs or alcohol to a child”, and the “Use of a controlled substance by a caregiver that impairs the caregiver’s ability to adequately care for the child”. Child abandonment is also a form of abuse or neglect in numerous states. “In general, it is considered abandonment of the child when the parent’s identity or whereabouts are unknown, the child has been left by the parent in circumstances in which the child suffers serious harm, or the parent has failed to maintain contact with the child or to provide reasonable support for a specified period of time”. After having read each of these descriptions, ask yourself the following questions. Did any of these things happen to me? Were you told, or did you have a gut feeling that you needed “to keep the secrets” from outsiders? Did you feel alone or isolated from others on a regular basis? Did you feel that nobody really cared about you? If you answered yes to these questions, ask yourself if you sometimes now feel empty, depressed, numb, or anxious for no apparent reason? Do you have nightmares on a regular basis which make no sense to you? Do you sometimes feel panicked for no obvious reason? If so, you possibly did endure childhood abuse. If you have questions or would like further information, please feel free to give Joyce a call. Joyce would be happy to discuss this with you at greater length to determine if you might benefit from a therapy group for female survivors of childhood abuse.

X

Health & Wellness

Ed Martin

2008-05-01 13:20:00

Question: I have read recently that the world is running out of safe clean water, and that it has reached crisis proportions in some areas? Is that true? How will it affect us?

Answer: This is an interesting question, because it opens up a very complicated problem that many of us in Kansas are not aware of. We seem to have an abundant supply, and running out of water does not even seem to be a possibility. The earth contains vast quantities of water, but most of it is salt water. Less than 1% of the world’s water is potentially available for human consumption, and most of it is trapped in glaciers and the polar ice caps. Of the remaining water that is actually available for humans and animals to use, much of it has become polluted through human and animal waste, industrial waste, and chemical runoff. To understand the total scope of the water problems in the world, we need to know that today, over 1 billion people (about 1/6 of the world’s population) do not have a reliable source of safe drinking water. Now project that problem ahead only 42 years to 2050. In that short amount of time, the number of people without safe drinking water is expected to have grown to ½ of the world’s population. Even today, another child dies every 15 seconds somewhere in the world from water borne disease. This is a huge health issue that will only become worse with time. It is easy for us to say that we can see the problem in under-developed countries, but that it does not pertain to us. We can turn on our faucet any time we want, and we have an unending supply of fresh water. Much of our drinking water comes from wells, and Kansas is fortunate to be located over major aquifers or underground rivers of fresh water in sand and gravel beds deep underground. However, in parts of Kansas, the water level has dropped dramatically over the years from both domestic and agricultural water use, and steps will have to be taken to reduce the usage. One of the problems with water, is that it is not always available where it is needed most. In many parts of the U.S. from California to Florida and the Carolinas, population growth and related developments have exceeded the ability of traditional water supplies to consistently meet the area’s need for domestic water. The government projects that at least 36 states will face water shortages within five years because of rising temperatures, drought, population growth, urban sprawl, waste and excess. Here are some interesting examples of water shortages in the U.S. today: 1. Orange County in Southern California is using 60 million gallons of purified sewer water every day to replenish depleted groundwater supplies. 2. California farmers in the Palo Verde Valley are taking 26,000 acres of farm land out of production and selling their irrigation water to cities for domestic use. They can make more money selling their water than selling their crops. 3. Lake Mead, near Las Vegas, and Lake Powell are both formed by dams on the Colorado River that supplies water to 27 million people in 7 states. Both lakes are currently at less than 50% capacity, and researchers report that both have a 50/50 chance of being dry by 2021. 4. Residents of Long Beach cannot run fountains, and it is illegal for restaurants to serve a customer a glass of water unless they ask for it. 5. .Lake Lanier, a 38,000 acre reservoir in Georgia that supplies water to more than 3 million residents, was recently reported to be less than 3 months from depletion. Smaller reservoirs were dropping even lower. 6. In the Miami area of Southeastern Florida, the Biscayne Aquifer is being lowered by wells drawing out fresh water, and the aquifer is being recharged by salt water from the ocean, destroying its value. 7. The City of Raleigh, NC, has passed an ordinance prohibiting the installation of new garbage disposals and the replacement of existing ones in order to reduce water use. The fine for noncompliance is up to $25,000. 8. ABC News reports that Florida doesn’t have nearly enough water for its expected population boom. The Great Lakes are shrinking. Upstate New York’s reservoirs have dropped to record lows. And in the West, the Sierra Nevada snow pack is melting faster each year. 9. And the list goes on….. How all of this will affect us in Kansas waits to be seen. We know our ground water levels are dropping, and we know that Kansas is included in listings of states where water use is excessive and the potential for problems is growing. My crystal ball is a little fuzzy, but I think it is unrealistic to assume that Kansas is immune from being negatively affected in some way by our nation’s water shortages in the years ahead.

X

Health & Wellness

Joyce Thompson

2008-04-01 12:10:00

Question: In one of your recent columns, you spoke of group therapy as being one way of healing from childhood abuse. Could you please tell me more about what goes on in group therapy and how it might be helpful?

Answer: Thank you for giving me the opportunity to explain in more detail about group therapy and its many benefits. It has been a widely used, standard, and effective treatment option for over 50 years. It brings a small number of people with similar problems or experiences together with a trained therapist, so that they can help themselves and one another in dealing with their experiences. A therapy group is usually made up of 6 to 12 members who meet from one to three hours per session, once a week. In order to gain the maximum benefit, participants are asked to attend at least the first four meetings, to attend regularly, to arrive on time, and to remain for the full length of each session. The first few sessions usually focus on the establishment of trust. For this to occur, it is critical that the group leader and all group members adhere to a strict code of confidentiality. This means that whatever is said in the group must stay in the group. Group participants are asked not to disclose to anyone outside of the group either the identity of other group members or what is discussed by other group members. Since those who were abused as children have a tendency towards mistrust of others, confidentiality is critical so that group members can feel safe enough to share, both openly and honestly. Group therapy will allow you to meet with a therapist and other group members as you focus upon your healing. An educational component allows for an increased level of knowledge and understanding about abuse and the lasting emotional ‘scars’ resulting from that abuse. Personal growth and development will occur naturally as you regularly attend group meetings, share with others, and receive input and support from other group members who truly understand and do not sit in judgment as you share your childhood experiences. Although sharing is important, you control what, how much, and when you share with the group. Feelings of being alone are common for those who have endured childhood abuse. Many people wonder what they did to deserve the abuse, or worse yet, they think they caused the abuse to happen. During group therapy, these individuals begin to realize that they are not alone, that they were not ‘bad’ as children, and that the abuse was not their fault. As the level of trust begins to develop within the group, people feel free to care about and to help each other as they each work through their pain. Most people are anxious about talking in group; however this anxiety tends to lessen within a few sessions. Even if you are unable to share during the first few sessions, you can still benefit from the group by listening to others. You will find that you have much in common as other group members work through their own issues. Group members tend to remember what it is like to be new to the group, so they usually offer lots of support to those just beginning to talk during group. As trust and acceptance begins to grow within the group, members generally experience feedback and even confrontation at times. Although this can be difficult to hear, once trust is developed, group members tend to experience this as something positive; as if it were coming from their best friend. Over time, a sense of tremendous understanding, support, and encouragement can be derived from the group, allowing you to gain new and different perspectives. Although the thought of receiving feedback from strangers can feel scary, the group leader will be there to ensure a safe environment is provided for such sharing. When feedback is given in a respectful and gentle way, one can actually ‘hear’ and make use of these different perspectives.

X

Health & Wellness

Ed Martin

2008-04-01 11:37:00

Question: You have told about how you lost weight using a new appetite control patch. I would like to do the same thing, but I have a question. If I use an appetite control patch to lose weight, will I have to keep using the patch to keep my weight off?

Answer: Each of us is unique, so we will not all have exactly the same experience with any product that we are using, and this is true of the patches. However, if your experience using appetite control patches is similar to mine, you should be able to maintain your new lower weight while reducing your frequency of using the patches. Part of what has made me such a fan of the new appetite control patch is that it enabled me to alter my eating habits and begin living a healthier lifestyle. We gain weight or lose weight based on a simple fact. Our body fat is a form of an energy savings account. If we consume more calories than we burn for energy, our body saves the excess calories and stores them in the form of fat. When this happens, we gain weight. However, if we burn more calories than we consume, our body dips into its energy savings and supplements our energy needs by burning fat calories. In this case, we lose weight. We all know skinny people that seem to eat whatever they want and never gain weight. For many of us, we get frustrated just being around them. By comparison, some of us seem to gain weight by just looking at food. The difference is that some people have a higher metabolism than others, for whatever reason, and they burn calories at a faster rate than the rest of us. However, regardless of our metabolism, our body weight is the result of the balance between the calories we consume and the calories we burn. Losing weight always means consuming fewer calories than we are burning so that our body is forced to burn fat to make up the difference. Every diet that has ever been developed for weight loss arrives at this same point in some way. That is why we are also encouraged to add exercise to our routine. Exercise causes us to burn more calories, and for some people, exercise even helps them reduce their craving for certain foods. Weight loss will not happen without a commitment to succeed. My experience with the new drug-free appetite control patch was that it reduced my appetite and made it easier for me to cut down on the quantities of food I was eating. It also helped reduce my cravings for sweets, all of which reduced my calorie intake. I still needed to use my will power to change old habits and to avoid the food temptations that I would find in front of me from time to time, but the patch made it easier. I began to take smaller portions and discovered that I was satisfied with eating less. I also tried to begin eating smarter. I started to eat more fruits and vegetables and less processed foods. I also cut back on high fat foods, and I reduced my sugar intake as well. I was cutting back on my higher calorie foods and I was cutting back on my total food quantity at the same time. However, through all of this, I did not deny myself foods that I really like. I just reduced the quantity. As the pounds gradually came off, I was amazed at how easy it was, and this encouraged me to continue. Also, my energy level was good, and that prompted me to do more walking. I even began to ride my bicycle some evenings when the weather was nice. I soon lost that last 15 pounds that I had been unable to lose any other way. All weight loss programs have a footnote stating that for continued success, individuals must make lifestyle changes that support maintaining their slimmer body and reduced weight. That is what using the appetite control patch did for me without my even realizing it. Now, the eating habits that I developed while using the patch have become my normal lifestyle. As a result, I am able to maintain my new weight without using the patch on a regular basis. I still weigh myself at the same time every morning, and I write my weight on the calendar. If I see that I have gained a few pounds, I begin using the patch again for a short while. Gradually my weight goes back to where it was, and I stop using the patches. For me, the appetite control patch has become the “healthy lifestyle patch” that I now only use intermittently as I see the need. I would expect your results to be similar.

X

Health & Wellness

David M Lies

2008-04-01 10:35:00

Question: I did not realize there were so many different types of massages. What are the differences?

Answer: Yes, there are many different massages available, and depending on your needs you can select the one that best fits you. So let me try to explain some of the different massages available. •Swedish Massage A system of long strokes, kneading and friction techniques on the more superficial layers of the muscles, combined with active and passive movements of the joints. It is the most common type of massage treatment in America today. The strong movements of the Swedish massage begin at both ends of the body and move toward the heart. Because muscles tense when the body senses danger and stress, Swedish massage loosens muscles thus lowering blood pressure and heart rate. Relaxation is achieved by increased circulation which in turn vitalizes the skin, muscles, nerves and connective tissues. Swedish massage has also been shown to boost one’s immune system. •Deep Tissue Deep tissue bodywork is a general term for a range of therapies that work to “unstick” the body’s connective tissues and/or muscles to encourage them to function properly again. Among the conditions deep tissue bodywork treats are whiplash, low back and neck pain, and degenerative diseases such as multiple sclerosis. This procedure releases chronic patterns of tension in the body through slow strokes and deep finger pressure on the contracted areas, either following or going across the grain of muscles, tendons and fascia. It is called deep tissue massage because it also focuses on the deeper layers of muscle tissue and is an advanced form of Swedish massage. The muscles are slowly warmed with regular massage before heavier pressure is applied. Deep tissue massage is not intended to be a relaxation massage; rather, it is often aimed for treatment of muscle injuries by increasing blood flow to the injured area. Deep tissue massage is also frequently used for the release of scar tissue. •Sports Massage Massage techniques for athletes aims at either preparing the muscles and joints for athletic activity or helping in recovery from the stress and strain associated with athletics. Massage of the foundation tissues is directed specifically at the muscles used in athletic activities. This is a deep muscle massage often used around the joints. It combines classical Swedish style with trigger points, compression and electro-neuromuscular techniques to reduce soreness. A form of massage which utilizes specific strokes and stretches to help obtain maximum performance and physical conditioning with less chance of injury or pain. It increases power, endurance, and flexibility both before and after an event or workout. Can also be focused on muscles relevant to a specific event. For athletes who train continuously, the goal is to enhance endurance, lessen the chance of injury and shorten the time needed to recover from an event. •Myofascial Release Massage Therapy Myofascial release massage targets the connective tissue, called the fascia, which surrounds muscles. These bands of fibrous tissue establish interconnections of the muscles with other parts of the body, including tendons, joints, bones, blood supply and organs. Due to injury or illness, these fascia tissues can become dense, tight and sore. Myofascial release massage loosens these tissues, increasing blood supply, and stretches the fascia tissues, which will increase motion and decrease discomfort. This hands-on technique seeks to free the body from the grip of tight fascia, or connective tissue, thus restoring normal alignment and function and reducing pain. Using their hands, therapists apply mild, sustained pressure in order to gently stretch and soften the fascia. Myofascial Release is used to treat neck and back pain, headaches, recurring sports injuries, and scoliosis, among other conditions. •Neuromuscular Therapy Neuromuscular Therapy is the utilization of static pressure on specific myofascial points to relieve pain. This technique manipulates the soft tissue of the body (muscles, tendons and connective tissue) to balance the central nervous system. In a healthy individual, nerves transmit impulses (which are responsible for every movement, function and thought) to the body very slowly. Injury, trauma, postural distortion or stress cause nerves to speed up their transmission, inhibiting equilibrium and making the body vulnerable to pain and dysfunction. It is therefore necessary to stabilize low levels of neurological activity to maintain normal function and overall health. •Trigger Point I Myotherapy Practitioners of this technique apply pressure to specific points on the body to relieve tension. Trigger points are tender, congested spots on muscle tissue that may radiate pain to other areas. Though the technique is similar to shiatsu or acupressure, this therapy uses Western anatomy and physiology as its basis •Reflexology Reflexology is considered to be both an art and a therapy with its roots going back to ancient Egypt and China, but wasn’t developed in the Western world until the early 1900s. By using detailed reflexology charts, specific massage techniques applied to areas of the feet correspond with and produce physical reactions in targeted areas of the body including glands and organs. This stimulation encourages the body too calmly soothe, heal and relieve problems and has successfully treated many ailments including arthritis, insomnia, headaches, fertility, digestive disorders and back pain. Reflexology is based on the idea that specific points on the feet and hands correspond with organs and tissues throughout the body. With fingers and thumbs, the practitioner applies pressure to these points to treat a wide range of stress-related illnesses and ailments.

X

Health & Wellness

Joyce Thompson

2008-03-01 09:38:00

Question: I am a female in my late thirties. I seem to be having a lot of problems both in how I feel and in how I relate to others. Someone told me that the abuse and neglect that I suffered as a child could be the cause of my problems, but that was so long ago. Could it really be affecting me now? If so, what should I do?

Answer: Childhood abuse can cause a variety of difficulties in adulthood. These difficulties include the numbing of emotions and the avoidance of feelings, people, places, and circumstances which may trigger memories of past abuse (whether consciously or unconsciously). In adulthood, one’s memory and concentration can be negatively affected. Depression, anxiety, and panic attacks are complications in adulthood often associated with unresolved childhood abuse issues. Women who were sexually abused as children tend to struggle with feelings of shame, guilt, sexual difficulties, eating disorders, self-harming behaviors, flashbacks to the traumatic events, sleeping difficulties including nightmares, anger, a sense of helplessness, hopelessness, or powerlessness, amnesia, low self-esteem, lack of self-confidence, and suicidal ideation and/or suicidal attempts. Severe childhood abuse can result in Post Traumatic Stress Disorder and/or Dissociative Identity Disorder; leaving the adult female to feel a sense of being in a dream state or as if nothing is real. Oftentimes adults will make an attempt to use addictive behaviors to deal with the overwhelming emotions which result. Common addictions include the use of alcohol, drugs, food, gambling and over-spending, and other compulsive behaviors. Unfortunately, although these behaviors sometimes provide temporary relief, in the long run they only add to and complicate the problems. Although your situation may feel hopeless, it is not. For starters, try educating your self on what constitutes childhood abuse and learn the effects of this abuse on those struggling in adulthood; many books are available on the subject and can be of help in beginning this difficult journey of recovering. The internet can also provide invaluable information on this topic. Be careful though to pace yourself, as the feelings can sometimes become overwhelming. Oftentimes a trusted therapist can make the difference between suffering and healing. However, it is important to seek out a therapist who is skilled in working with those who have suffered from childhood abuse. You might also consider joining a therapy group for those females working to overcome the effects of childhood abuse. This can provide a safe environment in which to learn about the lasting effects of the abuse and to learn ways in which to overcome these effects. A therapy group can offer a place in which you will be supported by others who are dealing with the same painful issues. It can provide a place where you will be respected and believed and where your feelings will be validated. It can also provide a safe and supportive environment in which healing can occur. Therapy, whether individual or group, can help you as you begin working through the traumatic events of your past and the related emotions. In time, you will learn how to go about leading a happier and more fulfilling life. During the healing process, remember to be good to yourself; perhaps soaking in a bubble bath while listening to soothing music, spending quality time with a trusted friend, reading a book just for fun, sharing a laugh with others, etc. Remember to love yourself and to never forget the inner strength which you possess; the resiliency which resides within you can take you far in your recovery. Childhood abuse can continue to cause problems for the survivor, long after the abuse occurs. Trying to ‘forget’ the abuse and neglect can sometimes add to the problem. The damage done will not go away, no matter how hard you try to forget what happened. Instead, you must seek out others who can be supportive and understanding. Best wishes as you begin this difficult, although rewarding journey.

X

Health & Wellness

Ed Martin

2008-03-01 09:38:00

Question: You have told about how you lost weight using a new appetite control patch. Last month, when you explained how the patch works, you mentioned other types of similar patches. One was for improved sleep. Tell me more about it.

Answer: I will, but first a bit about the problem of not sleeping well. Until I started doing research for this column, I did not realize how large the business of helping people sleep better has become. I was surprised to learn that it is an industry doing tens of billions of dollars annually. I was also surprised to learn that insufficient sleep affects up to 70 million people in the United States with an annual cost of about $100 billion each year in accidents, medical bills and lost work. Medical science tells us to get 8 hours of sleep per night, which means that about 1/3 of our lives should be spent in bed sleeping. Our health, energy, appearance and work performance are all dependant on our getting a good night’s sleep. However, many people have sleep problems and are unable to get that 8 hours of sound sleep every night. Many get much less, if they can sleep at all. Think of what people do to improve their sleep. For some it means getting a new mattress with the latest technology for better sleep. Still, that may not solve the problem. For added help, the pharmacies are full of over-the-counter medications claiming to promote a good night’s sleep. There are also prescription drugs for the same purpose. However all medications do not work for all people, and side effects are common. Some medications are even addictive. Personally, I like to do things the natural way whenever I can. Therefore I avoid taking drugs whenever possible, and finding an effective drug-free alternative excites me. I believe there are a lot of people in this world who think like I do. I also believe that is the reason the manufacturer decided to develop an all-natural drug-free patch to enhance sleep. The sleep patch was the first product the manufacturer developed after the successful launch of their initial patch which enhanced the body’s energy reserves and physical endurance. All the company’s patch products are based on the same basic science, but they are “tuned” to produce different results. The patches are all non-transdermal, meaning nothing enters the skin, and they are powered by the body’s own energy field. The sleep patch utilizes new technology to gently stimulate acupressure points - literally improving the flow of energy in the body for improved sleep, and it starts working the very first night. Double-blind placebo controlled studies of the sleep patch have discovered that the patch can increase the percentage of Delta waves a body produces during sleep by as much as 50%. The higher the percentage of Delta waves that you produce during sleep, the better the quality of your sleep, and the more rested you will be in the morning. The following is a letter I received recently from a Wichita woman regarding her experience using the sleep patch: Dear Ed, For as long as I can remember, I have had trouble sleeping. I would not sleep soundly, and I would often lie awake for hours with my mind racing, knowing that I had to get some sleep, or once again, I would be exhausted the next day. I tried everything imaginable from over-the-counter medications to homeopathic remedies. Nothing worked, and my health was being affected. I decided to try the sleep patches about 3 months ago, and I slept like a baby. Now I will not go to bed without first putting on a patch. If I do wake up during the night, I immediately fall back into a sound sleep, and I always feel rested in the morning. Thanks for introducing me to the sleep patches. They have changed my life. - Jill, Wichita, KS These are always nice to receive.

X

Health & Wellness

Ed Martin

2008-02-01 10:12:00

You have mentioned your experience losing weight using a new appetite control patch. What is it, where does it come from and how does it work?

Answer:I get a lot of questions like this, and I normally answer by telling the history of how and why the patch was developed. You see, the appetite control patch is an outgrowth of a new technology that was first developed several years ago. It is easiest to understand what we have today if you know the background. David Schmidt was a civilian researcher employed by the military and assigned to a project for the Navy Seals, the Navy’s Special Forces team. David’s specific job was to find a way to increase the endurance of the 2-man teams who would take little mini-submarines into enemy harbors on covert missions. The Navy did not want them using drug-based stimulants due to potentially negative side effects, so a non-drug solution was needed. David’s idea was this: He knew that the brain controls all bodily functions by communicating with the body’s cells through minute electrical impulses. The cells recognize these tiny frequencies and respond by performing the task assigned by the brain. David felt if he could find a way to deliver identical frequencies to the cells from outside the body, he could instruct the cells to do what they are already programmed to do, but he could control when they did it. David was not able to turn his idea into reality until some time after he left his position with the Navy; however the result was pure genius. Utilizing breakthroughs in the field of nanotechnology, David created a small adhesive-backed patch containing simple organic compounds that are activated by the body’s own energy field. When placed close to the body, the patch emits a frequency matched to the brain’s frequency that tells the cells to burn fat for energy. By placing the patch on the appropriate acupressure point, the frequency is carried to where it is needed in the body. The result is an instant increase in strength and endurance of about 30% to 40% that is easily demonstrated and measured. Since the patches do not contain any drugs, the “energy” patch was approved for use in the Olympic Games and is now used by many student and professional athletes at all levels. Also many non-athletes use the safe drug-free “energy” patch to stay sharp throughout the day instead of buying expensive energy drinks which can have potentially harmful side effects. Based on his success with the “energy” patch, David experimented with patches having slightly different ingredients and producing different frequencies that could be matched with the body to produce different results. Included in this process was determining the acupressure points best suited for wearing each kind of patch to maximize its benefits. Developing new variations of the patch technology could be compared to “tuning” the patches to produce the frequencies needed to cause the desired effects. David’s efforts resulted in several new drug-free patches. First was a “sleep” patch for a peaceful night’s sleep. Then came a “pain relief” patch for relief of aches and pains. Next was an “anti-aging” patch designed to boost levels of Glutathione and Carnosine. In August, 2007, an “appetite control” patch was introduced. This latest variation of the concept to cause specific bodily reactions through external stimulation of acupressure points has been a major success story. Most commonly worn on the inner side of the right ankle, the “appetite control” patch gently causes a reduction in appetite that can result in eating less and losing weight. My personal experience of losing 15 pounds with the “appetite control” patch that I had been unable to lose in other ways has caused me to be a believer in this new technology. With all the incredible products that are now coming onto the market utilizing nanotechnology to create new and exciting results, it is truly a great time to be alive. We can only wonder what the next big breakthrough will be.

X

Health & Wellness

Joyce Thompson

2008-02-01 09:49:00

I think my husband might be depressed. But every time I suggest that to him, he becomes even angrier and tells me to quit looking for problems. How can I tell if I’m right; that he really is depressed? What if anything can I do to help him? Or would it be better if I just left him alone?

Answer: For many men, admitting to depression is a sign of weakness or admitting to having a mental defect. They will try to convince everyone, including themselves, that they are just fine. Denial is a common coping mechanism used by many men; allowing them to pretend that everything is okay. But depression is a leading cause of disability, leaving many men unable to work. Depression can occur in anyone, at any age. It is not a sign of weakness. In fact, U.S. statistics state, “1 out of every 8 to 10 men” experience depression. Julie Totten, President and Founder of Families for Depression Awareness (a non-profit agency) is quoted as saying, “Men experience depression probably as much as women, but they aren’t diagnosed”. She goes on to say, “Depressed men often get angry at others and abuse alcohol and drugs”. This is their attempt to cope, although it only worsens the situation. Depression, if left untreated can be quite serious; even fatal. Men are at a high risk for suicide, being four times more likely than women to take their own lives. So you can’t just leave him alone. If you feel he is showing signs of depression, you must insist that he get help. Signs to look for include being irritable or angry almost every day, losing interest in things that he used to enjoy, giving up hobbies or friends, talking of death or suicide, abusing alcohol or drugs, engaging in risky behavior, having problems at work, eating too much or not enough, sleeping too much or not enough, making comments that you’d be better off without him, complaining of aches and pains, or regularly exhibiting any other unusual behaviors that is out of the ordinary for him. It is important to act quickly, because depression, when left untreated, will make your husband feel worthless and hopeless and his depression will greatly increase the likelihood that you too will eventually become depressed. Men can’t just “buck up”, “snap out of it”, or “just get over it”, even if they try. They can not change their feelings without receiving treatment. Instead, they require talk therapy, medication, or both. It is best to work with your physician and/or a qualified mental health professional to determine the best form of treatment for your husband’s specific needs. Even if your husband downplays the depression, you must make treatment a top priority for the sake of your husband, your family, and yourself. Perhaps your best approach at getting your husband to accept treatment is to broach the subject in a factual manner. Instead of telling your husband that you fear he might be depressed, you could comment that you are concerned that he has not been sleeping well for weeks. This will help to lessen his defensiveness, as it’s more difficult to argue factual information. In addition, you might place brochures regarding depression out in the open where your husband can find and read the information without your making the outright suggestion that he do so. You might highlight the most important facts, so that he is sure to get the point of the article. In the meantime, do not force him to do things or visit places that make his situation worse. Do not burden him with a bunch of ‘to do’ lists. Do not give up and agree with his negative beliefs that he probably won’t get better. Instead, tell your husband that you love him and are concerned. Try to collaborate on a plan of treatment so that he feels he has your support and isn’t all alone in facing this problem. Reassure him of your love for him and of your belief that he can get better. Help him to find a qualified mental health professional, make the appointment for him if necessary, and then attend the appointment with him if at all possible. Do not give up; help is available.

X

Health & Wellness

Joyce Thompson

2008-01-01 14:23:00

Why is it that during the holiday season, I have the best of intentions to stick with my regular eating habits, but I always end up overeating and gaining weight? Is it just because food is more available during the holiday season?

Answer: Being around yummy holiday foods can be tempting, but actually there is something else going on. If you’ll recall in my column last month, I spoke of holiday stress which can actually be a large part of the problem. You might be wondering how this happens. Studies have shown that when people are feeling down or facing too much stress in their lives, they tend to turn to food and/or alcohol for relief. This occurs with both men and women, although it is more common among women. An interesting study commissioned by the American Institute for Cancer Research found that after the attacks on the World Trade Center in September 2001 that 20% of the people surveyed reported eating more comfort foods than usual –specifically fried chicken, mashed potatoes and gravy, macaroni and cheese, cookies, ice cream, and other sugary foods. So why do we turn to these foods when we are stressed? During periods of high stress our bodies release stress hormones called Cortisol. This causes intense cravings for those foods which are high in fats and carbohydrates. When faced with constant and on-going stress (which often occurs during the holidays), the levels of Cortisol in our bodies increase causing us to crave ‘comfort foods’ instead of broccoli and carrots! In cave-man days this rush was necessary for our survival; however we no longer need to be able to outrun Saber-toothed tigers! Our bodies however can not differentiate between the stresses – whether resulting from Saber-tooth tigers, the hubbub of holiday activity, or from prying, out-of-town family members. As our stress levels grow we produce more Cortisol causing an increase in cravings. When we indulge in these cravings without being able to properly burn off the excess calories, we gain weight. Instead of reaching for that piece of pie or fudge, try doing something different. Stop to consider why you might still be eating, although you are no longer hungry. Are you perhaps overwhelmed with your to-do list? Are you are trying to do too much in too short of a time? Are you feeling pressure from visiting relatives or friends? These types of events can cause a person to feel trapped and miserable. Maybe you feel that food or alcohol is a way to self-soothe. But remember, both of these options create only a temporary ‘fix’. Alcohol is high in calories and low in nutrients, doing nothing to alleviate hunger. Soon, you’ll find yourself reaching for something to eat anyway. Alcohol is a depressant, only adding to the feelings of loneliness and despair which sometimes hits during the holiday season. So be careful when using food or alcohol as a way of comforting yourself, as it can end up compounding your problems. Remember that the holidays are the most emotional time of the year for many, especially women. We often times feel pressured to make everything perfect – to have that Norman Rockwell Christmas. Strive instead to be realistic with yourself and others in what you can accomplish – set limits with others when necessary. Plan to do only those things which are meaningful to you and your family and skip the rest. Remember to pay attention to what’s going on in your mind and body. Seek a trusted friend, family member, member of the clergy, or a mental health professional if the problems seem too large to handle on your own.

X

Health & Wellness

Ed Martin

2008-01-01 14:23:00

As I am writing this, Thanksgiving is just a week away, and a month after that is Christmas. I love the holidays and all the wonderful things to eat, but I also dread them because I always put on weight. What do you do to avoid all the temptations and maintain your weight during the holidays?

Answer: I am probably not the best person to be asked this question, because I don’t have much control over what I eat during the holidays. I absolutely love all the food, as that is part of what makes this season so special to me. In fact, some of the dishes are family traditions that bring back great memories of past years’ celebrations with family members and special friends. As I am writing this, it is the middle of December and we are having freezing rain outside. It definitely feels like winter, and it is easy to be looking ahead to Christmas. My mind is visualizing a typical Christmas dinner for our family with favorite dishes that are always part of our traditional meal. Along with the turkey, dressing and gravy are things like my mother’s cranberry salad, Aunt Mary’s candied sweet potatoes, Sue’s mother’s green bean casserole, Grandma’s corn, and the list goes on. My mouth is watering just thinking about it. While your family’s traditional menu items might be different than mine, I think you will agree that Christmas dinner just would not be the same without our favorites. The holidays are also a great time for desserts. Some people are able to walk away from sweets, but I am not one of them. Think of all the pies, cakes, cookies and other baked treats. And chocolate, …I love chocolate! My mother-in-law is gone now, but she used to make a melt-in-your-mouth chocolate fudge that was to die for. Whenever I am around fudge, I have to have a piece. In your question, you asked how I avoid all the temptations, and from my answer thus far, it is probably pretty obvious that I really don’t even try to avoid temptations. However, I do try to manage them a little. Let me explain by telling you what happened for me this year over the Thanksgiving holiday. Sue and I went to Dallas to spend Thanksgiving with our daughter Amy, her husband Brian and their two small children. Our other daughter, Beth, was also there, and over the 4 days we were together, it seemed like there was always food around. If we weren’t eating another meal, we were watching football games and snacking. In previous columns I have talked about how I lost over 30 pounds since June, and I was down to 188 pounds when we left for Dallas. While we were at Brian and Amy’s, I did not deny myself anything that I wanted to eat, but I did try to control my portions somewhat. For example, my plate held some of everything that was served for our Thanksgiving dinner, but it was not piled as high as normal and I did not take any 2nd helpings. Still, by the time we got back to Wichita on Sunday, my weight had gone to 192. However, I was not worried. On Monday morning I put the appetite control patch back on my right ankle, just as I had done when I lost weight before. I love the patch because I don’t feel like I am dieting and I eat whatever I want, but I am eating less due to not being as hungry. By the weekend, my weight was already down to 188.5 pounds. So there you have the answer to your question as best I can say it. I don’t dread the holidays, …I enjoy them. I think that is what we all want to do anyway. In fact, I believe that if we deny ourselves something that we really enjoy, it will just be a matter of time before we fall off the wagon and overeat on what we have been denying ourselves. Instead I modify my eating habits by taking smaller portions of what I would have been eating anyway. Then if I do gain a little weight, I don’t worry about it. I know that all I will have to do after the holiday will be to start using the drug-free appetite control patch again, and my weight will return to normal within a very short time. The company that makes the appetite control patch also makes a patch that tells our body to turn stored fat into energy. Since burning fat produces twice the energy of carbohydrates, wearing the patches provides a noticeable increase in strength, endurance and overall energy levels without drugs. However, the benefit I love is that the patch is causing my body to burn stored fat at an increased level. After Christmas I fully expect to be a few pounds heavier than now, but I will not be worried about it. Instead I will try using the energy patch along with the appetite control patch for a one-two punch in attacking my weight gain. I expect to be back to my pre-Christmas weight pretty quickly without any negative side effects. In fact, with weight loss this easy, I may decide to take off a few more pounds so that I can be right at my ideal body weight of 185 pounds. I hope you have found my personal experiences helpful. To recap my advice, I urge you to enjoy the holidays, eat whatever you want but control your food intake through smaller portions, and don’t worry if you put on a few pounds. With the right products and a little discipline, it is not hard to get back to your pre-Christmas weight quickly and easily. Have a wonderful Holiday Season and a New Year that brings you joy and happiness.

X

Health & Wellness

Joyce Thompson

2007-12-01 09:11:00

QUESTION: I get so depressed during the fall season, what can lead to this?

Answer: Actually, there might be several things going on making it so difficult for you. First of all as we near October we get bombarded by the holidays – there’s Columbus Day, Halloween, Veteran’s Day, Thanksgiving, Hanukkah, Christmas, Kwanzaa, New Year’s Eve and New Year’s Day! These holidays can interrupt our routines, even if we do not celebrate every single one. Banks, schools and many offices close for the holidays and even the post office takes off more days than usual. As you gear up for all of the festivities, I wonder if you find your daily routine going out the window, causing you to feel even more stressed out. During the holidays, we are increasingly faced with demands of our time and our energy – both personally and professionally. There are gifts to buy for family, friends, and co-workers, parties to attend, extra cooking and baking to be done, year-end work projects and reports to get finished; the list goes on and on. It’s easy to end up exhausted – both physically and mentally, as we rush around trying our best to do it all! As the to-do lists grow and the spending gets out-of-hand, our frustrations tend to grow as well. In our society, the holiday season is supposed to be a joyous time of the year. I wonder if you sometimes feel pressured to pretend that you are happy and to force yourself to participate in the festivities just to make others happy or to fit in. This tends to cause even more stress and irritability! Our children and grandchildren want all of the latest gizmos and gadgets and we hate to disappoint them. This leads to increased spending and possibly strained finances. It’s easy to get caught up in the commercialism and the hype; trying to ‘buy’ the perfect ‘Norman Rockwell’ holiday season. Perhaps you find yourself spending more time than usual with relatives. This can set us up for disappointment and an arousal of feelings, sometimes unpleasant. Maybe you have no friends or family in which to share the holidays, causing even more feelings of loneliness than is usual. For individuals who struggle with feelings of anxiety, loneliness, and/or depression, this can be an especially difficult time of the year. In this type of atmosphere, it’s no wonder you are overwhelmed with stress! Oftentimes the biggest challenge is the feeling of being out-of-control since during the holiday season others are more involved than usual in your decision-making. No matter how hard you try, you can’t always make things perfect. Remember that it’s okay to do the best that you are capable of, even if you don’t accomplish everything on your to-do list. Try taking just one day at a time! When feeling excessively stressed, it’s best to reach out to others; a trusted friend or a mental health professional, if necessary.

X

Health & Wellness

Ed Martin

2007-12-01 09:11:00

I know that I need to lose some weight, but I can’t seem to get serious about doing it. I have tried diets in the past and failed. Now whenever I think about taking off some pounds, either the timing is bad and I don’t start, or I start but soon quit. You have been successful at losing weight. What motivated you to keep at it?

Answer: Whenever we think about doing something challenging, there are always plenty of reasons for not doing it. Let’s face the facts. The reasons for not taking on a difficult task are almost always easier than the reasons for proceeding. That’s why it is called a challenge. If it were easier to meet a challenge head-on than to walk away, we would already be taking the easier road, and there would not be an issue. In facing the challenge of losing weight, it is much easier to think of reasons not to proceed than it is to make a commitment and stick with it. The key then is to have a reason to lose weight that is stronger than your reasons for not making the effort. Could you make the commitment to lose weight if you knew your life depended on it? What if losing weight would make the difference in whether or not someone special found you physically attractive? What if your self esteem was at stake? In the end, you have to find what is important enough to motivate you. In my case, I was 63 years old, 6 feet tall, and my weight had crept up to 220 pounds. I did not like being so out of shape and I did not like how I looked in the mirror. Also, I would see my wife maintaining her figure by eating wisely, walking and going to the gym on a regular basis. She was taking care of herself, and I was feeling guilty for not doing the same. In the back of my mind, I thought she deserved something better for a husband than some old guy with a pot belly and poorly fitting clothes. Maybe it is vanity, but I wanted her to be proud of me, and I wanted to be proud of myself. I guess my motivation to start losing weight was in wanting something better for both of us. That initial motivation carried me through June and July of this year. I started eating more of the good foods and less of the bad foods, and I started getting some exercise by riding my bicycle some in the evenings. That alone was enough to lose 15 pounds, but after getting down to 205, I was stuck. My weight leveled off, and I was getting discouraged, because I was not losing any more. Still, the medical charts indicated that my ideal weight should be in the 185 to 190 pound range. That looked like an impossible goal. It was early August when my friend in California told me about the new drug-free appetite control patch that had just come on the market. He said that he had used it to drop 10 pounds that he had never been able to get rid of, and he knew several people who had gotten similar results. His enthusiasm got me motivated to have him send me some patches to try. I may sound like a broken record in retelling my story so often, but the patches arrived mid-August, and the results I experienced amazed me. By the 3rd day, my desire for food was greatly diminished, and I was totally satisfied with having much smaller portions of the same foods I had been eating before. I lost 8 pounds in two weeks without feeling I had made a big sacrifice and without any discomfort. For me, the process was so easy with the appetite control patches that it motivated me once again to continue. Today, I weigh 191 and my weight is pretty stable. I no longer feel the need to wear the appetite control patches every day. However, when I am going to be where I know there will be a lot of food temptations, I put the patch on in the morning and wear it all day to help resist overeating. When I do gain a couple of pounds, I know I can start wearing the patches again and easily bring my weight back down. Motivation is an interesting thing, because it changes over time. My motivation to use the appetite control patches today is that I am proud of having lost about 30 pounds. I am proud of my new body and I want to maintain it. I know how easy it has been for me to lose weight by using the appetite control patches, and that motivates me to keep some on hand and to use them on occasion as needed. If I needed more motivation to lose weight, the news that was on all the networks recently quoting studies confirming that weight loss has proven important in reducing several common forms of cancer would have done it. Cancer is a word that scares the heck out of me, and when the news was reported, I was glad that I had already lost the weight. My experience with the appetite control patches has also motivated me to look into the other drug-free patches from the same company that are designed for different results. There are patches for more energy, others for enhanced sleeping, and still others for pain relief. Maybe I can share information on my experiences with them in some future edition of this newspaper. Back to what might help motivate you to lose weight, I only have one question. What could weight loss help you to achieve in your life that is more important to you than all the reasons for not doing it? If you can answer this question honestly, you should have all the motivation you need. Let me know how you are doing.

X

Health & Wellness

Ed Martin

2007-11-01 08:42:00

I want to lose weight, but every diet I have ever tried gets so boring that I get tired of it and quit. I hate diets that limit me to just eating the same few things over and over, and the foods I really like are never on the diet. What do you suggest that I can do to lose weight and still enjoy eating?

Answer: I believe it is possible to lose weight while eating foods you enjoy, because I have done it myself. Let me share my experience with you. First of all, when considering my weight, I think of my body as a savings account much like my savings account at the credit union. When I put more money into my savings account than I take out, my balance gets bigger, and when I take more money out than I put in, my balance gets smaller. At the credit union, having a growing balance in my savings account is a good thing. My body is a savings account for energy. I consume food for nutrition (vitamins and minerals) and for energy (calories). Any calories that I do not burn up for energy are saved by my body in the form of fat If I take in more calories than I burn up, I gain fat, and if I burn up more calories than I take in, I lose fat. With my body, I want to keep my balance of stored energy (fat) as small as possible. In my opinion, a diet is just an organized way to get you to take in fewer calories than you burn up. Since most of the foods we crave are high in fats and sugar, they are high in calories, which is not good. That’s why diet gurus tell you to follow some routine such as not eating carbs, or eating lots of grapefruit, or some other ritual designed to lower your calorie intake. Whoever comes up with the latest diet writes a book about it and gets rich while desperate people who want to lose weight spend their money on another dose of hope that will leave them hungry and frustrated. Many years ago, I was a smoker. I knew I should quit smoking, and I even said that I wanted to quit, but it was never the “right time”. In fact, I never quit until I made a commitment to quit and set my mind to being successful. Then it was actually pretty easy. I look at weight loss the same way. Even though I have tried diets off and on over the years, I never stuck with any diet because I always had to give up eating what I liked. The diets were too hard to live with, so I would quit, and I watched my weight gradually grow to 220. In late May of this year, my wife, who has maintained her figure beautifully, said that she wanted to shed a few pounds for the summer. I said that I would support her by doing the same. At that point, I made a commitment to her, and I was not going to let her down. The key word in both quitting smoking and in losing weight is the same; …COMMITMENT. Without a commitment, nothing will work. OK, so much for all the philosophy. What does this have to do with how I lost weight while still eating the foods I enjoy? Very simple. I cut back on quantities, and I started to eat smarter. I ate more fruits, vegetables and nuts, which I like, and I ate less of the high fat and sugar content foods that I also like. Notice that I did not say I quit eating the high fat and sugar content foods, because that would only cause me to crave them more. Instead, I went to smaller portions and gradually ate them less and less often. Sometimes I only had a couple of bites. However, I never totally outlawed anything that I like to eat. At lunch time, I usually grab a fast food burger with a diet drink. To lose weight, I did not change my burger habit, but I committed to eating burgers at a local chain that only puts lettuce, tomato, and onion on its burgers, along with a little ketchup and mustard, but without adding mayo or special sauces. They also offer sugar-free jello as an alternative to french fries. Now, I still get a fast food lunch that I like, but it has helped lower my calorie intake. I can give you additional examples of ways I altered my eating habits to lower my calorie intake without giving up foods I enjoy, but you are probably getting the idea. I also started riding my bicycle 2 or 3 times a week in the evening to help burn some calories. I was taking in fewer calories while I was burning up more, and my fat “savings account” dropped 15 pounds in about 2 months. However, my weight loss leveled off and I was stuck at 205 for several weeks. I started to lose weight again in August when I was introduced to the appetite control patch that I have discussed in previous editions of Q&A Times. This drug-free patch helped me reduce my desire for food without any side effects. I actually went for my fast food burger like before, but I was not hungry enough to eat the whole thing, so I cut it in half and threw one part away. At my favorite Mexican restaurant, I replaced my normal plate of food with a couple of tacos. Cutting back became easier than ever, and over the past 2 months, I have lost almost another 15 pounds. Based on my personal experience, I feel very comfortable telling you that you can lose weight while still eating the foods you enjoy. Just cut back on portions, eat smart, and exercise a little when you can. If you need additional help, you may want to do what I did and try the patch to help control your appetite. Let me know how you do.

X

Health & Wellness

Ed Martin

2007-09-01 14:51:00

Sometimes I eat when I’m not even hungry. What makes me do that, and how can I stop?

Do you remember the old excuse some people would give for why they did something they should not have done? The excuse was, “The Devil made me do it.” The line was usually delivered tongue-in-cheek, more as a joke than a real excuse. However, the message was pretty clear. In effect, it was saying, “I was tempted to do something, and so I did it.” It also implied a lack of personal responsibility by placing the blame elsewhere. Ok, I admit that this sounds like a strange way to answer your question. However, I think there is more of a parallel here than you might think. Why do we eat when we are not hungry? It is because we yield to temptation. I don’t mean “the devil made me do it” type of temptation, but temptation none the less. We are tempted to eat something when we are not hungry, and then we yield to that temptation even though we know we should not. So we eat what we shouldn’t, even when we aren’t hungry, and we wonder why we gain weight. What’s wrong with this picture? What are some of the reasons we are tempted to eat, even when we are not hungry? There are probably a lot of reasons, but here are a few of the obvious ones: TIME OF DAY - We have become programmed to eat at certain times whether we are hungry or not. At work, your lunch break may even be scheduled so that you have no choice. “Noon is lunch time” or “6:30 is supper time”. We tend to schedule our day around meal times. SIGHT - How many times have you seen something that looked so good, you could not resist having some? Have you ever said, “It looked so good, I just had to have a piece?” Of course, we all have. SMELL - Just think of the foods that make your mouth water when you smell them. How about chocolate chip cookies fresh out of the oven, or fresh homemade bread? I’m getting hungry just thinking about them. SOUND - Can you hear the sound of popcorn popping and not want some? I love buttery popcorn, and at the right time, it is almost impossible to resist. HABIT - Many times we associate food with a particular activity. For example, can you go to a movie and not stop at the candy counter? It almost seems unnatural to watch a movie and not be munching, What are some of the situations where you are tempted to eat when you are not hungry? I’ll bet that many of them fall into one or more of these categories. In my personal experience, I was really made aware of how much of my eating is done out of habit this past month when I had the opportunity to try out the appetite control patches that I first discussed in the Q&A Times last issue. You will remember that I told about being made aware of this new patch that is totally drug free, but when you wear it, your appetite is greatly reduced. I said that I was going to try it out as soon as the first shipment arrived and I would report back on my experience. First, let me say that the patch worked amazingly well for me. By the third day, I didn’t even think about being hungry. I still ate the foods I like, but I ate a lot less of them, and I lost 8 pounds in my first two weeks without any negative side effects. I love the patch and will continue to use it. However, like Paul Harvey says, “Now for the rest of the story.” I discovered that even though I was not hungry, the patch alone would not keep me from eating. I could still shove food in my face if I wanted to, and I still had to overcome the temptations noted above. I was still programmed to eat at certain times, so I made the decision to eat less. Foods that I like still looked good, smelled good, and tasted good, so I focused on not feeling hungry and passed them by. Will power and commitment have to be part of any weight loss plan, because without them, we are doomed to failure. The thing I really liked about using the appetite control patch is that it made the process so much easier, and I felt great the whole time. However, the patch alone will not keep someone from eating if they do not have some self control. Well, I take that back. There is one way it will keep anyone from eating, but they would have to tape it over their mouth.

X

Health & Wellness

Ed Martin

2007-08-01 11:27:00

I seem to be on a weight-loss roller coaster, and I’m sick of it. I have tried everything to lose weight, but the pounds always come back. What can I do?

Answer: I think my personal experience with weight loss may be similar to yours. It can be very frustrating. However, I think I have found something that may help all of us who struggle with controlling our body weight. Let me explain. Over the years, my weight has cycled up and down. I always seem to put on extra pounds over a period of time, and when my clothes get too tight, I resolve to lose weight once again. Then with my new-found motivation, I start on the latest diet and commit to an exercise program to slim down. However, I hate to diet because it means giving up the foods I like the best, and exercise is more work than I want to do for any length of time, so I eventually lose interest. (This “no pain –no gain” concept gets old.) After dieting for some time, there always comes a day when I start to crave the foods I really like, (sweets are a big problem for me) so I convince myself that it is OK to eat a donut, or a brownie, or some ice cream “just this once”. The next thing you know, I am back to my old eating habits and I gradually put the pounds back on. It has been a never ending process. Plus, here is another thing that really irritates me. As I get older, I seem to gain weight easier than ever, but it is getting harder to take it off again. Talk about frustrating! It is easy to get discouraged. Awhile back, I promised my wife that I would lose some weight. I changed my eating habits by no longer eating the “good stuff” and started to eat “healthy” instead. I also started going on long bike rides, lifting some light weights, etc. It all paid off, and I dropped about 15 pounds to where I am today. However, I am still above my ideal weight. I am starting to rationalize bad eating habits again, and my weight loss has leveled off. I recently began visiting the jar of peanut M&M’s that my assistant keeps on her desk. Each time I only take 3 or 4, but my trips are becoming more frequent. And today, there was a birthday party for one of the women in my office, so everyone brought treats. There were some delicious chocolate brownies that became addictive, and I ate 4 of them. Now I don’t feel like exercising. Sound familiar? The problem for many of us is that we eventually give in to cravings for the unhealthy high-calorie foods that we love. There are complex scientific explanations for this, but here is my simple version. Our brain knows that we have lost weight; it thinks we must be starving; and it goes into survival mode. Our brain tells our body to put the pounds back on for self protection. Then we start to crave those favorite foods with lots of sugars or fats that give us the calories needed to regain our weight. Another explanation is that eating foods we enjoy creates a pleasure sensation that becomes a form of addiction. The longer we are away from these foods, the more we crave what we are missing. Unless we have very strong will power for an extended period, the cravings eventually win us back to our old ways, and the pounds return. I think I may have found something that can help us control our cravings. This is a new product that uses a drug-free technology, and from what I am told, it really works. This product is so new that the field trials have been completed, and the first distributor orders are being processed as I am writing this. I have ordered the product for my own testing, but I have not received it yet. Friends of mine who were invited to be involved in testing say the product works amazingly well. I don’t know too much about this new product, but I will tell you the little bit that has been explained to me. Apparently it is an adhesive-backed patch, sort of like a round band-aid, that is applied to a specific point on your body. There are no drugs and nothing enters your body, but the patch utilizes your body’s own energy to gently stimulate your acupuncture points that control hunger. The result, according to my friends, is that your cravings for specific foods disappear almost immediately, and when you set down for a meal, you feel full very quickly. They say this enables you to dramatically cut your food intake without feeling hungry, and you will lose weight easily.“ Lose weight easily” sounds good to me, so I am going to give this new patch a try as soon as the ones I ordered arrive. I will keep you posted on my results.

X

Health & Wellness

Dr Chris Kabler

2007-04-01 09:49:00

Now that Im in my 40’s and want to stay active, what should I be doing to keep my back healthy?

George Burns said it best when he stated "If Id known I was gonna live this long, I would have taken better care of myself".Previous generations of Americans used to plan to live to the age of about 60. That was the supposed life expectancy of those times and that is what people planned for. Unfortunately, that didn’t happen for most of those retirees. As a result, we now have millions of retired seniors who are filling up retirement homes at an enormous rate, spending their last 15, 20 and even 30 years of life being taken care of 24 hours a day because they are not healthy, or strong enough to care for themselves. Ask most people what age they will make it too, and most will tell you they are not planning on making it past 70 or so. Don’t count on that though! The fact is that the fastest growing population in the world are the centenarians, those who are100 years old or more. If you are a baby boomer, you can plan on joining the 400 million centenarians that are estimated to be present world wide by the year 2050. What will your quality of life be at that age? If you are 40 now, what will your back be like after another 60 years? For those parents and grandparents who were considered the "Greatest Generation" they are now considered the “nursing home generation”. They are living longer but their spines and muscles that are needed to support them have degenerated to the point that a lot of those people in that age group are so limited in their physical abilities that they cannot take care of themselves. It didn't have to be that way! Those who remain active and take of their bodies can continue to be physically active much longer into those retirement years. Look at Jack LaLanne. He is 93 and still very physically active. Most people don’t know it but Jack LaLanne is a chiropractor. Throughout his life his health was a priority and is able to reap the rewards of those decisions now that he is in his 90’s. When you consider the importance of our spine and nervous system regarding our health, it makes you wonder why more people don’t care for it better. Every day gravity will exert stress on our spines. The better our joints are aligned and working properly the better they will deal with stress. The end result of a poorly working spine, is degeneration of the spinal joints. When we consider how important it is for our frame to support us for around a hundred years, it makes sense to care for it properly. In addition to supporting our body, our spine is also designed to protect our spinal cord and nervous system. It is our nervous system that controls and regulates every function of our body. When was the last time you had to ask if your heart was pumping fast enough, or if your stomach was digesting your lunch? You don’t have to ask, your nervous system controls all of our vital organ functions for us, as long as it is not blocked or inhibited. Our breathing, circulation, hormone production, even our immune systems, are all affected by our nervous system. Spinal problems have been proven to cause changes in our nervous system that can affect our bodies ability to function normally. When our nervous system is inhibited, our body is prone to sickness and disease. We are fortunate to be getting the advance warning that our predecessors didn’t have regarding the likelihood of living a lot longer than those before us. What will you do with this knowledge? Invest in the health of your spine before it begins to deteriorate, and you will feel better now, but you will also be more active later in life.

X

Health & Wellness

Ed Martin

2007-02-01 16:23:00

What is Molecular Manufacturing?

ANSWER: This month’s column is a continuation in the discussion of the “Big Picture” for Nanotechnology, its future, and how developments in Nanotechnology will affect the lives of our children and grandchildren. Richard Feynman, noted American physicist and 1965 Nobel Prize winner for his work in understanding subatomic particles, was the free thinker credited with laying the intellectual groundwork for the development of today’s concepts in nanotechnology. Over 40 years ago, he stated, “The principles of physics, as far as I can see, do not speak against the possibility of maneuvering things atom by atom.” Molecular manufacturing, as we are discussing it today, is the theoretical process of manufacturing items by constructing their components, atom by atom. Several months ago, I stated that technology as we currently know it is a product of industry. Raw materials are taken from the earth or from nature, and they are changed into forms that someone considers useful. Trees become lumber, then houses. Mountains become rubble, then molten iron, then steel, then automobiles. Sand becomes purified gas, then silicon, then computer chips. And so it goes. I pointed out that nature shows us there is another way. For example, consider how trees make wood. Leaves gather solar energy using molecular electronic systems to create the reaction of photosynthesis. Energy from the leaves drives precise molecular machines that process carbon dioxide and water into oxygen and molecular building blocks. Trees grow, creating more wood, by using other molecular machines to join these molecular building blocks together, forming roots, trunks, branches, twigs, solar collectors (leaves), and more molecular machines. Each leaf is an incredibly sophisticated molecular manufacturing facility that works quietly and efficiently without human input, while consuming pollutants in the process. The fields of chemistry and mechanical engineering will gradually blend with the molecular sciences and use nanotechnology to create new molecular machines operating in accord with equations forming the basis of natural law. As manufacturing becomes increasingly based on the interaction of molecular machines, the high technology found in the functions of nature, with trees as a good example, may ultimately become the model for how our industrial processes operate. Most nanoscale research currently being funded involves developing very small nanostructures, identifying their novel properties and figuring ways to use these new properties in new products. This is very useful work, and in many cases, it could become quite profitable. However, this work is quite different from molecular nanotechnology which is leading to molecular manufacturing. The goal of molecular manufacturing is to construct complex products from individual atoms by placing each one in its proper place according to an exact blueprint. The atoms are joined together into minute structures that are replicated over and over again. Vast numbers of identical structures are produced that become the building blocks for manufacturing larger components, structures and machines. It is somewhat like joining individual bricks together according to blueprints and creating houses, except it is happening at a microscopic scale. What we are discussing today is theory, but experts believe it will be a reality within a few years. This theory begins with a very small nano-robotic device called a “fabricator” that can be programmed to use supplied chemicals to create large molecules that can be joined to create specific structural patterns. An example of this is to build diamond lattice through mechanically guided chemistry. By building the lattice in various directions, a wide variety of components can be made. This diamond structure would be at least ten times as strong as steel for the same weight – probably closer to 100 times as strong. The robotic system used to build the diamond structure could also be used to assemble the parts into a machine. In fact, there is no reason why a robotic system cannot build a copy of itself. Since a single fabricator is very small, it is limited in what it can produce. However, since each atom is placed in an exact location according to the programmed assembly instructions, a fabricator can duplicate itself easily and quickly, producing as many exact copies of itself as are needed. Large numbers of fabricators can be combined to build a personal nanofactory capable of making a wide variety of small products. A personal nanofactory can also make copies of itself, enabling large numbers of personal nanofactories to be combined to create larger molecular manufacturing facilities that can be used to produce even larger products. Next month we will discuss how nanofactories will speed the process to developing a product, testing it and taking it to market while improving quality, reducing costs and preserving resources. We will also discuss when this can be expected to become reality.

X

Health & Wellness

Ed Martin

2006-11-01 15:34:00

What is the “Big Picture” for Nanotechnology? What is its future? How will developments in Nanotechnology affect the lives of my grandchildren as they grow up and raise their families?

ANSWER: In the past, this column has primarily focused on the current state of nanotechnology. We have discussed how nanotechnology has affected products presently on the market that we use every day such as cosmetic creams that are more effective, clothing that resists stains or patches that we can wear to have more energy. We have also looked into the future by discussing the idea of tiny diagnostic robots that can be inserted into the bloodstream and then travel throughout the body gathering data, taking pictures, and possibly even performing some medical procedures. However, all of these topics barely scratch the surface of what experts believe will be developed as the technology of nano-based science and engineering evolves. In an earlier column, I explained that "Nano" is a Greek word used in the metric system to mean "billionth" - a nanometer (nm) is a billionth of a meter. This is about 1/50,000th the width of a human hair or about 1/100,000th the thickness of normal office paper. Nanotechnologists will typically be working in the range of 1 to100nm as they attempt to create new advancements in a wide variety of fields. After writing several columns answering questions regarding advancements in nanotechnology, I am finding that most readers fall into one of three categories: (1) those who have no interest, (2) those who think nanotechnology is all science fiction, and (3) those who are very interested and want to know more about what the future holds. For those who think nanotechnology is all science fiction, they need to remember that, in many cases, science fiction writers have predicted the future with amazing accuracy. In Jules Verne’s book 20,000 Leagues Under the Sea, he envisioned submarines that were impossible in his time, but which are commonplace in today’s Navy. Many of the adventures of Buck Rogers no longer seem that outlandish, and Dick Tracey’s 2-way wrist radio that seemed so futuristic when we were kids is now not much more than a variation of the cell phones and PDA’s that are available to everyone. Even the death ray is now just a variation of today’s “Star Wars” technology that is being developed and tested. When we discuss how experts believe the future will be impacted through developments in nanotechnology, we are seeing a future that is far more difficult to comprehend than that predicted by the science fiction writers in their time. We will be discussing a future with benefits that go far beyond anything we have ever experienced. However, anything that can be used for good can also be used for evil, so the potential dangers are equally as large. Also, whenever new technologies are developed, we must look at the environmental risks inherent with their production, use, disposal, etc. Today’s question regarding how the future will be impacted by nanotechnology is representative of what several people have asked. This is a very broad question, and it deserves an equally broad answer. To even give a brief overview of the various issues associated with developments in nanotechnology will require more space than what is available in today’s column. In fact, it will require the space in several columns. My intent is to investigate these nanotechnology issues in more detail and report them to you in monthly segments over the next several issues of this newspaper. Until then, when it comes to Nanotechnology, think big in regard to the scope of what all will be done, and think small in regard to the size of nano-based products.

X

Health & Wellness

Ed Martin

2006-09-01 16:04:00

QUESTION: I read your column last month. I am different from others. I am initially more interested in exactly how nanotechnology works than the benefits derived. This "cell communication" thing is intriguing. Can you tell me what happens during the process? I suppose it is possible to get the cells to communicate, but how can you control what they're saying? What if they get to "talking" about doing bad things?

ANSWER: Your question is a good one because it gets to the definition of cellular communication.  In our world today, communication is critical, and many of the world’s problems are due to failures in communication.  Poor communication leads to conflicts:  people against people and even countries against countries.  Luckily that sort of problem does not exist when we are talking about cellular communication within our bodies.  Cells can’t get together and “talk about doing bad things.”

X

Health & Wellness

Dr Steven Bailey

2006-09-01 16:04:00

QUESTION: How can I promote good cardiovascular health?

ANSWER:Good cardiovascular health begins at birth, if all is going well.  Sometimes defects exist, but with that said, we should do the best to improve on that situation.  The same factors that are bad for our heart and blood vessels at the age of 49, the peak age for heart attack in males, is also present at 3 years old.  The components are always the same to good Cardiovascular Health (CV).  Those components are: 1) An optimally working Nervous system, 2) Nutritional considerations, 3) Exercise, and 4) Spiritual life.  And the importance is in the order just listed.  Not that spiritually is anything less, in general, to be the most important, we are discussing CV health, and spiritually speaking “it rains on the just and the unjust”.  Spirituality does improve one’s cardiovascular health.  Prayer, love, compassion, faith, trust in a higher power, are firmly proven to improve CV health, as well as many other diseases from cancer survival to alcohol addiction.  Having now discussed spirituality and CV health, we now will discuss the first component of cardiovascular health, an optimally functioning nervous system.The Nervous System controls all regulation in the body whether directly, or indirectly.  The nervous system regulates ones hormones, and even cellular, and organ function.  One such organ function is the heart, and one system function is the cardiovascular system.  We’ve all heard that a sudden scare or excitement may have triggered a heart attack in someone.  This is an obvious example of how a reaction of the nervous system may affect the heart.  How about blood pressure?  It is affected too.  Well, a more serious nerve problem exists when day to day, the signals or regulation of your nervous system over your CV system exists.  This happens most commonly when nerve pressure exists in the spine.  This nerve pressure gets there when there is misalignment in the spine.  Misalignment causes two things: 1) nerve problems; 2) arthritis.  Without the nervous system optimally regulating the body, one really can’t maximally benefit from nutrition, exercise, or the day to day benefits of spirituality.Nutrition is composed of what we eat and drink, and what we take in the way of nutritional supplements.  Things that may lower or raise our nutritional needs include: drug medications, stress, work, rest, and play.  Nutritional needs are unique for each individual, varying with factors such as age, race, lifestyle, and health condition.  CV Health can be promoted through nutritional means.  For instance, diagnostic testing may reveal certain CV health concerns, and would suggest health promoting nutritional considerations based on the diagnostics.  For instance, studies have shown Omega III EPA oil to be effective in reducing high cholesterol, in Soluble Fiber in insulin regulating abilities, in Magnesium in regulating heart beat and in certain bioflavinoids in promoting blood flow by reducing cell aggregation.  The bottom line is that nutrition can promote CV health tremendously.  A qualified doctor, in other words, one who understands nutritional therapy should be consulted.Once the Nervous System and Nutritional Considerations are in place, only then, can one be able to maximally benefit from exercise in a safe fashion.  That being said, are you taking care of your CV health backwards, utilizing exercise first and the others last.  If so you may be joining the many ranks of those with heart attack.  Exercise is an important regular means of promoting CV health, but ONLY in context of the other factors of: Nervous System, Nutrition, and Spirituality.  You may need to wake up to the realization that you love life and will now do what is required to really LIVE.    

X

Health & Wellness

Ed Martin

2006-08-01 16:46:00

QUESTION: I have just read about how nanotechnology is now being used for what many of the users are calling 'instant face lifts'. What's that all about?

***image1:left***

ANSWER: You have asked a great question, and I say that for two different reasons.  (1) It touches on a subject that will interest a lot of people, and (2) it opens discussion on a truly unique application of nanotechnology science.
In past columns I have explained that nanotechnology involves the development of materials and processes that are engineered at the scale of atoms and molecules.  Although there are great goals for where this emerging technology will take us in the future, most current applications are geared toward making current products better.  Examples have been to make skin creams that are more absorbent, paints that are more durable, fabrics that don’t stain, etc.
It has been very difficult finding practical real-life consumer products that “go where man has never gone before” in fully utilizing some aspect of nanotechnology science.  I am referring to products that would have been considered science fiction just a few years ago, and which are so new that they may sound like science fiction to you now.  My goal has been to identify such products that have been proven in double blind placebo controlled studies by major research organizations, and that are on the market for consumers to purchase today.  Your question touches on one of those exciting new product groups.
A California company has developed an entirely new approach to improving the performance and the appearance of the human body through a nano-based technology that has never been done before.  It involves wearing a small round patch, about like a Band-Aid, that is applied out of sight, either to your skin or to your clothing near your skin.  It does not have to touch your skin, because there are no drugs or medicines of any kind that are being transferred to your body.  (Remember, this is an entirely new “science fiction” type of product.)
Inside the one inch wide patch is organic material that “talks” to your cells through nano-scale molecular antennas that emit a “signal” when they are placed next to your body.  The energy that powers the “antennas” is your body’s own energy field, and their signal instructs specific types of cells to improve their natural function.  By adjusting the ratio of the materials in the patches when they are made, the patches can be “tuned” to emit instructions at the frequency required by different types of cells to create specific results.
All this sounds very technical, and it is.  However, the good news is that you don’t have to understand how the product works to enjoy its benefits, and it appears that the products are working very well.  Earlier applications of this company’s technology have been to create a patch to provide more energy, a patch to provide better sleep and a patch for relief of pain.  Since they provide these benefits without drugs or medicines of any kind entering the body, the patches have been gaining acceptance by everyone from Olympic athletes to ordinary people who want high performance products while living a healthy drug-free lifestyle.
I have gone a long way around the circle to answer your question, but I wanted to give you enough background that my answer would make sense.  The California company that developed the patch technology now has begun to market their latest patch, which is the “instant face lift” product you are asking about.  The “instant face lift” terminology is not totally accurate, however, because my research indicates that their patch causes skin all over the body to become healthier with greater clarity and a more youthful appearance.
In past months, I have selected questions for this column that have been fairly generic.  That is largely because the real future of nanotechnology products is still years away, and there is not a great deal to discuss in today’s market that is providing a real breakthrough.  However, I do think the patch technology that was the basis for your question provides a fascinating glimpse of the future that is here today, and I can discuss it further next month if we get questions indicating an interest.

X

Health & Wellness

Dr Steven Bailey

2006-08-01 13:07:00

Do vitamins and drugs affect each other?

Well, yes, nutrients are necessary for good health, and drugs are used commonly in health care, so some knowledge about how they can function together is a good thing.  Please consider the following bits of information and I hope the information will be helpful.  NUTRIENT REPLETION:  Nutrient Repletion: consists of identifying nutritional deficiencies, prescribing appropriate foods and dietary supplements to attempt to correct those deficiencies, and monitor progress.  In Geriatrics, the older population is thought to be from 25 percent to 60 percent (by RDA standards) deficient in many common and necessary nutrients (necessary to be healthy).  Marginal deficiencies are those that are borderline normal.  Such deficiencies are commonly known to be associated with: fetal abnormalities, growth retardation, increased susceptibility to infection, and the promotion of degenerative changes (Thurnham).  Although, in general, nutrient repletion is quite safe, there is the danger the repletion of one nutrient may worsen a deficiency of another that is not being supplemented.  Such interactions occur between Zinc and Copper, and Zinc and Iron.  Nutrient Pharmacotherapy refers to the use of nutrients, often at dosages well in excess of the RDA, for the purpose of preventing or treating illnesses that are may not be solely caused by nutrient deficiencies.
-In other words, your specific health needs may dictate a different RDA per say (recommended daily allowance) that may improve certain unwanted health conditions or disease.  Some EXAMPLES:  Niacin to reduce elevated cholesterol levels, B6 to reduce infantile seizures, Folic Acid in pregnancy to prevent defects, and Magnesium in acute coronary insufficiency to reduce the risk of myocardial infarction, arrhythmias and death.
-CAUTION:  We still have nutrient/nutrient reactions.
-NUTRIENT/DRUG interactions are of concern.  Example: Folic acid supplements which decrease the anticonvulsant action of phenytoin, and calcium which practically nullify the efficacy of tetracycline if the two are taken together.
-REDUCING RISKS:  Many of these interactions can be avoided by instructing the patient to take the supplements an hour or at least two hours after taking medication.
-Note: a Nutritional Assessment should be conducted to determine your true Nutrient Repletion and Nutritional Pharmacotherapy needs.
-NUTRIENT AND DRUG INTERACTIONS:  DRUGS MAY REACT WITH THE FOOD YOU EAT:  Ask your doctor and read labels to determine if your medication should not be taken with meals or anything else but water!
-Also be aware that nutritional deficiencies may be causing your medications to not work as well.
-Deficiency of such nutrients as calcium, magnesium, or zinc may impair drug metabolism. Energy and protein deficiencies reduce tissue levels of enzymes and may impair the response to drugs by reducing absorption and causing liver dysfunction. Drug response may also be affected by impaired absorption due to changes in the GI tract. Vitamin C deficiency is associated with decreased activity of drug-metabolizing enzymes. The frequency of adverse drug reactions in the elderly may be related to low vitamin C status.
-ADVERSE DRUG NUTRIENT INTERACTIONS:  Ace Inhibitors: Adverse interaction—Avoid Potassium supplements or high potassium foods when taking this medication because taking them together may cause undesirable or dangerous results.
NSAID’S (non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs):  These drugs cause the body to not excrete the mineral LITHIUM; therefore if you are supplementing lithium, you may build up unwanted high levels.
NSAID’S and White Willow: White Willow contains natural aspirin, so you could get too much between the two.
BETA-BLOCKERS: often used in hypertension and for arrhythmias.  This class of drugs often causes the build up of Potassium in the blood, and with the addition of Potassium supplements may cause a dangerous condition known as hyperkalemia
Many of the medications you are on may be causing nutritional deficiencies.
Many times nutritional supplements or food should be taken at separate times.
Your nutritional supplements and drug therapies should be worked out with the specific doctors who know.

X

Health & Wellness

Ed Martin

2006-07-01 09:38:00

How is nanotechnology being used to create consumer products for today’s market?  Can you give some examples?

ANSWER: Nanotechnology concerns materials and working devices that are engineered at the scale of atoms and molecules.   Advances in nanotech will affect electronics and computing, medicine, cosmetics, foods, the military, energy – all walks of life.  By 2020, $1 trillion worth of products could be nano-engineered in some way."Nano" comes from the Greek "dwarf". It is used in the metric system to refer to "billionth" - a nanometer (nm) is a billionth of a meter.  Put another way, this is about 1/50,000th the width of a human hair. Normal office paper is about 100,000nm thick. Nanotechnologists will typically work in the range 1-100nm.Nanotech should not be confused with miniaturization – although it will lead to smaller components in chips, for example.  Nanotech exploits the novel properties seen in materials when their atoms and molecules are very carefully arranged. These properties are not generally seen in large-scale solids of the same chemical composition.We can learn about nanotechnology from nature.  For example, the gecko can walk up a vertical glass wall and even hang upside down from a glass ceiling. The hairs (spatulae) on its feet are so small they can exploit forces that pull molecules together, sticking the gecko to the glass.  Nanotech can make sticky tape lined with gecko-like synthetic hairs that do the same job.The cosmetics industry already puts nano-particles in lotions, creams and shampoos.  Nano-sized zinc oxide particles are used in suncreams.   The particles are particularly good at absorbing ultra-violet rays, but they make the lotion transparent and smooth instead of sticky and white.Nanotechnology can make windows easy to keep clean, even in the rain.  For example, Pilkington coats the surface of its Activ glass with titanium oxide nano-particles.  Sunshine on these special windows triggers a chemical reaction which breaks down dirt.  When water hits the glass, it spreads evenly over the surface, instead of forming droplets, and runs off rapidly taking the dirt with it.  In the automotive industry, nanotechnology has been used to develop higher quality paints than were ever possible before.  Another example involves carbon nanotubes, which are sheets of graphite (carbon) that are rolled up on themselves. These ultra-strong cylinders are just a few nanometres across, but they can be used to make composite coatings for car bumpers that better hold their shape in a crash. The clothing industry uses nanotechnology to make stain-repellent fabrics.  A chemical process applies nano-size particles to fabrics as they are manufactured.  When liquids are spilled on clothing made from those fabrics, the liquid is not absorbed.  Instead it beads up on the garment’s surface and is easily wiped away.  In another example, socks that are made with nano-silver particles give anti-microbial protection, preventing bacteria and fungus that cause itching and foot odor.It is interesting to know that products we commonly use every day are being made better through applied research using nanotechnology.

X

Health & Wellness

Dr Steven Bailey

2006-07-01 09:08:00

QUESTION: If needed, at what age could you begin chiropractic care for a child?

ANSWER: In order for the reader to understand the answer to this question, I would like to explain what chiropractic care is.  Chiropractic is the science and art of identifying misalignment in the spine, and correcting that misalignment.  Being in alignment in the spine is never wrong.  It is always right.  Misalignment in the spine causes two things: 1) Nerve Pressure, and 2) the beginning of arthritis.  In that the nervous system runs all aspects of the body, even the hormonal system, and controls all development and function.  Having a nervous system that works optimally is very, very important.  So having nerve pressure is not acceptable where health is concerned.  Arthritis is caused by the failure of ability to hold proper joint alignment.  While the gross manifestation of arthritis may be years in the making, its cause is misalignment.  Misalignment causes unnatural stresses in the joints that leads to decay.  The cause of misalignment is trauma.  If you have had trauma, you may have developed misalignment.  Trauma causes you to lose the ability to hold alignment in the joint.  Birth ranks as a trauma for most children.  Therefore, chiropractic care should begin at birth.  The need is to check for misalignment so as to remove nerve pressure and the cause of future arthritis in the life of that sweet child.  To conclude let me share a story from my own experience.  One day my wife tells me that so-an-so down the street is taking their 6 month old baby in for exploratory brain surgery.  We drove down and talked with the woman.  I asked if testing had already been done, she said, “everything showed normal”. She said that the baby’s right eye had hung 80% closed from birth.  The baby cried nearly constantly, never seemed at peace, didn’t sleep well. She said that the baby was born breach presentation and birthing was therefore difficult. Later, upon examination at my office, I found a misaligned Cervical and Occipit. I gently felt my correction take place. The baby went instantly, peacefully relaxed.  The baby went on to sleep well, stop the constant crying. I told the mother, that sometimes nerve pressure and even cerebrospinal fluid pressure can develop due to this type of misalignment. The baby was spared from exploratory brain surgery, because we found the problem and fixed it. I told the mother that the eye, all going well, would begin to gradually open over the next couple of months- and it did.  Where would this baby’s life have been without chiropractic, what future did it have?  Chiropractic saves lives. Everyone should be checked periodically for misalignment at any age.  Perhaps you have heard of the 92 year old Jack Lallane. He has lived two lives of health.  Chiropractic has been there all along for him. My grandfather, at 90 years old, said that he had health to throw away. I wish that every single person will truly live every day, not just be alive, so as the good book says, “be in good health, even as your soul prospers”. Get them babies down here, is what I have to say about it.

X

Health & Wellness

Ed Martin

2006-06-01 09:41:00

Some of your thoughts about how nanotechnology will affect our future are interesting, but they sound almost too good to be possible.  Can this be true?

ANSWER: For several months now, I have been answering questions about nanotechnology, which experts believe will be a pivotal factor in how our lives will be changed in the future.  Yet for many people, it seems like “Star Wars” technology, …interesting, but too far out to be believable.  It is too much change for them to comprehend.Change is an interesting thing.  Our lives are constantly changing, but it usually happens gradually.   That’s why we often don’t see the full scope of change until we look back and see how much things are different.  It’s a little like aging.  One day we realize that we have gone from being the young couple on the block to being one of the older couples.  Our kids grew up and now they have kids of their own.  Looking forward 30 years ago, it would have been difficult to comprehend, but looking back, it is amazing how quickly and easily it happened.  Changes in technology affect our lives in much the same way.In 1972, I worked downtown, and I was excited to learn that Macy’s had stocked a new technology.  I quickly wrote a check for $75 to purchase a battery powered 4-function calculator.  It was a Commodore brand, about the size of a pack of cigarettes, and I thought it was fantastic.  Later calculators became so complex with so many buttons that you had to be either an engineer or a scientist to understand them, and they evolved into computers.  Other calculators became smaller and smaller until some were the size of a credit card with buttons too small to use easily.  Two weeks ago I purchased a large-button calculator better suited to my fat fingers.  It is solar-powered with all the functions I could ever want, and I paid $1 for it in a discount store.  What was once a technological wonder is now not much more than a throw-away toy from a Cracker Jack box.  (Remember those?)In my 1959 high school typing class, I learned to use a manual typewriter.  After a few years, electric typewriters were introduced, and later my office changed to the latest IBM typewriter with all the letters on a round ball instead of individual arms.  Next was the typewriter with a memory card so that documents could be stored and recalled, and then we graduated to the word processor that was sort of a single function computer.  Technology was gradually changing how we did business.Computer development actually began in the 1940’s.  The first computer, the ENIAC, was built for the U.S. military, and it was huge, covering 1,800 square feet and using 18,000 vacuum tubes.  By 1951, the first UNIVAC computer had been completed for the U.S. Government which was much more sophisticated, used only 5,400 vacuum tubes and covered only 352 square feet.  The size-reduction race had begun.Do you remember when computer data was stored on punch cards?  That was the technology until magnetic tape replaced them in the 1980’s.  Punch cards are now as obsolete as dial telephones, carburetors on cars and vinyl records in your stereo cabinet.  My how quickly things change.The first personal computers were introduced in the mid 1970’s, and by the 1980’s there were people whom I worked with starting to use them.  I resisted until a little over 15 years ago, but once I started using computers, and they became increasingly faster and more powerful, they quickly took over how I did my work.  Now I spend hours every day on computers in my work and at home, using them for communicating by e-mail, writing, using the internet, developing data bases, creating spreadsheets, paying bills, and yes, even playing games.  I can’t imagine getting things done without the speed and efficiency of doing it on a computer.Today with everything becoming digital, and with the internet and wireless communication, the lines between computing, photography, graphics, music, movies, telephones, e-mail and text messaging are all beginning to blur into one big digital stew.  On one hand, the past 25 years have been a whirlwind of technological change, and many older people feel left behind, but for the younger people who have grown up with it, what we have today is perfectly normal.  One thing we know for sure, change will continue at an incredible pace, and the future will make whatever we have today obsolete.More change has happened in the last 100 years than in the entire history of mankind up to that time, and what we consider normal today was incomprehensible just a single generation ago.  Yet everything man has accomplished has been through converting raw materials into finished products that meet our needs.  As we have learned more, we have been able to work at greater detail in smaller and smaller size.  Knowledge and the ability to apply it have reached the point where we can now make changes at the molecular level.  That ability is the bridge to new developments in nanotechnology. Nanotechnology has already impacted products through improvements made at their molecular level, and there are exciting new nanotechnology based products currently available for increased energy, improved sleep, pain relief, younger appearance, etc.   In future columns we will continue to look at how nanotechnology may be changing lives through new developments in the years ahead.  However, if you start to feel that these thoughts for the future are too much to believe, just look at the technological changes that have happened in your lifetime.  With that much change already, how can we say that the future is unbelievable?  At  today’s rate of change, the future may be here sooner than we think.

X

Health & Wellness

Charlie Traffas

2006-03-30 14:20:00

ANSWER: (Part 2): In last month’s column, I stated that I believe nanotechnology will become the basis for the biggest changes in how we live that have ever occurred in man’s history.  I also said that I realize how totally outrageous my statement sounds, but I believe it to be true.  I concluded by suggesting that future columns would provide examples of how nanotechnology-based processes may change our lives dramatically.As we look to the future, we can paint scenarios showing the wide range of opportunities and benefits associated with nanotechnology development.  We can look at the prospects and possibilities, but we cannot make solid predictions of what will happen.  This is because human choices and discoveries will depend on a wide range of factors and alternatives far beyond our ability to anticipate or to control.Let’s look at a scenario having to do with healthcare and nano-medicine that cures:Linda Miller has been hoarse for several weeks, and now she has a terrible head cold.  She stops at the local supermarket and buys a $5 bottle of nose and throat spray that is advertised to be “The Cure for the Common Cold.”  For her $5, Linda is purchasing 10 billion nano-size molecular mechanisms programmed to recognize each of the 500 most common viruses that that cause colds, influenza, and the like.  Within 3 hours of using the spray, 99 percent of the viruses in her nose and throat will be destroyed, and the rest will be on the run.  Within six hours, the medical mechanisms in the spray will become inactive and will soon be cleared from her body.  Linda quickly feels much better, and she will not infect her friends at dinner this evening.A few weeks later, the hoarseness Linda was experiencing before she caught her cold is still present, and it seems to be getting worse.  However, she is too busy to be concerned, so she ignores it.  Finally, after returning from a vacation trip and getting caught up with everything, Linda makes an appointment to see her doctor.Doctor Jones looks down Linda’s throat and gives a thoughtful, “Hmmmmm.”  He asks Linda to inhale an aerosol spray, cough, spit in a cup, and then go relax with a magazine.  He places Linda’s sample in his cell analyzer, and five minutes later, the diagnosis pops up on a screen.  Linda has a malignant cancer of the throat.The machine has the ability to analyze the cells in more detail, so Doctor Jones touches the “Proceed” button on the screen.  Twenty minutes later, he returns to the screen to check on progress, and the news is good.  Linda’s cancer cells are all of one basic kind, displaying one of the 16,314 known molecular markers for malignancy.   The molecular markers enable cancer cells to be recognized, and if they can be recognized, they can be destroyed by nano-sized molecular machines that have been programmed to react to those markers.Doctor Jones instructs his cell analyzer to produce a test sample of molecular “immune machines” to go after cancer cells bearing the same marker as those in Linda’s throat.  He tests them on the cells in Linda’s sample, and sees that they work as expected.  He tells the cell analyzer to produce a larger batch.When Doctor Jones walks into the room where she has been waiting, Linda puts down her magazine and says, “Well, Doc, you look serious.  What’s the word?”“I found some suspicious cells, but this should clear it up,” he replies.  He gives her a throat spray and an injection.  “I’d like you to come back in three weeks, just to be sure.”“Oh, do I have to?” she asks.  “I am so incredibly busy.”“Linda,” he lectures her, “We need to make sure it’s gone.  You really shouldn’t let things like this go for so long before you come in.”“OK, fine, I’ll make the appointment.”  As she is leaving the office, Linda thinks fondly of how old-fashioned and conservative Doctor Jones is.The roll nanotechnology will play in the future of medicine will be to work with the body’s natural systems to achieve the desired results.  Linda’s story is a good example.  The natural molecular mechanisms of the body’s immune system already destroy most potential cancers before they grow large enough to be detected.  With nanotechnology, medical science will new build molecular mechanisms to destroy the cancer cells that the immune system misses.  This will enable most cancer victims to be treated successfully without discomfort or side effects.  Similar processes will be available for other treating other diseases as well.

X

Health & Wellness

Ed Martin

2006-03-01 13:04:00

QUESTION: How can something as small as the molecules in nanotechnology be such a big deal? 

ANSWER: (Part 1)I believe that with the development of nanotechnology, we are seeing the beginning of the biggest change in how we will live that has ever occurred since man first appeared on this planet.  I realize that sounds like a totally outrageous statement, and it’s going to take more room than I have here to fully explain what I mean.  That’s why I am calling this answer “Part 1.”  My answer will continue in the next issue of Q&A Times.The history of mankind thus far has been marked by a continual evolution of technology.  We have gone from making stone tools to making metal tools.  We learned to make bronze, then iron, and later steel.  We have gone from walking to riding horses, then to coaches, ships, trains, cars and airplanes.  We have gone from simple hand work to great mechanized factories with assembly lines and products with interchangeable parts.  With each new technology, lives were changed in irreversible ways.  As we found newer and better ways to do things, the old ways were no longer acceptable, and many of the great discoveries of the past became irrelevant.  There is no better example of this that the changes that have occurred over the past 30 years as we have gone from typewriters and adding machines to word processors and calculators, then to incredibly powerful personal computers and now to miniature personal electronic devices would have been impossible to imagine just a few years ago.  Again, our world has been irreversibly changed.Still, all of the technological advances that have happened thus far in the history of the world have one thing in common.  It doesn’t matter whether we are talking about a cave man’s stone axe, a space station orbiting the earth, or a teenager’s latest combination cell phone, camera, internet connection and digital music system.  They are all are made from plant, animal or mineral based materials that have been modified in a manufacturing or chemical process to create the components of the final product. Technology as we know it is a product of industry - of manufacturing and chemical engineering.  Materials are taken from nature – ore from mountains, trees from forests – and they are changed into forms that someone considers useful.  Trees become lumber, then houses.  Mountains become rubble, then molten iron, then steel, then automobiles.  Sand becomes purified gas, then silicon, then computer chips.  And so it goes.  Each process is crude, based on cutting, stirring, baking, spraying, etching, grinding, etc.Trees, though, are not crude.  To make wood and leaves, trees do not cut, stir, bake, spray, etch, nor grind.  Instead, their leaves gather solar energy using molecular electronic systems that create the reaction of photosynthesis.  They use that energy to drive precise molecular machines that process carbon dioxide and water into oxygen and molecular building blocks.  Trees grow by using other molecular machines to join these molecular building blocks forming roots, trunks, branches, twigs, solar collectors (leaves), and more molecular machines.  Each leaf is more sophisticated than a spacecraft and more finely patterned than the latest computer chip.   They do this without noise, heat, toxic fumes or human labor, and they consume pollutants in the process.  Viewed in this way, trees are very high technology, while computer chips and rockets are not.This view of trees as an example of high technology gives us a hint of how industrial processes may function in the future.  Today’s technologies will be replaced by clean, efficient, self replicating, environmentally friendly processes that do not consume resources but rather leave the environment better than it was before.   In the future, the fields of chemistry and mechanical engineering, as we know them, will disappear as they blend with the molecular sciences and use nanotechnology to create new molecular machines operating in accord with the equations forming the basis of natural law.  As manufacturing becomes increasingly based on the interaction of molecular machines, the high technology found in the functions of nature, with trees as a good example, may ultimately become the model for how our industrial processes operate.I will expand on this more next month and begin to develop examples of how nanotechnology-based processes will change our lives dramatically.

X

Health & Wellness

Dr John P Gorecki

2006-02-01 15:30:00

What is a Gamma Knife and what is it used for?

A Gamma Knife is not actually a knife. It’s a device that uses a high dose of radiation to destroy brain tumors with one treatment, without harming surrounding brain tissue. This is possible because its 201 beams of radiation are weak as they travel through the brain, but powerful when they meet in the tumor. Computer technology enables doctors to precisely direct the beams so that they intersect only in the tumor. After treatment, the tumor stops growing and usually shrinks or disappears completely. The Gamma Knife is especially valuable in cases where a tumor cannot be reached by surgery without harming the brain.Gamma Knife treatment is performed on an outpatient basis and patients are able to return to their normal activities within one or two days. In addition to brain tumors, the Gamma Knife can treat blood vessel malformations in the head, and the facial pain of trigeminal neuralgia.Gamma Knife technology has treated more than 300,000 patients worldwide since it was first developed 20 years ago. There is only one Gamma Knife in Wichita. It was installed in 2003.

X

Health & Wellness

Ed Martin

2005-12-29 14:16:00

: I hear some people say that we should take nutritional supplements, and I hear others say that if we eat properly, we don't need supplements.  Should I take supplements, and if so, what should I take?

ANSWER: Our bodies are designed to heal themselves when they are injured, to avoid sickness when they are exposed to germs, and to recover from illness when they do get sick. Our bodies' ability to do this is dependent on our having proper nutrition in our diet. These nutrients become the critical building blocks for repairing and protecting all aspects of our bodies.A disturbing fact in our fast food society today is that most people do not eat everything they should for proper nutrition. Even those people who do eat all the correct fruits, vegetables, grains etc. are normally not getting the nutrition they need because those foods are often lacking in nutrients. They have been grown in soils that are depleted of minerals and fertilized to produce fast growth and bulk without concern for nutritional content. In addition, chemical products are often added to preserve fresh produce and to keep it looking attractive in the store even though it may be detrimental to its nutritional value. If those foods are cooked, some vital nutrients are destroyed by the heat also.My whole point here is that everyone should be taking nutritional supplements as part of their daily routine. Consider this:  a farmer who is raising animals and feeding them with crops he has grown on his farm will almost always add nutritional supplements to the animals' diet to make up for what is lacking in their feed. If animals cannot be raised effectively on farm grown grains and produce without having nutritional supplements added to their diet, why should we think we can eat farm grown grains and produce without needing additional nutrition? Much of society thinks they can eat whatever they want and do whatever they want whenever they want. They assume that if they do get sick or injured, they won't have to worry because the medical profession will make them well again. The better alternative is always to prevent the problem before it happens through proper health habits including taking nutritional supplements.In taking supplements, the first thing to remember is to use quality products, but keep it simple. Price alone is not a key to good quality, but I do tend to shy away from the lower priced supplements. Since nutritional products are not government regulated, manufacturers have a lot of flexibility in what ingredients they use, in how their products are manufactured, and in how their products are labeled. This is one area where I tend to believe that you get what you pay for, and that up to a point, cheaper is not necessarily better.    Everyone should begin with the basic nutritional supplements for general good health. In my opinion, that would include vitamins, minerals and antioxidants. Vitamins and minerals need to work together in your body, and they need to be in proper balance, so I recommend taking a single product that contains a broad spectrum of these nutrients. I also recommend that they be taken in liquid form if possible because liquids are normally much more readily absorbed.   Antioxidants are super powerful forms of certain vitamins that play a critical role in protecting the body against attack by renegade cells. The ingredients to look for in antioxidants are very important. It is commonly accepted that the best antioxidant products are made from a combination of maritime pine bark extract and grape seed extract. If you have a product with these two ingredients plus either curcuminoids or tumeric extract, that is even better.Vitamins, minerals and antioxidants taken together on a daily basis, will often produce positive health results for people with any number of existing conditions. I believe this is because that balanced grouping of quality ingredients enhances the body's natural ability to protect and heal itself. For people who are already healthy, these ingredients strengthen the body's ability to maintain that condition of health. It is my opinion that all people, from young children to the very old, should take these vitamins, minerals and antioxidants every day of their lives.In addition to vitamin, mineral and antioxidant products, many stores also have a large number of products that only contain one specific vitamin or mineral ingredient. They tend to also have many different herbal products as well as other types of individual nutrients. I look at these as products to take in addition to the basic vitamins, minerals and antioxidants, but only as needed for individual issues. For example, if you have a history of arterial blockages, you may want to look at taking a natural oral chelation product to help in keeping your arteries clean, or if you have joint pain, you may want to try a product containing cetyl myristoleate. There are many examples of these individual nutrient products for helping with specific problems.Learning about nutritional supplements and their application can be a lifelong project, because new information is constantly being presented. I invite you to continue studying this most fascinating topic.

X

Health & Wellness

Charlie Traffas

2005-11-01 16:19:00

: I believe in staying fit and staying healthy. How can nanotechnology help improve health?

ANSWER: You have asked an interesting question that really cuts to the chase in discussing this new technology.  After all, the term nanotechnology is a catch-all term for the science of developing products that are designed at the molecular and atomic level.  By manipulating matter at such incredibly small dimensions (about one-billionth of a meter), existing materials can take on entirely new properties, and new products can be produced that were never possible before.It is important to understand that nanotechnology is not a specific technology but rather a broad-based class of enabling technologies that will impact many industries and professions in the years ahead.  Its impact on product development will ultimately be as significant as the impact we have seen computers have in our lifetime.  The National Science Foundation has predicted that the global market for nanotechnologies will reach $1 trillion or more within 20 years.A tremendous amount of research is currently happening at the nano-level in a wide range of industries.  However, this technology is still relatively new, so most of the applications that have reached the market thus far involve materials with new properties that are being used to improve existing products.  For example, new ingredients have been developed by a cosmetic company to improve the performance of its skincare products.  An automobile company is using new composites to make car bumpers that are 60% lighter and twice as resistant to denting and scratching, and a clothing company is offering a new line of stain-resistant khaki pants.  Health related companies are now marketing anti-microbial bandages, bacteria-resistant fabrics and invisible coatings for kitchen appliances that are both anti-bacterial and anti-fungal.Industry projections say that for the next 1-5 years, most nanotechnology developments will continue to be in the area of improving materials for existing products.  These same projections indicate that entirely new classes of products that will be impossible to develop without nanotechnology are farther off, perhaps 5-15 years.  Examples of these new products are expected to be applications for medical diagnostics and treatments, faster computers and special types of sensors, many of which will be incredibly small.  Medical professionals are already dreaming of tiny diagnostic robots which can be inserted into the bloodstream and travel throughout the body to gather data, take pictures, and possibly even perform specific medical procedures.  For most of us, such developments are beyond comprehension.  However, 25 years ago, we would have found it equally difficult to comprehend the electronic technologies that have become so common in our lives today.There is one company that has a small adhesive-backed plastic patch that looks like a round Band-Aid.  Totally sealed within the patch is a piece of fabric saturated with specific organic compounds.  When the patch is placed within 1-2 inches of the body, the compounds interact with the body's energy field and begin to produce a weak FM signal that is providing instructions to specific cells, and creating a specific result.   Nothing enters the body except the information contained in the FM signal.  The company calls this product "software for the human body."This product enhances the energy of people wearing the patch and significantly increases their strength and endurance.  The results are well documented and are supported by dozens of independent 3rd party double-blind placebo-controlled studies.  Since there are no drugs involved and nothing enters the body, the patches were used in the 1994 Olympics, are currently used by many athletes at all levels, and are used by normal people who are looking for a safe way of enjoying more energy as they go through their busy day. An interesting aspect of this technology is that scientists can change the FM signal by changing the make-up of the compounds in the patch.  In doing this, instructions are being delivered to different cells, and different results are achieved.  For instance, this company has develolped a second patch that, when worn as instructed, results in a deeper and more restful sleep. Nanotechnology is a science that we will hear much more about in the future.

X

Health & Wellness

Pam Stanberry

2005-11-01 16:02:00

: I keep hearing about something called an Auto-Ambulator. What is it?

ANSWER: The AutoAmbulator is a machine designed to assist in the rehabilitation of people who have difficulty walking. It is the most advanced technology available for use in gait training therapy, which helps patients afflicted with balance, coordination and posture disorders regain a functional level of ambulation or walking. The unit uses a harness system, a treadmill, and robotic legs to provide a safe environment in which individuals may "re-learn" correct walking patterns. Individuals are first placed in the harness, which is attached to an overhead lift. This lift helps raise the individual to a standing position over the treadmill and, once upright, the unit is adjusted to the individual's weight bearing capability. Robotic legs are then attached to the individual's legs to help replicate the walking pattern when the treadmill is operating. A sophisticated machine resulting from years of research and development, the AutoAmbulator was approved for public use by the Food and Drug Administration in 2002. Its design includes numerous safety features such as hyper-sensitive automatic shutoffs that eliminate any risk of injury. Therapy using the AutoAmbulator is ideal for individuals who have a variety of neurological conditions including stroke, spinal cord injury, Multiple Sclerosis and Parkinson's Disease. To be considered for gait therapy using the AutoAmbulator, individuals must be evaluated for certain criteria including a pre-specified degree of weight bearing ability. In addition, the unit will only accommodate individuals up to 300 lbs. in weight and between five foot and six-feet seven-inches in height. To date, it is not considered appropriate for young patients who have yet to reach skeletal maturity. With a physician's prescription, trained therapists will provide the evaluation to determine if this new therapy may prove to be beneficial.

X

Health & Wellness

Tammy Fredendall and Wendy Miles

2005-10-01 14:59:00

: Why is it that I eat healthy, take all the right supplements, exercise daily, get 8 hours sleep, and drink plenty of water, and still I cannot lose weight?  I've tried the South Beach Diet, the Atkins Diet, High Protein/Low Carb, High Carb/Low Fat…you name it! Now I'm hearing about the Metabolic Typing Diet. What is it?

ANSWER: There are as many contradictions about diets as there are diets! Your friend tells you one thing, and then you read just the opposite in a health magazine or in the latest best seller. It sounds like you're learning from your own experience that what works for one person, doesn't necessarily work for the next! How can there be so much confusion? In the 1930's, dentist Weston Price began expeditions around the world and uncovered the link between modern eating habits and chronic degenerative diseases. He also discovered that there was no one diet that would be healthy for all people because there was too much variation in climate, local produce, environmental conditions, heredity, genetics, culture, etc. In later years, George Watson, Roger Williams, William Kelley, and others continued in this research. They believed that people's metabolisms functioned differently when it came to two factors, which are largely determined by heredity:Autonomic Nervous System Dominance: There are two branches of this system. One of these branches, the sympathetic nervous system, is often referred to as the "fight or flight" branch. It helps you burn energy. The other branch is the parasympathetic nervous system. This branch helps you conserve energy. It also helps you digest food. Advocates of this diet believe that one branch tends to be stronger or more dominant than the other.Rate of Cellular Oxidation: This refers to the rate at which cells convert food into energy. Some people are fast oxidizers, because they rapidly convert food into energy. In order to balance their systems, fast oxidizers need to eat heavier proteins and fats, which burn slowly. In contrast, slow oxidizers convert food into energy at a slow rate. In order to balance their systems, it's recommended that they eat mainly carbohydrates rather than protein and fat.This is where the Metabolic Typing Diet comes in. You know that you are as unique. You know that one size doesn't fit all. So, why would you believe that one diet is right for everyone? Check with us next month to find out what the three general metabolic types are and how to modify your eating to fit those types.

X

Health & Wellness

Charlie Traffas

2005-10-01 14:59:00

: What is nanotechnology?  Where did it come from, and how long has it been around?  What does it have to do with health?

ANSWER: Nanotechnology is described as "manufactured products that are made from atoms”.  It involves the manipulation of matter at nanometer dimensions (one-billionth of a meter) to produce new materials, structures and devices.  The U.S. National Nanotechnology Initiative (NNI) defines a technology as being nanotechnology only if it involves structures with at least one dimension in the 1-100 nanometer range, frequently with atomic/molecular precision.Nanotechnology includes creating and using structures, devices and systems that have novel properties and functions because of their nanometer scale dimensions. The properties of those products depend on how those atoms are arranged. If the atoms in coal are rearranged, it can become a diamond.  If the atoms in sand are rearranged, it can become a computer chip.  If the atoms in dirt are rearranged, it can become a potato.  Scientists have utilized nanotechnology to create a new class of natural products that communicate directly with human cells.  This development has paved the way for improved energy, mental focus, well being, possible weight loss and more, all without drugs, and with nothing entering the body. Clinical studies have shown increases in energy, strength and endurance within only minutes of establishing this communication.Nanostructured materials do not represent a new phenomenon.  For example, the red and yellow hues in stained glass dating from medieval times resulted from the presence of nanometer-diameter gold and silver particles.  However, the ability to probe, manipulate, understand and engineer matter at atomic scales has only recently come within our grasp.  In a 1959 lecture titled “There’s Plenty of Room at the Bottom”, the Nobel Laureate Professor Richard P. Feynman introduced the idea of a new and exciting field of research based on manipulating matter at the atomic level. At the time, Professor Feynman’s predictions were only based on theoretical speculation.  However, developments such as the invention of the Scanning Tunneling Microscope in 1981 have since made nanoscale science a reality.  Nanotechnology is now a rapidly growing field of research and development that is cutting across many traditional boundaries and creating exciting new products that were never before possible.

X

Health & Wellness

Tammy Fredendall and Wendy Miles

2005-10-01 14:59:00

: Why is it that I eat healthy, take all the right supplements, exercise daily, get 8 hours of sleep, and drink plenty of water, and still I cannot lose weight? I have tried the South Beach Diet, High Protein/Low Carb, High Carb/Low Fat... You name it! Now I’m hearing about the Metabolic Typing Diet. What is it?

ANSWER: Last Month we talked about why no one diet is good for everyone. That everyone is unique and that one size doesn't fit all. This is where Metabolic Typing comes in. The Metabolic Type Diet relies on a trained health practitioner to provide a thorough assessment to determine an individual's metabolic type. You will learn to understand your own "body language" so you can fine-tune your macronutrient ratios at meals and snacks to your specific individual requirements. There are three general metabolic types: Protein Types: Protein Types are fast oxidizers of parasympathetic dominant. They tend to be frequently hungry, crave fatty, salty foods, fail with low-calorie diets, and tend towards fatigue, anxiety, and nervousness. They are often lethargic or wired (on edge) with superficial energy while being tired underneath. Carbo Types: Carbo Types are slow oxidizers or sympathetic dominant. They generally have relatively weak appetites, a high tolerance for sweets, and problems with weight management, Type 'A' personalities, and are often dependent on caffeine.Mixed Types: Mixed Types are neither fast nor slow oxidizers, and are neither parasympathetic nor sympathetic dominant. They generally have average appetites, cravings for sweets and starchy foods, relatively little trouble with weight control, and tend towards fatigue, anxiety, and nervousness.Unlike other 'one size fits all' diets, the Metabolic Typing Diet recognizes that we are individuals. Our metabolisms differ, so our diets should as well. According to the Metabolic Typing Diet, the three metabolic types should eat the following foods:Protein Types: should eat diets that are rich in protein, fats and oils, and high-purine proteins such as organ meats, pate, beef liver, chicken liver, and beef. Carbohydrate intake should be low.Carbo Types: should eat diets that are high in carbohydrates and low in protein, fats, and oils. They should eat light, low-purine proteins.Mixed Types: should eat a mixture of high-fat, high-purine proteins and low-fat, low-purine proteins such as cheese, eggs, yogurt, tofu, and nuts. This type requires relatively equal ratios of proteins, fats, and carbohydrates. Simply eating the right foods is not enough. Eating the right ratios of foods; proteins, fats and carbs at each meal is vital to the success of the Metabolic Typing Diet. The right ratios can vary from meal to meal, even for people who are of the same Metabolic Type. What happens when the Metabolic Types mix with the wrong diet?High Carb/Low Fat Diet: Suitable for Carbo Types. In Protein Types and Mixed Types, a high carb/low fat diet can increase fat storage by increasing insulin, and lower the metabolic rate by breaking down muscle tissue due to insufficient protein intake, and may disrupt adrenal and thyroid function.High Protein/High Fat Diet (Atkins Diet): Suitable for Protein Types. In Carbo Types and Mixed Types, a high protein/high fat diet can increase fat storage by disturbing cellular oxidation, and lower metabolic rate by creating a shortage of glucose caused by low carb intake. It may also disturb adrenal and thyroid function.40-30-30 Diet (Zone Diet): Suitable for Mixed Types. Can increase fat storage by disturbing oxidation. It can lower metabolic rate by creating a shortage of glucose in Carbo Types and a shortage of protein in Protein Types, both resulting in muscle breakdown.Metabolic Typing is the most exciting development in the field of nutritional weight loss in

X

Health & Wellness

Tammy Fredendall and Wendy Miles

2005-08-01 16:15:00

:  How does the sunless tanning procedure, ‘body bronzing’ work? Does it simply stain the skin?

ANSWER:  Self-tanners and body bronzing are a great way to get that suntanned look without the damage of cumulative UVA and UVB exposure to the sun. According to the American Academy of Dermatology, the most effective products available are sunless- or self-tanning lotions that contain Dihydroxyacetone (DHA) as the active ingredient. DHA, a colorless sugar cane derivative, has been used in sunless tanners since 1960. This DHA reacts with the amino acids found on the skin's epidermal layer. As the sugar interacts with the dead skin cells, a color change (brown skin) occurs. This change usually lasts about five to seven days from the initial application. The skin is made up of two main layers: the epidermis (outside layer) and the dermis (inside layer). Whether you are talking about sun tanning or self-tanning, the epidermis is where the action takes place. The epidermis is made up of layers. The deepest layer of the epidermis, called the stratum basale (basal layer), is affected during sun tanning. The stratum corneum (horny layer) is the outermost layer of the epidermis. This is the layer that is affected by most sunless-tanning products. Every day, millions of dead skin cells are sloughed off or worn away from the surface of your skin. In fact, every 35 to 45 days, you have an entirely new epidermis. This is why tans from sunless- or self-tanning lotions will gradually fade -- as the dead cells are worn away, so is your tan. For this reason, most of these products suggest that you reapply the sunless- or self-tanner about every three days to maintain your "tan."   There are several different kinds of sunless-tanning products available today. People have been able to pour on an instant tan since 1960, when Coppertone® came out with the first sunless-tanning product - QT®. If you are old enough to remember this, then you are probably thinking of the incredibly orange hue this lotion produced. Since then, there have been several advancements made on the sunless-tanning front. These days, you can find tanning pills, sunless- or self-tanners and bronzers. You can smooth, swipe or spray on a light bronze glow or a deep, dark tan. Many of these products take 45 minutes to one hour to start taking effect, and once you factor in drying time, you could be looking at about three hours spent achieving that sun-free tan. It's important to remember that most sunless-tanning products, unless they contain an added sunscreen, will not protect you from the sun's UVA and UVB rays. Even some products that do contain a sunscreen won't be of much help, since they lose their efficacy within hours of application. When considering any sunless tanning, or body bronzing service, consult a professional. Many of the services offered by a professional will include complete (and even) exfoliation of the skin prior to, or as a part of the sunless tanning service, and they will be happy to talk with you about the services and products that not only provide you with an even, natural sunless glow, but also those that will help protect you from the natural sun's damaging rays.

X

Health & Wellness

Tammy Fredendall and Wendy Miles

2005-08-01 09:54:00

:  How does one go about reducing cellulite with endermology?

ANSWER: Estrogen is the key hormone involved in cellulite formation. This is why women have cellulite and most men do not. 90% of women over 20 have cellulite. However, it is treatable! The causes of cellulite are weight gain, genetic predisposition, and inevitable hormone changes throughout life. These factors cause the fat cells in the subcutaneous fat layer, which is structurally different in women, to increase up to 300 times their original size and stick together inside the pockets in which they are enclosed. The pocket is stretched upward while the fibers in-between the pockets are strained, circulation is inhibited and toxins and water are trapped. Cellulite is the result. Because the subcutaneous fat layer responds mainly to hormones and minimally to diet and exercise, poor nutrition and lifestyle tend to worsen the appearance of cellulite. A balanced diet and regular exercise can, to a certain degree, prevent the advanced stages of cellulite, but currently, the most effective treatment approved by the FDA is Endermology.Endermology is a comprehensive, patented technique that was developed in France more than ten years ago. It is a non-surgical approach that embraces the physical and aesthetic needs of the whole body using a patented technique proven safe and effective. Endermology is a whole body approach which stimulates the body with deep, soothing motions that actually reduce the appearance of cellulite by going where no other available treatment can in combating fatty deposits that cause cellulite. Endermology increases circulation and promotes the restoration of collagen function. This allows toxins and abnormal water build up to be expelled as the connective fibers are stretched. The result is a smoother, more contoured body. This is not the same "water build up" that many women experience with PMS or the kind that can be flushed out of the system using a water pill. The water build up is trapped in the connective fibers and continues to build unless released by Endermology and small dietary changes.Most Endermology treatments are 35 minutes in length and are recommended twice a week. The average women will need 15-20 treatments to achieve optimal results. Treatment after treatment, fibroblasts (the connective tissue's main cells) are stimulated, leading to renewed collagen and elastin production. This translates into cutaneous resurfacing and tissue rejuvenation. Taking into account every region of the body, this technique boosts the body's major cleansing mechanisms, including lymphatic drainage, purging the inner environment contained within the body's smooth and supple outer shell.

X

Health & Wellness

Tammy Fredendall and Wendy Miles

2005-07-01 10:35:00

: I am a water retainer which makes my body appear to be "heavy" in some areas. No amount of diet and exercise has helped me reduce this "fat"! I have been reading about body wraps.  Will they help?

ANSWER: Water retainers usually have disproportionately large hips, thighs, legs, etc. They also have a problem with bloating and swelling. Studies show strenuous dieting seldom helps. Every cell in your body is surrounded by fluids called lymphatic fluids. Lymphatic fluids are designed to protect and cleanse the cells and remove any unwanted impurities. When you have too many environmental impurities in your system, your body will automatically increase the amount of lymphatic fluids it produces in an attempt to flush out these impurities. This increase of fluids causes the body to appear puffy and large, and cannot be removed by exercise. As you probably know, cellulite is water-logged fatty tissue. Waste, chemicals, stress, medication and pollution in our environment overload body systems and cause water retention and soft spongy cellulite-ridden tissue. There are many methods of detoxification, or eliminating the toxins from the body. One way that these toxins can be expelled is by removing them topically.Body wraps can slenderize problem areas by reducing swelling and bloating caused by water retention. It involves wrapping the body in porous elastic bandages soaked in a special mineral solution. The body wrap is applied firmly to areas needing inch loss and contouring, and lightly where only skin tightening is desired. It is a very healthful and relaxing process, producing results by removing impurities and contouring flesh. Body wraps using topical minerals and herbs were first introduced in 1961 in the United States, as the only fat reducing method in the world using special formulas to successfully remove excessive body fat in any part of your body, and within a short time period (usually less than one hour). In the 1970's, Phil Donahue, hosting his own talk show, did a live body wrap demonstration on himself, showing the miraculous one hour fat reducing effect. Since then, body wraps have been widely reported by the media both in the US and globally. At first, body wraps were sold exclusively through the Beauty Industry, available in Salons and Spas. Unfortunately, they were expensive and not easily affordable to all. Stripes are good. With changing marketing strategies and customer demands growing every day, body wraps have become more affordable and convenient for most any user, male or female.Body wraps use natural ingredients to draw out impurities aiding the bodies' natural process to breakdown hard fat, shrink the size of fat cells, and tighten the skin.

X

Health & Wellness

Rick Jones

2005-06-01 10:48:00

: Should I avoid bread as the popular high-protein diets recommend?

ANSWER: It is important to note that grains and fiber are an essential element to the diet of any healthy, active individual. Claims that high-protein diets are the answer to fitness and weight loss are unsubstantiated - especially in terms of long-term nutrition and health benefits. Bread is not a high fat food. The idea that bread adds extra pounds is only a myth. On average, a one-ounce slice of bread contains approximately 1 gram of fat and 75 calories, the majority of which come from complex carbohydrates. Complex carbohydrates contain four calories per gram. In comparison, fat contains nine calories per gram.Dietitians generally agree that the best way to lose weight and stay healthy is to decrease calories and increase physical activity. Studies show that Americans do not consume the minimum requirement of 6-11 daily servings of bread and other grains. Nutritionists recommend that at least three servings come from whole grains. One slice of bread usually equals one serving. All whole grains are rich in fiber - as are many fruits and vegetables. Rolled oats, whole wheat, and brown rice all contain large amounts of fiber. The best vegetable sources of fiber are the leafy vegetables - asparagus, celery, broccoli, brussel sprouts, cabbage, cauliflower and lettuce. Root vegetables like carrots, radishes and turnips also have high amounts of fiber, as do yams, beans, peas and corn. White potatoes contain fiber, although most of it is in their skins. Fiber-rich fruits include those with tough skins like apples and pears; those with fibrous interiors, like peaches; and those with edible seeds like blueberries and blackberries. Nuts are a particularly good source of fiber.Eating a high-fiber diet may also help with weight control. High-fiber foods generally require more chewing time, which gives your body time to register when you're no longer hungry, so you're less likely to overeat. Also, a high-fiber diet tends to make a meal feel larger and linger longer, so you stay full for a greater amount of time. And high-fiber diets tend to be less "energy dense," which means they have fewer calories for the same volume of food.

X

Health & Wellness

Kevin Harp

2004-08-01 11:28:00

:  I have been reading about colonic irrigation.  Can you provide me with any information as to how it may have worked when other things did not?

ANSWER:  The first thing you need to know is that regardless of the treatment, as with any treatment for an affliction or an illness, there are always going to be successes and failures.  Colonic irrigation is no different.  Quite often however, this type of treatment is usually thought of after most everything else.  Cases have shown over the years that it may have been more prudent to consider it first.  Below is the actual transcription of a taped testimony from a colonic irrigation patient who experienced much success.  “In 1994... I had my gall bladder removed.In 1998-99... I had lots of stomach problems-throwing up and pain after eating.  The symptoms were similar to my gallbladder problems.In 2000-01... I was always bloated and looked like I was 9 months pregnant.In 2001... I had surgery on my intestines.  I would vomit food 3 days after eating and the food would not be digested.  I still had the same symptoms.In 2002... I was hospitalized 10 times and was given morphine for pain and medication for nausea.  I could only eat a piece of toast when I would sit down to eat.  I felt horrible each time.I am 5'1"  tall.  I weighed  180lbs.   I took 17 pills a day and none of them were vitamins.  I took Paxil for depression, Zelnorm for Irritable Bowel Disease.  I had diarrhea for 3 consecutive years.  I took high blood pressure medicine,  acid reflux medicine, and a water pill for edema which depleted my potassium. I was ultimately hospitalized for lowpotassium because of the water pill. In 2003... I was told about colonic irrigation.  I started the program of 12 visits.  I did not feel much better for the first 6 treatments, then things began to change. Within 2-3 months my doctor reduced my medications from 17 pills a day to 6.  I began taking vitamin supplements.  I now take more supplements then prescriptions.  With these changes and colonics, I lost 38 lbs and I now feel great.  I started getting sick around 1992-93.  I’m not sure how it feels when you’re dying, but I figured I came pretty close.  Having tried about everything, I thought colonics was just another treatment that would be costly and not work.  I feel colonics saved my life.  Now I can enjoy my grandkids.  Before, I could not do that.”

X

Health & Wellness

Kevin Harp

2004-07-01 09:50:00

:  What are the benefits of sea salts? Do they really come from the Dead Sea?

ANSWER:  Yes, the Dead Sea has long been treasured for its healing powers; it encourages the skin's rejuvenation. Everyday there are thousands of people visiting the Dead Sea to receive esthetic treatments and to obtain relief of skin disorders such as psoriasis, eczema and acne. This phenomenon located between Jordan and Israel at the lowest point of the earth's surface, about 1286ft/390m below sea level. A terminal lake, fed by the Jordan River and mineral enhanced spring, the Dead Sea is a natural collector and condenser of mineral salts. The elemental gifts of Dead Sea salts are naturally extracted. The Dead Sea is also renowned for its generous mineral content, the most mineral rich body of water in the world you take have 32% mineral content in its salts.  Not only do Dead Sea salts possess higher overall mineral content, they also contain a far greater diversity of minerals. Ordinary sea salts are often 90% sodium chloride. Dead Sea salt contains much higher levels of potassium, magnesium and calcium, all vital to our skin cells. Dead Sea salts may be used for either salt scrubs or soaks for the whole body as well as hands and feet. They facilitate the healing and rejuvenation of skin cells, relaxes skin and muscles, helps relieve nerve tension and leaves the skin feeling soft and silky.

X

Health & Wellness

Kevin Harp

2004-06-01 10:55:00

:  I have been feeling bad for so many years that I don't remember what is like to have energy and to feel good.  I've heard about detoxifying the body and how many years of toxins can be removed in a few short months.  Can you give me some more information on this process?

ANSWER:  Understanding that our quality of life is determined by our daily choices, we have the power to improve our health and well being quickly and dramatically.  Optimum nutrition is a key factor, but our health depends not only on what nutrients we eat, but how much of those nutrients are absorbed and how well and regularly the body's waste products are eliminated. Any cleansing program should begin in the colon, the last portion of the digestive system.  The colon's job is to compact the chime, absorb water, and receive B-vitamins that are produced by healthy intestinal bacteria. We could actually compare the function of the colon in our bodies to a sewer system in a large city.  Just imagine for a second what would happen if the sewers in our area became clogged by some debris.  Undoubtedly, within a short time the whole neighborhood would be filled with filth and an unbearable stench.  This is the same process that occurs in our bodies when the elimination system is not functioning properly.  When the colon is clean and healthy, we experience an overall well-being.  When it is congested with stagnant waste, poisons back up into the system and pollute the inner environment.  This is called autointoxication or self-poisoning.If you experience any of the following symptoms, you may be experiencing autointoxication, and therefore should consider some type of internal cleansing program:• Allergy or intolerance to certain foods• Bad breath and foul-smelling gas and stools• Constipation, diarrhea, sluggish elimination, irregular bowel movements• Frequent congestion, colds, and viruses• Flatulence or gas and frequent intestinal disorders• Frequent headaches for no apparent reason• General aches and pains that migrate from one place to another• Intolerance to fatty foods• Low energy; loss of vitality for no apparent reason• Lower back pain• Lowered resistance to infections• Needing to sleep a long time• Pain in your liver or gallbladder• Premenstrual syndrome (PMS), breast soreness, vaginal infections• Skin problems, rashes, boils, pimples, and acneIf you have severe symptoms or any serious disorders, seek the attention of a competent health care provider.  The above list is only meant to indicate some symptoms of autointoxication.  Anyone who has been on a Standard American Diet for more than two years would benefit from periodic cleansing. Many have been led to believe that the cleansing/detoxification process is the missing link in Western nutrition and one of the keys to real healing.  Many people have been transformed from persistent illness to greatly improved health and vitality.There is always hope and with the proper use of cleansing and detoxification we can maintain health and vitality, even as we age.

X

Health & Wellness

Beth Ellis

2004-05-01 08:19:00

Question:  I've heard of a new supplement available that will naturally reduce my appetite and help cut the food cravings without the aid of stimulants. Is there such a thing?

ANSWER:  You may be referring to a new product on the market with the main ingredient being Hoodia Gordonii, a type of Cactus. The formulation of this product has no caffeine and no stimulants. Each tablet contains a proprietary blend of herbs designed to support your desire to control your weight. A growing Hoodia Gordonii looks like an ordinary cactus with thin, thorny fingers and it grows about 20 inches tall in the reddish sands deep inside southern Africa's Kalahari Desert. The San Bushman of the Kahahari have been eating the Hoodia for years to help reduce hunger during long hunting trips. The plant contains a molecule that allows the brain to believe that the body's hunger has been satisfied. Products containing Hoodia are not a diet or prescribed regiment, you can eat whatever you want - you'll just naturally decide to eat less. The new Hoodia Gordonii products offer hope to the many dieters who have tried every fad and still end up overweight and eating too much.

X

Health & Wellness

Kevin Harp

2004-04-01 09:19:00

Question:   What causes constipation, and how can it affect the quality of your life?

ANSWER:  It is healthiest to have three bowel movements per day, every day.  Americans eat food at least 3 times per day, so three bowel movements per day would make sense: food in, food out.  Constipation is when people have only one bowel movement or less per day.  The expression constipation is derived from the Latin word "constipates," which translated mean 'to press or crown together, to pack, to cram.'  Consequently, to be constipated means that the packed accumulated feces in the bowel makes its evacuation difficult.There are many factors that can lead to constipation.  Generally it is a combination of factors that together create a lifestyle, which ultimately results in constipation.  Diets high in processed food and refined sugar set the stage for constipation.  Lack of exercise inhibits the peristalsis motions of the colon that help expel fecal matter.  Many medications can cause constipation, including anti-depressants, pain medications, antacids that contain aluminum, diuretics and antibiotics.  Lack of water and stressful lifestyle are key factors in creating constipation.Constipation creates poor health by slowing down the food transit time, which should be less than 24 hours.  When transit time slows down, putrefied material stays in the colon longer, and toxins from the rotting fecal matter can enter the bloodstream through the intestinal wall.  This can lead to autointoxification, which causes toxins to settle into the tissue, creating many disease states including autoimmune disorders.  A person suffering from constipation is a perfect candidate for intestinal parasites and fungus.  Some of the problems that result from constipation include headaches, brain fog, depression, candida, fatigue, obesity, PMS, bad breath, indigestion, gas, irritability, bloating, arthritis, and body odor.  People who are constipated are 4 times more likely to develop colon and breast cancers.

X

Health & Wellness

Beth Ellis

2004-03-01 16:02:00

: How do I know if I have Candida?

ANSWER:  To discover if your body is home to harmful Candida, take this simple test:First thing in the morning, before you put anything in your mouth, fill a clear glass with water. Spit saliva in the water and check the water every 15 minutes for one hour. If you have problem yeast, you will see strings traveling down into the water from the saliva floating on the top, or you will see cloudy saliva that will sink to the bottom of the glass, or cloudy specks will seem to be suspended in the water. Candida overgrowth can occur in both men and women. Candida is a yeast organism that normally resides in the intestinal tract along with a host to of other "good" bacteria. However, when an imbalance occurs due to a poor diet, or when good bacteria are killed-off as a side effect of antibiotic use, Candida thrives and become harmful. Candida is a living organism that excretes waste. This waste can be toxic and can result in poor digestion, fatigue, bloating, gas, poor elimination, mood swings, sugar and carbohydrate cravings, headaches, confusion, skin rashes, lowered immunity and more.Luckily, thanks to innovative yeast-fighting supplements, there is help for more than 90 percent of the U.S. population who are struggling with some degree of Candida overgrowth. Such formulas, teaming with live bacteria, start working immediately to rid the body of Candida overgrowth, while balancing the body's pH. A favorable pH is instrumental in the management of Candidiasis. Results can start as early as the first day, but could be noticed within seven to ten days.

X

Health & Wellness

Kevin Harp

2004-03-01 14:01:00

Kevin Harp Question:  How important is water to our health?  How much water should we drink?

ANSWER:  Water is the single most important element in our daily lives because we as humans are 75% water, not to mention that our brains or 'control centers' are 85% water. Water is the basis for our existence. Without adequate hydration our metabolism slows, energy levels drop and toxic wastes become trapped causing cells to be deprived of vital nutrients and oxygen, and that is just for starters. Chronic shortages of water are the reasons so many of us are tired and feeling tired can lead to becoming overweight and this in return may lead to illness. It is becoming apparent that something so simple as H2O can be the best kept secret to overall good health. Since so many of the systems that keep us slim are dependent on water it only makes sense that when these systems begin to slow down, we get tired. That is the bad news; the good news is that simply by drinking adequate amounts of water your body can increase performance. Studies have shown that when you allow your body to become just slightly dehydrated there can be a significant decrease in your resting metabolism. Studies have also shown that when we feel tired we are more likely to eat, the more we eat the more tired we feel. This can be a vicious cycle but there is hope! You see if you consume the recommended amount of water daily, 8-10 glasses, your digestive system will work more efficiently. This will cause our enzymes from the foods we eat to break down and extract nutrients that our bodies need to operate. Also, the more nutrients you extract from food, the fewer cravings you will have. Don't rely on your mouth to become dry to grab for that bottled water, make it a part of your daily routine. As we age, we experience a gradual loss of sensitivity to feelings of thirst. The best part is water also fights fatigue-induced hunger and in return allows you the ability to eat when you are truly hungry!

X

Health & Wellness

Beth Ellis

2004-02-01 16:13:00

: Children are so busy these days. How do we as parents make sure they are getting the proper nutrition?

ANSWER: A well balanced diet is a cornerstone to good health for children and adults alike. Multivitamins and nutritional supplements can come in handy when you want to make up for dietary failings, as long as you follow the package directions and make sure you give the child the dosage appropriate for his or her age.  A daily multivitamin will not harm your child, and can provide some peace of mind that your child is getting enough nutrients, even on days when he or she will only eat a eanut-butter and jelly sandwich.Appropriate doses of vitamins can enhance your child's health.  A study in the British medical journal, The Lancet, showed that regular use of multi vitamin-mineral supplements could increase the nonverbal intelligence of children.  The study also discovered that a deficiency in any of the key essential nutrients could result in impaired brain and nervous function.   Use only quality natural (not synthetic) supplements from a reputable source.  Lower priced supplements can mean lower quality, with higher levels of fillers and other undesirable ingredients.  Give your children the best. They deserve it.Food is your best medicine.  Try and follow the guidelines of the five food groups in the USDA Food Pyramid, including grains, vegetables, fruits, dairy and protein.  If possible buy organic.Avoid foods that are heavily processed, including luncheon meats that contain nitrates.  Avoid sodas high in sugar, also chips and snacks that are made with non-hydrogenated oils.  Read labels; look for additives and artificial colors.  They can trigger allergies and intensify problems such as ADD and ADHD.Children who are raised on organic foods are healthier.  Starting a child out young on good foods stays with them their whole life.  They don't crave the sugar and junk foods.  Healthy foods taste better to them.  Even older children can learn to eat healthy.

X

Health & Wellness

Sebastian Guthery

2004-02-01 09:12:00

: I know you are supposed to drink a lot of water for good health. Can you tell me how water consumption affects my skin?

Sebastian Guthery Question: I know you are supposed to drink a lot of water for good health. Can you tell me how water consumption affects my skin?Answer: Your skin retains water within its natural oils to help the oils maintain an ordered structure around each skin cell. Each skin cell is surrounded by a variety of different natural oils that, together with the skin cells, help form the acid mantle or barrier in the skin. Water helps increase the flexibility of the oils they can surround the cells to maintain an adequate skin barrier.During cold winter months, your skin's ability to make natural oils for the stratum corneum is greatly reduced. Research has shown there is a decrease in the production of natural oils when skin is exposed to cold temperatures. If the skin is not producing enough natural oil, you can help heal it by adding oils.There are a number of wonderful moisturizers on the market, some that contain varying levels of oil. But don't let the word oil fool you into thinking you will break out after using the products. The companies offering these wonderful additions are incorporating exotic oils such as macadamia, sweet almond, avocado and hemp seed oil to provide you with a proven, quality product without the grease that can clog pores or cause acne.Used for more than 3,000 years, alphahydroxy acids (AHAs) help to improve the condition of skin. Scientists are unsure if AHAs affect the structure of the natural oils or the proteins, but they know that AHAs increase the flexibility of the skin. With continued use, skin treated with AHAs becomes softer, more supple with improved color.Some moisturizers, will contain a low level (less than 1 percent) of AHAs to generate good moisturization in the skin. A moisturizer with a high level (greater than 1 percent) of AHAs will decrease the melanogenesis process, causing you to lose color.

X

Health & Wellness

Wallace Maclaskey

2004-01-01 12:02:00

: Question:  Can you tell me about 'Oral Chelation?'

ANSWER: Chelation (pronounced key-LAY-shun) comes from the Greek word chele meaning "to claw" or "bind." Chelation therapy is used to rid the body of unnecessary and toxic metals. The Untied States Navy started using ethylene diamine tetra-acetic acid (EDTA) in the mid-1940's to safely and successfully treat heavy metal poisoning. The doctors soon discovered that chelation did more than just remove heavy metals. Today, chelation is used to reverse the process of atherosclerosis (hardening of the arteries), which is accomplished in part through the removal of the calcium content of plaque from the artery walls. By restoring good circulation to all tissues of the body, chelation therapy can help to avoid by-pass surgery, reverse gangrene, alleviate intermittent claudation (cramps) of the legs, and restore memory.When the cardiovascular benefits of EDTA intravenous chelation were discovered, the therapy was met with enthusiasm, and for a time, even conventional physicians embraced it. However, as the promotion of new drugs and surgical procedures for the treatment of heart disease gained popularity, chelation fell out of favor and there it has remained. Even though chelation therapy offers a viable alternative to surgery. In 1988 a study of 2,870 cases, by the Department of Applied Science, School of Public Health and Topical medicine at Tulane University, documented that EDTA chelation therapy brought about significant improvement in 93.9 percent of patients suffering from coronary artery blockage. Elmer Cranton, M.D., estimates chelation therapy can help avoid by-pass surgery in 85 percent of cases. He points out that during all the time that chelation therapy has been administered according to established protocol, not one serious side effect has been reported.The use of Oral Chelation (tablets) is a firmly established alternative practice. EDTA itself, when taken orally, provides most of the chelation effects in the body only less dramatic and slower than when received by intravenous chelation. However, oral chelation has several major advantages, including convenience, potential long-term continuous health maintenance, and lower cost.An oral chelation program can do more for your overall longevity than you can do even with the most prudent lifestyle possible because of the continuous nutritional protection chelation offers against a stressful and polluted world. People who use oral chelation have consistently observed a reduction of serum cholesterol, which may decrease the likelihood of atherosclerosis. For those who want to safeguard themselves against free radicals and plaque buildup, oral chelation can be used as an effective, noninvasive, inexpensive choice.Robert Haskell, M.D. wrote, "Of all the regimens you can use to help combat degenerative disease and restore health, chelation therapy is the most powerful. It produces the greatest number of benefits to the body - far beyond those of improved blood flow. If you want to get you prescribed nutrition to those parts of the body in which they must work…chelation therapy is the way to do it".

X

Health & Wellness

Beth Ellis

2004-01-01 11:40:00

: I'm not wanting to get the flu... but I don’t want to get a flu shot either.  Are there any preventive measures that I can take?

ANSWER:  It will be more difficult than ever to stay healthy this winter because there are particularly damaging strains of influenza working their way through the country.The good news is there is hope. There is a simple, highly effective way to boost one's immune system and ward off common-yet dangerous ailments: The elderberry.Elderberry is a common name for a genus of fast-growing small trees, shrubs and herbs. Elderberries are native to Europe, Asia and North America and survive under a wide range of growing conditions. The berry-like fruit, which grows in attractive clusters, may be red, black, or occasionally white or yellow. The fruit of some species is used to make jellies, pie and wine.The elderberry contains compounds that are more powerful than even the best-tasting jelly, pie or wine; these compounds can stop a cold or flu in its tracks. Elderberries offer high levels of vitamins A, B and C. Dr. Madeleine Mumeuoglu, a virologist based in Israel, found that the active ingredients in elderberries render the majority of flu viruses incapable of causing illness. Other physicians have researched the elderberry and found it effective for other healing uses, including drying up excess mucus, for urinary complaints and rheumatic problems. Although a powerful tool in warding off colds and flu, it is most effective when used preventively. The elderberry has a long history of helping people feel better and ward off illnesses. It has been considered the "medicine chest of the country people," for centuries. Various cultures, including Native Americans, have used the elderberry plant to treat colds, flu, asthma, upper respiratory problems and more. Elderberry extract has also proven to be effective in stress reduction.Ongoing research on the elderberry has revealed high levels of antioxidant activity, with elderberries possessing more antioxidant activity than either vitamins E or C alone. Plus, the elderberry enhances immune function by boosting the production of cytokines. These unique proteins act as messengers in the immune system to help regulate immune response, thus helping to defend the body against disease, according to German researchers. Research further showed that elderberry extract reduces oxidation of low-density lipoprotein (LDL) cholesterol, thus helping to prevent cardiovascular disease. The flu is out there looking for you this winter. Take charge of your health. Pure elderberry concentrate is a simple, yet powerful way to boost your immunity and overall well-being.

X

Health & Wellness

Kevin Harp

2004-01-01 11:40:00

: Why are colonics valuable in an overall health regimen?

ANSWER:  Today’s conventional diets (comprised of refined, processed foods, high in saturated fats and low in natural fiber) lay the foundation for intestinal disturbances and illness. The elimination of undigested food and other waste products are as important as the proper digestion and assimilation of foodstuffs. Waste materials remaining in the digestive system for an extended length of time results in fermentation and putrefaction of these substances and subsequently the proliferation of bacteria and their toxins as well. The treatment effectively removes the waste and toxins from your body without the use of medications, or laxatives. This in turn will reduce the load placed on other vital organs such as the liver. It is your responsibility to take care of your body. The latest diet fads will come and go but one thing is certain, your need to get healthy and stay healthy is a must. Educate yourself and become aware of your body's needs. Avoid eating when you are not hungry or when you feel stressed. Learn to combine foods that digest well together rather than the ones that don't. By listening to your body you will be able to better care for the wonderful creation that has been programmed to care for you unconditionally, YOUR BODY.

X

Health & Wellness

Kevin Harp

2003-12-01 08:41:00

: Why does toxic waste and food taken in wrong combinations accumulate in the small intestines and colon?

ANSWER: When food reaches the stomach that is not wholesome, combined incorrectly, or harmful to the body, a signal is immediately sent from the stomach to the mucus manufacturer, "Get busy, the enemy is on the way!" Mucus begins production immediately and the colon and small intestine becomes lined.  When the poison or harmful food from the stomach finally enters the small intestine and then the colon 12-18 hours later, the latter is well prepared with a layer of mucus for absorbing any of the poison.    This mucus disintegrates and is slowly discharged from the colon. But nature never intended that protective mechanism to be used as continuously as it is today. The result is, layer on top of layer is secreted until its accumulation thickens. This layer(s) becomes thick, hard and as black as a piece of old rubber.   Correctly combining foods makes the difference in proper digestion, cholesterol and metabolism. Without complete digestion, the nutrients in even the most wholesome foods cannot be fully extracted and assimilated by the body. Moreover, incomplete digestion and inefficient metabolism are the prime causes of fat and cholesterol accumulation. A high calorie diet of overcooked, processed and improperly combined foods will make you fat and leave sticky deposits in your arteries, just as the wrong mix of fuels will leave carbon deposits on the spark plugs of an engine, clog the pistons, and create foul smelling exhaust.   Many so-called allergies are the direct result of improper food combinations. The bloodstream picks up toxins from the putrefied, fermented mess as it passes slowly through the intestines, and these toxins in turn cause rashes, hives, headaches, nausea and other symptoms. The same foods that cause allergic reactions when improperly combined often have no ill side effects whatsoever when consumed according to the rules of Trophology. When you immobilize your stomach and impair digestive functions by consuming foods in indiscriminate combinations, the bacteria in your alimentary canal have a field day. They get all the nutrients and thrive, while you get all the wastes and suffer. When the impacting of toxic mucus in the colon reaches critical pressure, it causes a pocket to balloon outward through the colon lining, causing a condition known as diverticulitis. Colitis, IBS, and colon cancer are the next stages of colon deterioration caused by these conditions.

X

Health & Wellness

Kevin Harp

2003-11-01 15:24:00

: How do toxins affect your body?

ANSWER: In the 20th century we have introduced an avalanche of chemicals, pollutants and toxins into our food and body products that have disturbed the natural working order of the body and impaired functioning of vital organs!  We are born with a clean, unabused, uniform colon.  But commercial processed food with foreign substances unnatural to the body cause abnormalities that result in a colon becoming abused obstructed and distorted.  Americans are plagued with potbellies because the transverse colon that supports the stomach is sagging.  The colon walls can be lined with layer of fecal matter imbedded in toxic mucus often the consistency of hard rubber. Feces can barely pass through due to severe blockage.  Documented cases show this accumulated trash weighing up to 40 lbs.    There is a direct correlation between the condition of the intestinal tract and functioning of the body.  When the bowel fails to release its entire waste toxemia occurs.  A toxic liquid enters the blood stream, organs, tissue, arteries, veins, lymph and cells.  This autointoxication is at the root of so many diseases, illnesses, and afflictions.  Colon blockage also prevents nutrient absorption and vitamins/minerals barely get through no matter how much one takes.  By eliminating encrusted fecal matter accumulated over years and stripping the mucus that is lining the colon, you remove a major contributor to disease.  Fecal matter retention causes the lymphatic system to become congested.  A toxic lymph is usually present during acute illness preventing white blood cells from fighting disease.  The dominant symptom is many illnesses indicate an origin in the colon.  Parasites, worms and bad bacteria remain in the colon: They thrive on pollution, filth, and stagnant putrefactive matter.  The body can be like a walking garbage can carrying rotting matter in the colon for 5 years or more.  But the bowel can again function efficiently for waste elimination and nutrient absorption, essential for good health and healing and allow friendly bacteria to return. The solution is simple!   Thoroughly cleanse the colon to remove alltoxic debris and stop eating junk and processed foods with unnatural substances.  The body will respond with amazing reversal to restore balance, peace, harmony and a state of excellent health.   A simple thing like cleansing and detoxifying the colon can produce miraculous benefits, eliminate so many health disorders, restore normal bowel movements, shrink or eliminate a pot belly producing a flat stomach!   A clean, unabused, nontoxic colon is essential towards a healthy life.  Bowel movements, 2 to 3 a day are essential, yet so many barely go for days.  A polluted colon practically invites cancer-in cancer; the colon is like a rotting sewer line.  Colon cleansing was an accepted medical practice 70 years ago, known to produce good health yet has been completely abandoned and replaced by drugs/surgery.  IMPORTANCE OF COLON HEALTH FROM DOCTORS   Dr. Bernard Jensen, D.C., PH.D. Nutritionist:  “In the 50 years I’ve spent helping people to overcome illness, disability and disease, it has become crystal clear that poor bowel management lies at the root of most people’s health problems.  In treating over 300,000 patients, it is the bowel that invariably has to be cared for before any healing can take place.”   Donald J. Mantell, MD:  I believe the colon is one of the areas most neglected by the medical establishment.  It is quite interesting to see what is expelled during a normal colonic treatment.  One may see mucus, parasites and very old fecal material that may have been in the patient’s colon for years.  It looks like vulcanized rubber and has that kind of consistency.   Sir Jason Winters, The Perfect Cleanse:  Death begins in the colon and more and more people are becoming aware of the importance of cleaning the colon.  I was amazed at how all the poisons and decaying matter just kept coming out.  Rotting food and decaying fecal matter at least 5 years old can be found in the colon.  It lodges in the accumulated mucus. It is very satisfying to do something perfectly natural and harmless to get back on the road to good health.

X

Health & Wellness

Kevin Harp

2003-10-01 11:56:00

: What is Candida?

ANSWER: Candida is a major contributing cause of: Adrenal/Thyroid Failure, PMS, Poor Memory, Bad Breath, Hyperactivity, Colds & Flu, Bloating, Irritability, Mood Swings, Indigestion, Lethargy, Muscle Aches, Ulcers, Insomnia, Chemical Sensitivity, Diarrhea, Constipation, Endometriosis, Puffy Eyes, Yeast Infections, Colitis, Suicides, Respiratory Problems, Colon Cancer, Menstrual Problems, PMS, Hormone Imbalance, No Sex Drive, Allergies, Diabetes, Cold/Shaky, Dry & Itching Skin, Low Blood Sugar, FATIGUE(Chronic), Cystitis, Food Cravings, Epstein Barr Virus, Burning Eyes, Heartburn, Infections, Thrush, Hiatal Hernia,  Asthma, Intestinal Pain, Skin Rashes & Hives, Premature Aging, Dry Mouth, Hemorrhoids, Finger/Toenail Fungus, Headaches & Migraines, Over & Under Weight,  Depression, Lupus, Numbness   Candida Albicans is a negative YEAST INFECTION that begins in the digestive system and little by little spreads to other parts of the body.  It is a strong, invasive parasite that attaches itself to the intestinal wall and becomes a permanent resident of your internal organs.  It is causing numerous health problems and discomfort for over 30 million men and women every day and it is estimated that nearly everyone has or will have a moderate to serious Candida condition eventually in their lives.   A yeast cell produces over 75 known toxic substances that negatively poison the human body.  These toxins contaminate the tissues where it weakens the immune system, the glands, the kidneys, bladder, and lungs, liver and especially the brain and nervous system.  Candida yeast can become so massive and invasive that it enters the FUNGAL form where it provides very long, root-like structures that penetrate the mucous lining of the gastrointestinal wall.  This penetration breaks down the protective barrier between the intestinal tract and bloodstream, allowing many foreign and toxic substances to enter and pollute the body systemically.  As a result, proteins and other food wastes that are not completely digested or eliminated can assault the immune system and cause tremendous allergic reactions, fatigue and many other health problems.  It also allows the Candida itself and bacteria to enter the bloodstream, from which it may find its

X

Health & Wellness

Kevin Harp

2003-09-01 10:08:00

: How important is the efficiency of one's digestive system to overall health?  

ANSWER: Studies have found if you experience any of the following symptoms, you may be experiencing autointoxication (a process whereby you are poisoned by substances produced by your own body as a result of inadequate digestion and elimination), and therefore you might want to consider some type of internal cleansing program:- Allergy or intolerance to certain foods- Bad breath and foul-smelling gas and stools- Constipation, diarrhea, sluggish elimination,       irregular bowel movements- Frequent congestion, colds, viruses- Flatulence and frequent intestinal disorders- Frequent headaches for no apparent reason- General aches and pains that migrate- Intolerance to fatty foods- Low energy; loss of vitality for no reason- Lower back pain- Lowered resistance to infections- Pain in your liver or gall bladder- PMS, breast soreness, vaginal infections- Skin problems, rashes, boils, pimples, acne   If you have severe symptoms or any serious disorders, seek the attention of a competent health care provider. The above list is only meant to indicate some of the symptoms of autointoxication. Anyone who has been on a Standard American Diet for more than two years would benefit from periodic cleansing, especially if you live in an urban area.   Every cell of our body is affected by self-poisoning. When the toxins accumulate in the nervous system, we feel irritable and depressed. We feel weak if they back up into the heart, bloated if they reach the stomach and our breath is foul if they reach the lungs. If the poisons try to escape through our skin, rashes and blotches develop, or we look pale and our skin appears wrinkly. If the toxins make it to the glands, we feel fatigued, lethargic, our sex drive may cease and we appear to look much older than our actual age. So in answering your question, the efficiency of your digestive system is very important to your overall health and may have a large effect on your daily life.

X

Health & Wellness

Kevin Harp

2003-08-01 11:28:00

: What is Internal Detoxification? 

ANSWER: Internal detoxification is an ongoing process that our bodies perform on a daily basis. Our metabolic processes continuously encounter and dispose of a variety of toxins and poisons. Some are cellular waste materials of our own making, toxic by-products of metabolism. Others consist of environmental pollutants, pesticides and poisons ingested into our systems through the air we breathe, the food we eat, and the water we drink.   Under ideal circumstances the body is well equipped to neutralize and dispose of those toxins through the liver, spleen, and eliminative channels (bowel, kidneys, lungs, skin, and lymphatic system). But in modern day society there are no ideal circumstances. The Causes of Toxicity    Proper digestive and eliminative functions entail having 2 to 3 good bowel movements per day. Most people are not aware of this, and go through their daily lives eliminating once a day, once every other day, or less.    Infants are a perfect example. Ask any mother for proof-a baby will eat and immediately eliminate. Their new digestive systems have not had time to develop the mal-absorption problems caused by improper diet, environmental toxins and stress. Faulty digestion and elimination develop in an individual through years of improper lifestyle and dietary habits. When we are not eliminating properly, wastes may not be expelled for days, weeks, months or years. When we don't eliminate our wastes, toxins backup in the colon. This can cause auto-intoxification, or self-poisoning. This occurs when the bowel walls become encrusted with un-eliminated fecal matter, creating a "catch 22" situation. Not only does this toxic material hamper the absorption of vital nutrients through the intestinal wall and provide a breeding ground for unhealthy bacteria, but it also causes the blood capillaries lining the intestinal wall to begin absorbing these toxins into the bloodstream, consequently polluting all of our organs. This auto-intoxification lowers our overall feeling of health and vitality.

X

Health & Wellness

Ed Martin

1969-12-31 18:00:00

No, this is not referring to Cellular Phones.

I have been reading your articles about nanotechnology.  What are the benefits of getting cells to communicate with each other?  Is there any downside?

ANSWER: When we talk about cellular communication, we are actually talking about the science of how our bodies function every day.  Under a microscope, our bodies are made up of billions of individual cells.  Each cell has a nucleus and is programmed to operate in a certain way.  The cells are grouped together into larger structures such as muscles, bones, organ tissues, etc., all of which receive instructions from the brain.  Our bodies are actually an incredibly complex system of cells working together to maintain our health, to maintain our energy, and to enable us to do whatever we do each day.  Cellular communication is what allows all this to happen.  When all cellular communication stops, we have died.An interesting point is that our bodies are continually in a process of renewing themselves.  Every day, cells die and are replaced with new cells.  Some cells are renewed more frequently that others, but science tells us that all of the cells in our body will have been replaced with new cells within seven years.  That means that we have a totally new body every seven years, but the unfortunate part of the story is that the body we will have seven years from now will not be exactly like the one we have today.  It’s called aging.Much of aging has to do with a gradual breakdown of cellular communication as bodily functions slow down.  The cells that are the building blocks of the body no longer get the quality of communication they once did from the brain and from each other.  When our bodily functions deteriorate, we usually see it in the form of an older appearance, illness or aches and pains.  The medical professions normally address these problems with surgery (physical repair), pharmaceuticals (chemical repair) or some form of more natural manipulation.  Addressing these issues with nanotechnology in the form of patches that communicate with the cells, as we discussed in a previous column, is a newer and more direct way of achieving the desired results without invading the body.The nanotechnology patches can only send a signal to the cells to perform the function they were made to perform, so the result is 100 percent natural.  However, since the message from the patches is a stronger more direct communication than the cells may be receiving from the brain due to less-than-perfect conditions within the body, a more positive result is common.I personally believe that the science we see now in the nanotechnology patches  is the forerunner of a huge transformation in how medicine will be practiced in the future.  If cells can be targeted to receive instructions from outside the body, and nothing enters the body except the information instructing the cells to modify their activity, it seems logical that this technology will gradually eliminate the need for many of the medicines and invasive procedures common today.Of course, we are many years away from such a big change in how medicine is practiced now, but the nanotechnology patches that are currently on the market are already gaining acceptance, and it appears to me that medical research will be increasingly moving in that direction.